LTE Software eNodeB and NR Software gNB version 2024-04-26*This document is based on the latest test release.
Features may not be present in your current installed software. You may check their availability in change history or in your release documentation.
If you require an up to date release, ask for it in a ticket.
Features may not be present in your current installed software. You may check their availability in change history or in your release documentation.
If you require an up to date release, ask for it in a ticket.
Table of Contents
- 1 Introduction
- 2 Features
- 3 Requirements
- 4 Off-The-Shelf package
- 5 Installation
- 6 Troubleshooting
- 6.1 LTEENB does not start
- 6.2 UHD library ABI compatibility mismatch
- 6.3 The license key file is not correct
- 6.4 Many messages ’UHD status: L=X U=Y S=Z’ or ’SDR u=x o=y’ are displayed.
- 6.5 The initial PRACH signal is not received.
- 6.6 The initial PRACH is received, but the UE is never attached.
- 6.7 The initial attach is OK but
ping
is not working. - 6.8 The ping is working but no Internet access is possible from the UE.
- 7 Advanced Configuration
- 8 Configuration reference
- 8.1 Configuration file syntax
- 8.2 Global properties
- 8.3 Advanced properties
- 8.4 Radio driver configuration
- 8.5 LTE cell configuration
- 8.6 NB-IoT cell configuration
- 8.7 NR cell configuration
- 8.8 Channel simulator
- 8.9 Non Terrestrial Network
- 8.10 DL synchronization
- 9 CPU/Cores configuration
- 10 Remote API
- 11 Command line monitor reference
- 12 Log file format
- 13 Change history
- 14 License
- Abbreviations
1 Introduction
LTEENB is a LTE/NR base station (eNodeB/ng-eNodeB/gNodeB) implemented entirely in software and running on a PC. The PC generates a baseband signal which is sent to a radio front end doing the digital to analog conversion. The reverse is done for the reception.
LTEENB interfaces with a LTE Core Network thru the standard S1 interface and with a 5GS Core Network thru the standard NG interface. In particular the Amarisoft Core Network software (LTEMME) can easily be connected to it to build a highly configurable LTE and/or NR test network.
LTEENB also supports NB-IoT.
2 Features
2.1 LTE PHY layer
- LTE release 16 compliant.
- FDD and TDD configurations.
- Supported bandwidths: 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15 and 20 MHz.
- Handle several cells in intra-band or inter-band configurations.
- Transmission modes: 1 (single antenna) and 2 to 10 (MIMO 4x2).
- Wideband CQI/PMI reports.
- HARQ support.
- Timing measurement thru the PRACH.
- Closed-loop UE power control.
- Frequency based MMSE equalizer.
- Highly optimized software turbo decoder.
- PAPR reduction support.
- Support of other radio heads can be added with an external shared library.
- Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) support.
- CSI-RS support.
- Multi-cluster PUSCH allocation.
- PUCCH 3 and PUCCH channel selection support.
- Carrier Aggregation support with cross carrier scheduling (tested with 3 DL channels, supports up to 8 DL channels).
- Mixed FDD-TDD Carrier Aggregation support.
- CoMP testing features (DMRS scrambling identity and QCL parameters can be selected).
- 256QAM DL support for PDSCH and MBMS.
- 1024QAM DL support for PDSCH.
- 256QAM UL support for PUSCH.
- Support of release 11 TDD special subframe configurations 7 and 9.
2.2 LTE Protocol layer
- LTE release 17 compliant.
- Implements the MAC, RLC, PDCP and RRC layers.
- Proportionally fair MAC scheduler with QoS support.
- Support of full and half duplex UEs.
- DRX support.
- Number of active users only limited by the available bandwidth.
- Fully configurable System Information Blocks.
- Integrity check and encryption using AES, Snow3G and ZUC algorithms.
- Support of RRC measurement with measurement gap.
- Supports intra eNodeB, S1, X2 and EPS to 5GS handovers.
- QoS support with user selectable DRB configuration for each QCI.
- ROHC support (RTP, UDP and IP v1 profiles, unidirectional mode, no RTP CSRC, no IP extensions, no outer/inner IP).
- Public Warning System (CMAS/ETWS) support.
- MBMS support.
- Support of all ciphering and integrity protection algorithms including ZUC. Note that ciphering is subject to export rules depending on your country.
- Category 0 UE support.
- eDRX support.
- EN-DC support.
- RRC release with redirection to NR SA cell support.
- Semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) support.
- TTI bundling support.
- PDCCH order PRACH support.
2.3 LTE-M
- Release 16 compliant.
- Category M1 UE support.
- TM6 and TM9 support.
- FDD, HD-FDD and TDD support.
- Support of multiple CE levels (only CE-Mode A is supported).
- Support of message repetition for MPDCCH, PDSCH, PUCCH, PUSCH and PRACH.
- Support of localized and distributed MPDCCH transmission.
- No frequency hopping.
- Bandwidth must be >= 5 MHz for cells that also need to support Category 0 and above UEs and for TDD cells.
- DRX support.
- eDRX support.
- Group WUS support.
2.4 NB-IoT
- NB-IoT release 17 compliant.
- Single-tone and multi-tone category NB1 and NB2 UE support.
- 15 kHz and 3.75 kHz subcarrier spacing are supported.
- All operation modes (in-band, guard band and standalone) are supported.
- Multiple NB-IoT and LTE cells can be used at the same time in the same eNodeB.
- Support of multiple coverage levels.
- Support of all NPDCCH, NPDSCH, NPUSCH and NPRACH configurations, including NPRACH Format 2.
- Support of control plane CIoT optimization.
- Support of multi-DRB mode.
- Support of non-anchor carriers, including Release 14 NPRACH and paging on non-anchor carriers.
- Support of two HARQ processes.
- Support of interference randomisation.
- Support of SR with HARQ.
- DRX support.
- eDRX support.
- PDCCH order PRACH support.
- NTN support.
- Group WUS support.
2.5 NR
- NR release 17 compliant.
- FDD/TDD FR1 (<= 7.125 GHz) and FR2 ( >= 24.25 GHz).
- Bandwidth: 5 to 100 MHz.
- Data subcarrier spacing: 15, 30, 60 or 120 kHz. SSB subcarrier spacing: 15, 30, 120 or 240 kHz. All SSB/data subcarrier spacing combinations are supported.
- Up to 4 layer downlink MIMO.
- Up to 4 layer uplink MIMO.
- 64QAMLowSE (DL/UL), 256QAM (DL/UL) and 1024QAM (DL).
- All PUCCH and PRACH formats.
- Two steps RACH procedure.
- PDCCH order PRACH procedure.
- Contention-free RACH procedure for PDCCH order and handover.
- PUSCH with and without transform precoding. PUSCH and PDSCH with user configurable DMRS, PT-RS and number of symbols.
- PUSCH codebook and non-codebook TX configuration.
- Uplink Tx Switching in CA.
- User configurable TDD UL/DL pattern. Automatic or custom setting for k0, k1 and k2 values.
- PDCCH with DCI 0_0, 0_1, 1_0 and 1_1.
- CSI-RS and TRS support with automatic configuration available.
- SRS support with automatic configuration available.
- UL Configured Grant Type1 and Type2 support.
- Scheduling Request support.
- DSS support.
- PHY test mode: support for continuous PDSCH and PUSCH transmission.
- EN-DC support with dynamic activation/deactivation based on events.
- FR1-FR1 and FR1-FR2 NR-DC support with dynamic activation/deactivation based on events.
- Dynamic LTE/NR DRB configuration.
- User selectable DRB configuration for each QCI/5QI.
- DRX support.
- RRC measurement with measurement gap support.
- PScell change support.
- Standalone support.
- Intra gNodeB, NG, Xn or 5GS to EPS handovers support.
- Public Warning System (CMAS/ETWS) support.
- Carrier aggregation support, both in NSA and SA operation.
- Multi-BWP support with RRC and DCI BWP switching.
- Supplementary Uplink support.
- RRC release with redirection to EUTRA cell support.
- RRC Inactive mode support.
- EPS fallback support.
- Network slicing support.
- Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) support.
- eDRX support.
- FDD, HD-FDD, TDD RedCap support.
- NTN support.
- PDSCH and PUSCH repetition support, including MSG3 repetitions.
- Small Data Transmission support (4-steps and 2-steps RA SDT).
2.6 Downlink channel simulator
- Real time operation.
- High quality white Gaussian noise generator.
- Support the AWGN, EPA, EVA, ETU, TDL and MBSFN 3GPP channels.
- MIMO operation with the 3GPP correlation matrixes.
- User defined constant or Rayleigh paths with custom MIMO correlation matrixes.
2.7 Network interface
- Standard S1AP, NGAP and GTP-U interfaces to the Core Network. Several PLMNs and S1 or NG interfaces can be used simultaneously.
- X2AP interface between eNodeBs and XnAP interface between gNodeBs and ng-eNodeBs.
- M1 and M2 interfaces for MBMS.
- IPv6 support.
- Support of LPPa procedures E-CID and OTDOA.
- Support of NRPPa procedures E-CID and OTDOA.
2.8 User interface
- Configurable logging system for all channels with built-in text decoders.
- Wireshark MAC-LTE capture.
- Plots for QAM constellations and channel response.
- Remote API using WebSocket.
- Command line monitor.
- Test commands to initiate handover and to dynamically change the power level of each cell.
3 Requirements
3.1 Hardware requirements
- - A fast PC:
- - For best performances, a quad core Intel Core i5 or i7 CPU
with AVX2 support (Haswell architecture or later) is
recommended. Support of the SSE4.1 instruction set extension is
required to run the software.
ARM64 architecture is also supported with NEON support. - - At least 1 Gigabit Ethernet ports.
- - At least 2 GB of RAM.
- - At least 1 GB of hard disk space.
- - The video adapter does not matter.
- - For best performances, a quad core Intel Core i5 or i7 CPU
with AVX2 support (Haswell architecture or later) is
recommended. Support of the SSE4.1 instruction set extension is
required to run the software.
- - Radio front end:
- - Amarisoft PCIe SDR
- - Ettus Research USRP N2x0 (SBX daughterboard). For MIMO 2x2, a second N2x0 with the SBX daughterboard and a USRP MIMO cable are needed.
- - Ettus Research USRP B2x0.
- - Ettus Research USRP X3x0.
- - Lime Microsystem LimeSDR
- - Appropriate antennas for the intended LTE frequencies or cables and attenuators to connect to a UE.
- - Any commercial UE compatible with LTE FDD or TDD. All LTE FDD and TDD frequency bands are supported. If you use the Amarisoft Core Network, the device must accept test USIM cards (sim locked devices may not accept them).
- - A test USIM card. Test USIM cards from Anritsu are supported by the default configuration. Other test USIM cards should work as well provided their IMSI and secret key are known.
3.2 Software requirements
- A 64 bit Linux distribution. Fedora 39 is the officially supported distribution.
The following distributions are known as compatible:- Fedora 22 to 39
- Cent OS 7
- Ubuntu 14 to 22
Your system requires at least GLIBC 2.17.
Other distributions can be used provided the radio frontend drivers are available for them.
- The Amarisoft LTE Core Network (another Core Network can be used, but we only explain here how to quickly set up the Amarisoft Core Network).
4 Off-The-Shelf package
If you ordered the OTS package, you don’t need installation so you can skip next chapter.
When booting, MME and eNB are automatically started within a screen.
If you are not familiar with screen here is what you must know:
- To have access to consoles, log on the machine with root access, then type:
screen -r
- To access MME monitor:
CTRL-A + 0
- To access eNB monitor:
CTRL-A + 1
- To exit screen:
CTRL-A + d
5 Installation
The radio front end must be connected to one gigabit Ethernet port (don’t use a switch to connect them to avoid potential packet losses). The other Ethernet port can be connected to the local network if necessary.
It is not recommended to run LTEENB in a virtual machine because it has hard real time constraints.
We also assume that you have some Linux and LTE knownledge.
5.1 Linux setup
5.1.1 Packages
LTEENB uses the SCTP protocol for which the necessary packages are not usually installed. In order to install them, do as root user:
- Fedora
dnf install lksctp-tools kernel-modules-extra
- Ubuntu
sudo apt-get install lksctp-tools linux-image-extra-3.13.0-24-generic
Note that linux-image-extra package name may differ depending on your kernel version.
To verify that SCTP kernel module is running, do as root user:
checksctp
If it reports that the protocol is not supported,
- check if you have a /etc/modprobe.d/sctp-blacklist.conf file
- edit it to comment the ’blacklist sctp’ line
Then reboot the PC in case the Linux kernel was upgraded too.
5.1.2 OpenSSL
LTEENB has been compiled against openssl version 1.1.1w.
If your system does not have compatible version installed you may have this error message at startup:
error while loading shared libraries: libssl.so.1.1: cannot open shared object file: No such file or directory
To overcome this problem, you may:
- Copy libssl.so.1.1 and libcrypto.so.1.1 from
libs
subdirectory of your release tarball.
If you have installed software with automatic install script, this should have been done automatically. - Compile and install proper openssl version yourself
In case of persisting issue, raise a ticket from our support site at https://support.amarisoft.com/ with the information provided by below commands executed in LTEENB directory:
uname -a ls -l ldd ./lteenb openssl version
5.2 Linux setup for best performance
LTEENB requires a lot of CPU power and it has hard real time requirements (a maximum latency of 3 ms is required).
In order to get the lowest latency, it is recommended to set up the
performance
frequency governor for each CPU core. An example is
included in the lte_init.sh script given with LTEENB.
Some buggy drivers are known to block the CPU during a few tens of
ms. When it happens, LTEENB displays UHD status: L=X U=Y
S=Z
. One known problem is the DRM KMS cable polling. The script
lte_init.sh disables it automatically.
Other drivers such as Wifi controllers can give the same problem. In order to avoid such problems, remove all unnecessary peripherals from the PC.
5.3 RRH setup
Please refer to sub section of your radio frontend to set it up.
When configured, you will have to select it (See RRH selection).
5.3.1 Amarisoft PCIe SDR
5.3.2 Ettus Research USRP
Read the UHD Compatible RF frontends documentation (trx_uhd.pdf).
5.3.3 Lime Microsystems LimeSDR
In the dedicated package, see README file and execute install.sh script.
5.4 UE setup
Insert the test USIM card in the device.
Enable data connection and roaming in the configuration of your device.
With LTE, no Access Point Name (APN) is necessary because a default one
is always provided by the network.
However, some UEs insists on having the same APN name as the MME to enable
IP connectivity.
As a result, start by removing any APN stored in the UE and manualy add APN (Only APN name is required) as defined in MME configuration file (Default is test123).
If possible, disable 2G (GSM) and 3G (WCDMA) access to have only LTE access system in order to speed up the network search.
If possible, limit the LTE frequency bands used by the device to the one you want to use in order to speed up the network search.
5.5 LTEENB installation
Decompress the LTEENB archive to a convenient place. The executable
lteenb
can be launched from this directory.
5.5.1 Basic LTEENB configuration
The main configuration file is config/enb.cfg. It uses a superset of the JSON syntax.
The default setup is for a 10 MHz LTE eNodeB. The main parameter you need to change right now is the actual frequency you want to use. You need to be sure that no interference is present on the frequency you are using and that you have the legal right to use it (in most countries it is illegal to transmit on LTE frequency bands without an explicit authorization).
In order to reduce interferences, it is recommended to use a high frequency band such as the 2600 MHz band (band 7) in Europe.
The parameter dl_earfcn
gives the EARFCN of the center
frequency for the downlink. The corresponding uplink frequency is
automatically choosen. The center frequency can be arbitrarily choosen
provided the transmitted spectrum fully lies inside the choosen
band. So if f
is the center frequency, B
the LTE
bandwidth, f_min
and f_max
the band limits, the
following relation must hold:
f_min + 0.5 * B <= f <= f_max - 0.5 * B
The EARFCN is the frequency expressed in 100 kHz units starting from an offset depending on the selected band. You can have the band parameters and do convertions between EARFCNs and frequencies at https://www.sqimway.com/lte_band.php or by looking at the section 5.7.3 of 3GPP TS 36.101.
5.5.2 RRH selection
To select appropriate RF frontend to use, please execute following command:
./config/rf_select.sh <type>
Where type
is your frontend type:
- sdr
- n2x0
- b2x0
- n3x0
- x3x0
- limeMini
- limeSDR
NB: you can lanch following command to see available frontends:
./config/rf_select.sh
5.5.3 License key installation
LTEENB needs a license key file to run. It is associated to your PC, so if you replace it or change its hardware configuration you must contact Amarisoft to get a new license key.
The following steps are needed to get this license file:
- Run LTEENB:
./lteenb config/enb.cfg
It says that the license key is not present and prints a 16 digit hexadecimal code.
- Send by mail to
delivery@amarisoft.com
this hexadecimal code to your contact at Amarisoft. You will get back the lteenb.key license key file. - Copy the lteenb.key file to the ${HOME}/.amarisoft/ directory (
${HOME}
is the home directory of theroot
user). You can use the shell variableAMARISOFT_PATH
to change this path.
Once the license key is installed, lteenb should start normally.
5.6 Initial testing
Customize and start the lte_init.sh
script as root
user to
configure the network and CPU governors.
Start the LTEMME software as root
user. root
priviledges
are needed to set up the virtual network interface.
./ltemme config/mme.cfg
In another terminal, start the LTEENB software as root
user.
root
priviledges are needed to use real time scheduling
priority.
./lteenb config/enb.cfg
The base station is now running. Type s1
in the command line
monitor of LTEENB to verify that it is connected to LTEMME. If it is
the case, type t
to enable the MAC traces (the traces are
automatically disabled once you press return).
Turn on the UE and keep it at a few meters of the eNodeB antenna. It starts scanning the LTE bandwidth. After a few minutes, it should detect the eNodeB signal and transmit its first PRACH signal to the base station. You should get a trace like:
PRACH: cell=01 seq=X ta=Y snr=Z dB
Then the UE will attach to the simulated LTE core network and get its IP address. If it works, then the device will indicate it is connected.
The core network maintains a persistent database storing all the parameters of the configured UEs. It is by default in config/lte_ue.db. If the initial connection is OK, you can get the IP address of the UE from this file. You can then try to ping it from the PC.
Then if the local network is correctly configured on the PC, the UE can access to your local network (and internet if your local network allows it).
6 Troubleshooting
There are many parameters in an LTE setup, so there are many cause of problems. Here are a few ones we noticed during our tests:
6.1 LTEENB does not start
LTEENB must be launched as root so that it can use real time scheduling.
If some librairies needed by LTEENB are not present, it means you need to use another Linux distribution or to upgrade it.
6.2 UHD library ABI compatibility mismatch
If you get this kind of message while starting lteenb:
'trx_uhd_3.4.0.so' does not exist
It means that current UHD version on your system is not supported.
Follow trx_uhd.pdf documentation to install proper version.
6.3 The license key file is not correct
You need to contact Amarisoft to get a valid license key and/or a USB dongle.
6.4 Many messages ’UHD status: L=X U=Y S=Z’ or ’SDR u=x o=y’ are displayed.
These messages indicate that there are underflows or overflows errors when communicating with the RF card. The most likely explanation is that not enough CPU time is available. You can launch
top -H
To see which processes and threads use the CPU time. Normally only 2 LTEENB threads should use about 50% of one CPU core time each when the eNodeB is idle. The following can be done to help:
- Remove unnecessary drivers and peripherals. See Linux setup for best performance.
- Launch
lteenb
asroot
so that it can use real time scheduling. - If you use a USRP device, don’t connect it to the PC thru a switch to avoid packet losses.
- Ensure that your CPU is fast enough. It should be at least a 4 core i5 or i7 Haswell architecture or later.
- If your CPU is too slow, consider using a smaller LTE bandwidth (the CPU load is proportional to the bandwidth).
- If the errors happen during high traffic, be sure you have disabled the
debug
log output (log_options
option). It generates a lot of data and takes some CPU time. - If the errors happen during high traffic, consider limiting the eNodeB uplink bit rate. See CPU load limitation.
- For more information, read the appnote_cpu document found in the doc/ folder or your LTEENB installation.
For best performance, you can also remove unused daemons or cron jobs, in particular:
- The automatic upgrade done by PackageKit or similar.
- The various scripts in /etc/cron.{hourly|daily|weekly} which take some time and which are not strictly needed:
mlocate
,tmpwatch
,man-db
,prelink
.
If the PC is only used as server, it is better to boot the PC in text mode by default. If systemd is used by your Linux distribution (Fedora), it is done by changing the link /etc/systemd/system/default.target to /lib/systemd/system/runlevel3.target. If init is used, it is done by modifying /etc/inittab to use the run level 3 as the default run level:
id:3:initdefault:
6.5 The initial PRACH signal is not received.
This is the most critical step. If you don’t get the initial PRACH signal, it indicates that something is wrong in your configuration. Here are a few important points:
- Check that your EARFCN is correct and in a band without interference. Warning: the EARFCN corresponds to the frequency of the center of the bandwidth. Use a cable and an attenuator if you want to avoid interfering with another network or if you don’t have the authorization to transmit on the corresponding frequency.
- Check that your UE is correctly configured: LTE must be enabled on the right frequency band.
- The UE may not get a good enough signal or may saturate. Try to move it closer or further from the base station antenna. Some UE have better performance with some frequency bands, so try another frequency band supported by the UE.
- Only if you have problems after changing the frequency band, make sure that you use a different
cell_id
in enb.cfg. The UE memorizes the last parameters and won’t search another frequency if the Cell Identity is not modified.
If none of the previous point helps, consider trying another frequency
band (change the EARFCN and update cell_id
in enb.cfg).
6.6 The initial PRACH is received, but the UE is never attached.
Look at the /tmp/enb0.log log file. There can be several problems. The normal steps are RRC connection, then NAS messages are exchanged to attach the UE and authenticate it.
The possible problems are:
- Radio problems. In this case, no NAS messages are seen in the logs. Try to lower the TX gain of the radio frontend (tx_gain parameter) to reduce the TX/RX interferences due to the lack of proper duplexer.
- Invalid IMSI configured. In this case, the dialog stops after the NAS attach request message.
- SIM authentication error. In this case, the dialog ends in the Authentication request/Authentication response NAS dialog. It means you don’t have the correct secret key configured.
- Security configuration error. In the case, the dialog stops after the NAS security mode command. It indicates that the UE does not accept to be configured without integrity check and encryption. You need to find another UE which is more tolerant (we never hit this case, but it might happen).
- Immediate NAS detach after NAS attach complete. In this case, the UE does not accept something in the network configuration. It can happen if it requested IPv6 (we only support IPv4 in the default configuration) or if the APN is not correct. It can also happen because of an invalid UE database in the core network emulation. Try to turn off and on the device several times to see if the problem persists (there are various timeouts and number of NAS attempts which can be triggered and solve the issue).
- Unexpected
PDN connectivity request
. In this case, you seePDN connectivity request
andPDN connectivity reject
in the logs. Remove any explicit Access Point Name (APN) in the UE configuration (the core network emulation only supports configuring a default PDN in the initial attach).
6.7 The initial attach is OK but ping
is not working.
If you get here, the device indicates that the LTE/4G connection is up but the ping to the UE from the PC does not work. You can also try a ping from the device to the PC (the PC can be pinged on 192.168.3.1).
Radio problems can still be the explication if the radio conditions are too bad. The symptom of this case is that you see many PRACH signals coming from the UE. Try to reduce the TX power with the tx_gain parameter.
Another explanation can be that the UE does not accept roaming. Try to enable it on the UE.
Another explanation can be bugs in the UE (or its PC driver if it is a
USB dongle) in case you changed the LTE configuration (we noticed it
in some cases). The symptom is that the IP packets are truncated when
doing tcpdump
on the UE side. In case of doubt, just turn off
and on the UE (and the corresponding PC if it is a USB dongle) to
start from a clean state.
6.8 The ping is working but no Internet access is possible from the UE.
The most likely explanation is that the IP forwarding/masquerading is
not configured correctly on the PC. You need to look at the IP table
configuration (/sbin/iptables -n -v -L) and correct it if the
lte_init.sh configuration is not enough. Use of
tcpdump
or wireshark
on the different interfaces can
help to locate the problem.
Another possibility is that the DNS address given to the UE is not correct (try to ping using IP address instead of host names).
Verify that roaming is activated on the UE. The UE may not accept roaming and avoid IP access even if the ping is working.
7 Advanced Configuration
7.1 Logging
The eNodeB and the Core Network can output the messages of
all the layers to log files. See the log_options
option to
select the layer to output and the level of verbosity. The log
filenames are defined with the log_filename
option.
You can also use Wireshark to monitor:
- S1 (S1AP with embedded NAS, GTP-U) link between the eNodeB and the Core Network.
- NG (NGAP with embedded NAS, GTP-U) link between the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB and the Core Network.
- M2 (M2AP, GTP-U) link between the eNodeB and MBMS Gateway.
- X2 (X2AP) link between eNodeBs.
- Xn (XnAP) link between gNodeBs/ng-eNodeBs.
7.2 Changing the LTE bandwidth
It is configured with the n_rb_dl
parameter giving the number
of resource blocks.
To ease the bandwidth change, the enb.cfg configuration file has a define at the top named
N_RB_DL that can be set to 6, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100 for the bandwiths 1.4, 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 MHz.
Notes:
- The CPU load is proportional to the LTE bandwidth.
- Not all LTE bands allow all LTE bandwidths. For example, bands 7 (2.6 GHz) and band 20 (Europe 800 EDD) do not support the bandwidths of 1.4 and 3 MHz.
7.3 CPU load limitation
In order to avoid using too much CPU time, it is possible to limit the
uplink MCS (pusch_max_mcs
for LTE cells, max_mcs
in pusch
object for NR cells)
and the number of iterations of the LTE turbo decoder (pusch_max_its
) or NR LPDC decoder (ldpc_max_its
).
Normally it is only critical for the larger LTE bandwidths (20 MHz). The symptom of too high CPU use
are many messages UHD status: L=X U=Y S=Z
.
7.4 UE connection traces
By default or when using the t
monitor command, the eNodeB
displays the status of the connection with the UEs. It stops
displaying them when you press return.
----DL----------------------- ----UL---------------------------------------------------- UE_ID CL RNTI C cqi ri mcs retx txok brate C snr puc1 nl mcs rxko rxok brate #its phr pl ta 1 001 003d 1 12 1 21.1 0 361 1.77M 1 9.1 8.5 1.0 14.7 3 779 2.06M 1/3.5/10 10 100 0.1
UE_ID
S1 eNodeB or NG RAN UE identity, unique among all cells.
CL
Lower 7, 8 or 10 bits of the cell identity (hexadecimal).
RNTI
C-RNTI of the UE (hexadecimal).
C
Number of aggregated DL cells.
cqi
Channel Quality Indicator, between 0 (bad) and 15 (very good). If there are several aggregated DL cells, the minimum cqi is displayed.
ri
Rank Indicator (number of layers for MIMO). If there are several aggregated DL cells, the minimum rank indicator is displayed.
mcs
Average Modulation and Coding Scheme.
retx
Number of transport block retransmissions.
txok
Number of successfully transmitted transport blocks.
brate
Average bitrate (at the MAC layer), in bits per second.
snr
Is the measured Signal to Noise Ratio for the uplink from the PUSCH reference signals and the SRS.
puc1
Is the measured Signal to Noise Ratio for the last PUCCH1.
nl
Average number of UL layers.
mcs
Average Modulation and Coding Scheme.
rxko
Number of received uplink transport blocks with CRC errors.
rxok
Number of received uplink transport blocks without CRC error.
#its
Gives the minimum, average and maximum number of iterations of the turbo decoder or LDPC decoder.
phr
Is the content of the last Power Headroom MAC control element sent by the UE. It is expressed in dB. Negative values indicate that the UE could not transmit with the required power.
pl
Uplink Path Loss in dB. It is measured from the reported PHR and the measured uplink power level. It is meaningful only if the RF interface correctly reports the absolute received power level.
ta
Average of the uplink timing advance measured for the UE in TA units.
7.5 UE Power control
The eNodeB does dynamic UE power control (see the dpc
)
option. However, it is better to have a good initial UE power to avoid
retransmissions or interferences. So it is important to correctly set
the various power settings in the SIBs. In particular, to avoid
generating too much interference and to limit the battery drain, the
SIB1 p-Max
parameter (maximum allowed power for the UE in dBm)
should be set to a low enough value (a few dBm).
It is also useful to tune the value of referenceSignalPower
(power per carrier of the reference signal in dBm) in SIB2 if the RF
interface does not provides its transmit power thru the TRX driver. It
is used by the UE to compute the path loss and to adjust its own
transmit power.
7.6 Multi-cell support
The eNodeB/ng-eNodeB can run several LTE or NB-IoT cells and the gNodeB can run several NR cells. The cells can be configured individually and share the same S1 or NG interfaces with the Core Network.
7.6.1 Intra-band multi-cell
The monitor command cell_gain
changes the relative DL power for
a given cell. For example, use
cell_gain 1 -100
to mute the first cell (cell_id = 1). Use:
cell_gain 1 0
to restore the default output power.
Constraints:
- The full transmitted spectrum must lie inside the maximum output bandwidth permitted by the radio head (hence 40 MHz for the USRP N2x0 and 56 MHz for PCIe SDR card).
- The difference of the center frequencies of each cell should be a multiple of 300 kHz to minimize the interferences and the CPU usage (hence the difference of their EARFCN must be a multiple of 3).
- The difference between the center frequency of each cell and the average of center frequencies must be a multiple of 15 kHz.
- The number of cells that could be configured in a frequency band depends on the total bandwidth of the lte band and the configured bandwidth of each cell + the offsets.
- The LTE cells must have the same
prach-ConfigIndex
(SIB2), i.e. their PRACH must have the same duration and transmitted in the same subframes. - Multiple LTE cells can be set at the same frequency provided their physical cell identity (
n_id_cell
property) and PRACH rootSequenceIndex (root_sequence_index
andbr_root_sequence_index
properties) are different to minimize the inter-cell interferences. - Multiple NB-IoT cells can be set at the same frequency provided their physical cell identity (
n_id_ncell
property) are different and NPRACHnprach-StartTime-r13
and/ornprach-SubcarrierOffset-r13
(SIB2) do not overlap to minimize the inter-cell interferences. - Multiple NR cells can be set at the same frequency provided their physical cell identity (
n_id_cell
property) and PRACH rootSequenceIndex (root_sequence_index
property) are different to minimize the inter-cell interferences. - In the current version, there is no resource reservation among the cells, so a performance degradation happens if they transmit at the same time in the same resource blocks. So it is currently better to use cells at different frequencies.
Let’s take the following example to configure 3 cells in band 7:
cell 1 DL frequency: 2627 MHz cell 2 DL frequency: 2642 MHz cell 3 DL frequency: 2657 MHz average_dl_freq = (2627+2642+2657)/3 = 2642 MHz cell1_freq_offset = 2627-2642 = -15 MHz cell2_freq_offset = 2642-2642 = 0 MHz cell3_freq_offset = 2657-2642 = 15 MHz cell 1 DL EARFCN: 2820 cell 2 DL EARFCN: 2970 cell 3 DL EARFCN: 3120 cell1_cell2_earfcn_offset = 2820-2970 = -150 cell1_cell3_earfcn_offset = 2820-3120 = -300 cell3_cell2_earfcn_offset = 3120-2970 = 150
We can observe that the difference between the center frequency of each cell and the average of center frequencies is indeed a multiple of 15 kHz and the difference between the DL EARFCNs are a multiple of 3.
7.6.2 Inter-band multi-cell
A configuration example is given in config/enb-2cc.cfg for two SISO 5 MHz cells in bands 3 and 7. This configuration could be tested with:
- Two URSP N210 connected with a MIMO cable
- Two PCIe SDR cards synchronized with a USB cable
This configuration also enables carrier aggregation for release 10 UEs.
7.7 Handover support
Intra-eNodeB, Intra-gNodeB, S1, X2, NG, Xn, EPS to 5GS and 5GS to EPS handovers are supported.
The handover can be manually initiated with the handover
monitor command, the
handover
remote API, or automatically initiated based on UE measurement.
Test case for intra-eNodeB handover:
- Start lteenb with the multi cell configuration config/enb-2cell-ho.cfg.
- Wait until the UE connects to a cell (use the
t
command to active the MAC traces or use the monitor commandue
to list the connected UEs). - Start a long network transfer or a ping to the UE.
- Reduce the power by 10 dB on the serving cell. If the UE is on cell 1:
cell_gain 1 -10
After some time the UE will make a handover to cell 2 (check it with the
t
command by looking at theCL
column). - Increase the power of cell 1 and reduce the power of cell 2:
cell_gain 1 0 ; cell_gain 2 -10
After some time the UE will make a handover to cell 1.
- You can also force a handover with the
handover
monitor command by giving the UE ID and the Physical Cell Identity (and optionally the DL EARFCN) of the target cell.
The behavior is similar with S1, X2, NG or Xn handovers, but at least two eNodeBs or gNodeBs (and two radio heads) are needed to use it.
In all the cases, it is important to have a valid neighbour cell
configuration for each cell (ncell_list
property) so that the
source eNodeB can deduce target the Cell Identity from the target
Physical Cell Identity and DL EARFCN.
7.8 MIMO support
MIMO is currently supported with following radio frontends:
- USRP N2x0 with their SBX daughterboards (Two device are needed for MIMO).
- USRP B2x0.
- USRP X3x0 (Only up to 10Mhz bandwidth with gigabit Ethernet link).
- PCIe SDR.
- Lime Microsystems LimeSDR.
The configuration mimo-2x2-5mhz.cfg demonstrates a 5 MHz MIMO configuration using transmission mode 3 (large delay CDD).
The configuration mimo-2x2-20mhz.cfg demonstrates a 20 MHz MIMO configuration with transmission mode 3.
If you use N2x0 with this configuration, please note that there is only one N2x0 connected by ethernet (second is using MIMO cable).
Note: the current UHD driver uses a lot of CPU time when MIMO is enabled. If it is an issue in your tests, follow patched version installation inside your trx_uhd.pdf documentation.
7.9 MIMO environment setup
7.9.1 Over the air
7.9.1.1 PCIe SDR setup
The following diagram depicts how to set up your MIMO environment with antennas using one single PCIe SDR card in FDD. You can simplify the setup by removing the antenna connected to RX2 if there is no MIMO in UL.
For TDD mode, you only need to connect antennas on the TX1 and TX2 connectors.
7.9.1.2 N2x0 setup
To setup your MIMO environment with N2x0 device, here is a detailed diagram of how to proceed.
This configuration may have a bottle neck at ethernet side because USRP speed is limited to 1Gbps.
That’s why for 20Mhz MIMO configuration, downlink sampling rate is limited to 8 (dl_sample_bits
parameter).
You can remove this constraint with the following diagram:
7.9.2 Using cable
Note that the diagrams provided below are only examples.
You may adapt depending on the UE.
7.9.2.1 PCIe SDR setup
If you are using FDD mode, the general case will be as follows. Note that if there is no MIMO in UL, you can simplify by removing the RX2 connection, thus connecting the TX2 directly to antenna 2 at UE side.
For TDD mode, you only need to connect TX1 and TX2.
7.9.2.2 N2x0 setup
If you are using FDD mode, the general case will be:
On most UE, second antenna is only used for RX so you can simplify with:
If your are using TDD mode, only one antenna is necessary per USRP.
Thus, you only need following diagram:
7.10 Carrier Aggregation support
CA is currently supported with PCIe SDR radio frontend. Intra-band CA could be handled with one single PCIe SDR card with the same constrains specified for intra-band multi-cell support, See Intra-band multi-cell. For inter-band CA, one PCIe SDR card is required per band. The following diagram depicts the environment setup for DL inter-band CA with 2 carriers and MIMO in DL.
The configuration enb-2cc.cfg is an example of DL CA with 2 carriers in band 3 and band 7 (5+5 MHz). To use it in 2x2 DL MIMO 20MHz configuration, edit the file and change N_RB_DL to 100 and N_ANTENNA_DL to 2.
If you would like to enable CA in UL as well, you should connect the RX2 connectors as below.
7.11 TDD support
The configuration file enb.cfg with the TDD define set to 1 at the top of the file is an example of TDD configuration. The eNodeB supports all 7 UL/DL TDD configurations.
7.12 Category M1
The eNodeB supports Category M1 UEs (Bandwidth Reduced UEs). They only receive or transmit on a 1.4 MHz bandwidth so they cannot use all the standard LTE signals. In particular, BR specific system information blocks are necessary. The configuration file enb-catm1.cfg is an example of Category M1 configuration. See Bandwidth Reduced parameters.
7.13 NB-IoT
The eNodeB supports NB-IoT cells. They use a 200 kHz bandwidth which can be inside an existing LTE cell (in-band operation mode), at its edge (guard band mode) or completely independent (standalone mode). An example of standalone NB-IoT configuration is in file enb-nbiot.cfg. An example of in-band NB-IoT configuration is in file enb-nbiot-inband.cfg.
7.14 NR
The eNodeB/gNodeB supports NR cells.
When the MME requests the establishment of an ERAB for a UE supporting EN-DC,
the eNB first checks if the corresponding QCI is declared in the NR cell definition.
If this is the case, and if the en_dc_setup
parameter is not set, the ERAB is
established in the NR cell. Otherwise it is established in the LTE cell.
For EN-DC configuration, some exemples of eNodeB configuration are in files
gnb-nsa.cfg, gnb-2cc-nsa.cfg, gnb-pscell-change.cfg and
gnb-nsa-ho-lte.cfg.
When the AMF requests the establishment of a QoS flow for a UE supporting NR-DC,
the gNB first checks if the corresponding 5QI is declared in the FR2 cell definition.
If this is the case, and if the nr_dc_setup
parameter is not set, the QoS flow
is established in the FR2 cell. Otherwise it is established in the FR1 cell.
For SA configuration, some examples of gNodeB configuration are in files
gnb-sa.cfg, gnb-sa-ho.cfg and gnb-sa-lte-ho.cfg.
For NR-DC configuration, an example of gNodeB configuration is in file
gnb-nr-dc.cfg.
7.15 RedCap
The gNodeB supports RedCap UEs. See Reduced Capability parameters.
8 Configuration reference
8.1 Configuration file syntax
The main configuration file uses a syntax very similar to the Javascript Object Notation (JSON) with few extensions.
- Supported types:
- - Numbers (64 bit floating point). Notation:
13.4
- - Complex numbers. Notation:
1.2+3*I
- - Strings. Notation:
"string"
- - Booleans. Notation:
true
orfalse
. - - Objects. Notation:
{ field1: value1, field2: value2, .... }
- - Arrays. Notation:
[ value1, value2, .... ]
- - Numbers (64 bit floating point). Notation:
- The basic operations
+
,-
,*
and/
are supported with numbers and complex numbers.+
also concatenates strings. The operators!
,||
,&&
,==
,!=
,<
,<=
,>=
,>
are supported too. - The numbers
0
and1
are accepted as synonyms for the boolean valuesfalse
andtrue
. - {} at top level are optional.
- " for property names are optional, unless the name starts with a number.
- Properties can be duplicated.
Merge will be done by recursively overriding values considering reading direction.{ value: "foo", value: "bar", sub: { value: "foo" }, sub: { value: "bar" } }
Will be equivalent to:
{ value: "bar", sub: { value: "bar" } }
- Files can be included using include keyword (must not be quoted) followed by a string (without :) representing the file to include (path is relative to current file) and terminating by a comma.
Arrays can’t be included.
Merge will be done as for duplicate properties.
If file1.cfg is:value: "foo", include "file2.cfg", foo: "foo"
And file2.cfg is:
value: "bar", foo: "bar"
Final config will be:
{ value: "bar", foo: "foo" }
- A C like preprocessor is supported. The following preprocessor commands are available:
#define var expr
Define a new variable with value expr. expr must be a valid JSON expression. Note that unlike the standard C preprocessor, expr is evaluated by the preprocessor.
#undef var
Undefine the variable var.
#include expr
Include the file whose filename is the evaluation of the string expression expr.
#if expr
Consider the following text if expr is true.
#else
Alternative of
#if
block.#elif
Composition of
#else
and#if
.#endif
End of
#if
block.#ifdef var
Shortcut for
#if defined(var)
#ifndef var
Shortcut for
#if !defined(var)
In the JSON source, every occurrence of a defined preprocessor variable is replaced by its value.
- Backquote strings: JSON expression can be inserted in backquote delimited strings with the
${expr}
syntax. Example:`abc${1+2}d`
is evaluated as the string"abc3d"
. Preprocessor variables can be used inside the expression. Backquote strings may span several lines.
8.1.1 ASN.1
Some parameters refer to a ASN.1 description. Such parameter can be
an object or a string.
In case of object, the following properties apply:
content<asn1>.content
Object. ASN.1 definition in JSON format as defined in ITU X.697 (JER encoding).
If defined,filename
must not be set.filename<asn1>.filename
String. Reference to a file containing the ASN.1 definition.
If defined,content
must not be set.content_type<asn1>.content_type
Optional string. In case
filename
is set, defines the encoding format of the ASN.1 file. Can be:application/json
JER encoding
application/octet-stream
Binary
plain/text or not set
GSER encoding as defined in RFC 3641 (Generic String Encoding Rules for ASN.1 Types).
In case of string, the parameter is assumed to be a filename refering to a GSER encoded content.
To create your ASN.1 files, you can use our ASN.1 editor.
8.2 Global properties
log_filenamelog_filename
-
String. Set the log filename. If no leading
/
, it is relative to the configuration file path. See Log file format. log_optionslog_options
-
String. Set the logging options as a comma separated list of assignments.
- layer.level=verbosity. For each layer, the log verbosity can be set
to
none
,error
,info
ordebug
. In debug level, the content of the transmitted data is logged. - layer.max_size=n. When dumping data content, at
most
n
bytes are shown in hexa. For ASN.1, NAS or Diameter content, show the full content of the message ifn > 0
. - layer.payload=[0|1]. Dump ASN.1, NAS, SGsAP or Diameter payload in hexadecimal.
- layer.key=[0|1]. Dump security keys (NAS and RRC layers).
- layer.crypto=[0|1]. Dump plain and ciphered data (NAS and PCDP layers).
- phy.signal=[0|1]. Dump binary received signal data of the physical layer to another file (log_filename.bin). The currently available data are QAM constellations and channel estimation for PDSCH, PUSCH and SRS. The GUI can be used to display them. Note: the size of the binary signal data is larger than the textual logs, so they should be enabled only when needed.
- phy.rep=[0|1]. Log the NPUSCH/NPDCCH/NPDSCH allocations and repetitions in each subframe (NB-IoT eNodeB only).
- phy.csi=[0|1]. Log the detailed CSI information from CSI reports (NR only).
- phy.ntn=[0|1]. Log DL channel updates performed for NTN if
channel_sim_control
is enabled. - bcch=[0|1]. Enable or disable BCCH log. The BCCH is always transmitted, so it gives large logs when enabled.
- mib=[0|1]. Enable or disable MIB log. The MIB is always transmitted, so it gives large logs when enabled.
- time=[sec|short|full]. Display the time as seconds, time only or full date and time (default = time only).
- time.us=[0|1]. Dump time with microseconds precision.
- file=cut. Close current file log and open a new one.
- file.rotate=now. Rename current log with timestamp and open new one.
- file.rotate=size. Rename current log every time it reaches size bytes open new one. Size is an integer and can be followed by K, M or G.
- file.path=path. When log rotation is enabled, move current log to this path instead of initial log path.
- append=[0|1]. (default=0). If 0, truncate the log file when opening it. Otherwise, append to it.
Available layers are:
phy
,mac
,rlc
,pdcp
,rrc
,nas
,s1ap
,ngap
,x2ap
,xnap
,m2ap
,lppa
,nrppa
,gtpu
- layer.level=verbosity. For each layer, the log verbosity can be set
to
log_synclog_sync
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, logs will be synchronously dumped to file.
Warning, this may lead to performances decrease.pcappcap
Optional object. Gives the Wireshark capture options. The
mac-lte-framed
protocol using link-layer type 147 is supported (http://wiki.wireshark.org/MAC-LTE). In order to enable it in Wireshark, go to the menuEdit->Preferences->protocols->DLT_USER->Edit->New
and add the DLT type 147 (User 0) with payload protocolmac-lte-framed
.
It works only with LTE cells.filenamepcap.filename
String. Filename in which the capture is stored.
bcchpcap.bcch
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the BCCH SI PDUs are logged. It is disabled by default because the capture size increases even when the eNodeB is idle.
max_data_lenpcap.max_data_len
Optional integer (default = 65536). Maximum captured MAC PDU length per packet.
use_pipepcap.use_pipe
Optional boolean (default = false). Capture in a pipe instead of a regular pipe. This allow live capture with wireshark:
wireshark -k -i <filename>
. Note that it can be used only once as wireshark requires initial header.
descriptiondescription
Optional string. Set informational description for
config_get
remote API.enb_nameenb_name
-
Optional string. Set eNB name used in S1 connection setup request.
gnb_namegnb_name
-
Optional string. Set gNB name used in NG connection setup request.
gtp_addrgtp_addr
-
String. Set the IP address (and optional port) on which the GTP-U packets are received. The default port is 2152. It is normally the IP address of the network interface connected to the core network.
gtp_payload_mtugtp_payload_mtu
Optional integer (range 68 to 16384, default = 1500). MTU in bytes for the GTP-U payload. Do not forget to update the network interface MTU accordingly for optimal performance. For example with a GTP MTU of 1500 bytes, interface should have a MTU of at least 1564 bytes.
gtp_use_packet_bundlinggtp_use_packet_bundling
Optional boolean (default = false). Concatenate multiple GTP-U PDUs within a single UDP datagram. Be careful, this is a non-standard option that must not be activated if the peer is not an Amarisoft MME/AMF with this option activated.
mme_listmme_list
Optional array of objects. It must be present when LTE or NB-IoT cells are declared. List of MME to which the eNodeB is connected. Each object contains the following properties:
mme_addrmme_list.mme_addr
-
String. Set the IP address (and optional port) of S1AP SCTP connection to the MME. The default port is 36412.
Syntax:
- - "1.2.3.4" (use default port)
- - "1.2.3.4:5678" (use explicit port)
- - "2001:db8:0:85a3::ac1f:8001" (IPv6 address and default port)
- - "[2001:db8:0:85a3::ac1f:8001]:5678" (IPv6 address and explicit port)
gtp_ext_addrmme_list.gtp_ext_addr
-
Optional string. Set the IP address on which the Core Network should transmit the GTP-U packets. It is the same as gtp_addr by default. It can be different if the eNodeB is behind a NAT.
s1ap_bind_addrmme_list.s1ap_bind_addr
Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the S1AP SCTP connection is bound.
qci_dscp_mappingmme_list.qci_dscp_mapping
Optional array of objects. Allows to define a specific IP differentiated services code point for a given QCI. QCI not explicitly configured use the default DSCP value 0.
Each object must contain the following properties:qcimme_list.qci_dscp_mapping.qci
Integer (range 1 to 254). QCI value.
dscpmme_list.qci_dscp_mapping.dscp
Integer (range 0 to 63). DSCP value.
backup_mme_addrmme_list.backup_mme_addr
Optional string. Defines the IP address (and optional port) of the backup MME to be used if the S1 connection is not established with the current MME. If the S1 connection is established, the backup MME will not be used. There must be a corresponding object for the backup MME in the
mme_list
array.prioritymme_list.priority
Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default 0). Defines the priority of a given MME. When performing MME selection, if no candidate is found with priority n, the candidates with priority n+1 are tested.
For backward compatibility, if
mme_list
is omitted, then a single MME is assumed and the propertiesmme_addr
,gtp_ext_addr
ands1ap_bind_addr
are expected at the top level.amf_listamf_list
Optional array of objects. It must be present when NR SA cells or LTE/NB-IoT cells with 5GC connectivity are declared. List of AMF to which the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB is connected. Each object contains the following properties:
amf_addramf_list.amf_addr
-
String. Set the IP address (and optional port) of NGAP SCTP connection to the AMF. The default port is 38412.
gtp_ext_addramf_list.gtp_ext_addr
-
Optional string. Set the IP address on which the Core Network should transmit the GTP-U packets. It is the same as gtp_addr by default. It can be different if the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB is behind a NAT.
ngap_bind_addramf_list.ngap_bind_addr
Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the NGAP SCTP connection is bound.
5qi_dscp_mappingamf_list.5qi_dscp_mapping
Optional array of objects. Allows to define a specific IP differentiated services code point for a given 5QI. 5QI not explicitly configured use the default DSCP value 0.
Each object must contain the following properties:5qiamf_list.5qi_dscp_mapping.5qi
Integer (range 1 to 254). 5QI value.
dscpamf_list.5qi_dscp_mapping.dscp
Integer (range 0 to 63). DSCP value.
backup_amf_addramf_list.backup_amf_addr
Optional string. Defines the IP address (and optional port) of the backup AMF to be used if the NG connection is not established with the current AMF. If the NG connection is established, the backup AMF will not be used. There must be a corresponding object for the backup AMF in the
amf_list
array.priorityamf_list.priority
Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default 0). Defines the priority of a given AMF. When performing AMF selection, if no candidate is found with priority n, the candidates with priority n+1 are tested.
x2ap_bind_addrx2ap_bind_addr
Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the X2AP SCTP connection is bound.
x2_peersx2_peers
Optional array of strings. IP addresses and optional port of other eNodeBs to establish X2 connections. The default port is 36422.
xnap_bind_addrxnap_bind_addr
Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the XnAP SCTP connection is bound.
xn_peersxn_peers
Optional array of strings. IP addresses and optional port of other eNodeBs to establish Xn connections. The default port is 38422.
m2ap_bind_addrm2ap_bind_addr
Optional string. IP address and optional port on which the M2AP SCTP connection is bound.
mbmsgw_addrmbmsgw_addr
Optional string. Set the IP address (and optional port) of the MBMS Gateway for the M2 connection. The default port is 36443.
mbms_gtp_u_portmbms_gtp_u_port
Optional integer. GTP-U local port number used to receive the MBMS packets. The default port is 2152.
mccmcc
String. The MCC part of the PLMN (3 digits). This property is obsolete. Use
plmn_list
instead.mccmcc
String. The MNC part of the PLMN (2 or 3 digits). This property is obsolete. Use
plmn_list
instead.enb_typeenb_type
Optional enumeration: macro, short_macro, long_macro or home (default = macro). Select between macro or home eNodeB.
enb_idenb_id
Optional integer. The 18 bit (short macro), 20 bit (macro), 21 bits (long macro) or 28 bit (home) eNodeB global identifier. It must be present when LTE or NB-IoT cells are declared.
gnb_id_bitsgnb_id_bits
Optional integer (range 22 to 32). Number of bits for the gNodeB global identifier. It must be present when NR SA cells are declared.
gnb_idgnb_id
Optional integer. The gNodeB global identifier. It must be present when NR SA cells are declared.
rf_driverrf_driver
Object. Parameters of the radio driver. See Radio driver configuration.
tx_gaintx_gain
Float or array of floats. Transmit gain in dB. The range is device dependent. For the PCIe SDR board, the range is between 0 and 89.75 dB. For the USRP N2x0 device with the SBX daughterboard, the range is 0 to 31.5 dB. With an array of floats a different gain is specified for each channel.
rx_gainrx_gain
Float or array of floats. Receive gain in dB. The range is device dependent. For the PCIe SDR board, the range is between -11 and 77 dB (the exact limits depend on the RX frequency). For the USRP N2x0 device with the SBX daughterboard, the range is 0 to 31.5 dB. With an array of floats a different gain is specified for each channel.
com_addrcom_addr
Optional string. Address of the WebSocket server remote API. See Remote API.
If set, the WebSocket server for remote API will be enabled and bound to this address.
Default port is 9001.
Setting IP address to [::] will make remote API reachable through all network interfaces.com_namecom_name
Optional string. Sets server name. ENB by default
com_ssl_certificatecom_ssl_certificate
Optional string. If set, forces SSL for WebSockets. Defines CA certificate filename.
com_ssl_keycom_ssl_key
Optional string. Mandatory if com_ssl_certificate is set. Defines CA private key filename.
com_ssl_peer_verifycom_ssl_peer_verify
Optional boolean (default is false). If true, server will check client certificate.
com_ssl_cacom_ssl_ca
Optional string. Set CA certificate. In case of peer verification with self signed certificate, you should use the client certificate.
com_logs_lockcom_logs_lock
Optional boolean (default is false). If true, logs configuration can’t be changed via
config_set
remote API.com_authcom_auth
Optional object. If set, remote API access will require authentication.
Authentication mechanism is describe in Remote API Startup section.
passfilecom_auth.passfile
Optional string. Defines filename where password is stored (plaintext).
If not set,password
must be setpasswordcom_auth.password
Optional string. Defines password.
If not set,passfile
must be set.unsecurecom_auth.unsecure
Optional boolean (default false). If set, allow password to be sent plaintext.
NB: you should set it to true if you access it from a Web Browser (Ex: Amarisoft GUI) without SSL (https) as your Web Browser may prevent secure access to work.
com_log_countcom_log_count
Optional number (Default = 8192). Defines number of logs to keep in memory before dropping them.
Must be between 4096 and 2097152).sim_eventssim_events
Array of object. Each element gives an event configuration to execute for this UE.
Event configuration is exactly the same as for Remote API messages except that message field must be event.sim_events_loop_countsim_events_loop_count
If set, will define
loop_count
for each event ofsim_events
, See loop_count.sim_events_loop_delaysim_events_loop_delay
If set, will define
loop_delay
for each event ofsim_events
, See loop_delay.license_serverlicense_server
Configuration of the Amarisoft license server to use.
Object with following properties:server_addrlicense_server.server_addr
String. IP address of the license server.
namelicense_server.name
Optional string. Text to be displayed inside server monitor or remote API.
taglicense_server.tag
Optional string. If set, server will only allow license with same tag.
Example:
license_server: { server_addr: "192.168.0.20", name: "My license" }
cell_listcell_list
Array of object. Each element gives the configuration of a cell. The property
cell_default
gives a default value for each property. See Cell configuration.cell_defaultcell_default
Optional Object. Gives a default value for the LTE cell configuration.
nb_cell_listnb_cell_list
Optional array of object. Each element gives the configuration of a NB-IoT cell. The property
nb_cell_default
gives a default value for each property. See NB-IoT cell configuration.nb_cell_defaultnb_cell_default
Optional Object. Gives a default value for the NB-IoT cell configuration.
en_dc_supporten_dc_support
Optional boolean (default = false). Set it to true to enable E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity support.
nr_cell_listnr_cell_list
Optional array of object. Each element gives the configuration of a NR cell. See NR cell configuration.
nr_cell_defaultnr_cell_default
Optional Object. Gives a default value for the NR cell configuration.
8.3 Advanced properties
internal_time_refinternal_time_ref
Optional enumeration: os_clock or rf_frontend (default = os_clock). Selects the time source for the LTE SIB16 or NR SIB9.
rf_frontend
selects the time from the RF frontend. It is the normal choice when the RF frontend is time synchronized.os_clock
uses the OS clock and derives the number leap seconds by using theright/UTC
Unix time zone.rf_frontend_time_offsetrf_frontend_time_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Gives the difference in ms between the time given by the rf frontend and the International Atomic Time (TAI).
frame_epochframe_epoch
Optional integer (default = 0). Gives the TAI time in ms at which the LTE frame 0 starts. Use 0 to have the frame 0 start at 1970-01-01 00:00:00 TAI. Use 315964819000 to have the frame 0 start at 1980-01-06 00:00:19 TAI (GPS time = 0).
rf_portsrf_ports
Optional array of objects. Each object contains the configuration of the corresponding RF port. In order to support legacy configuration files, if the
rf_ports
array is not present, the RF port parameters come from the top level and are identical for all the RF ports.Each object contain the following properties:
dl_freqrf_ports.dl_freq
Optional float. Tuning frequency in MHz for the downlink. It is automatically set to the average of the DL center frequency of each cell.
In the multi-cell case, if the radio head has a degraded output near the center of the transmitted spectrum (which is the case for zero IF TX or RX architectures), it is interesting to move the center of the transmitted spectrum outside the spectrum of every cell or in the middle of the spectrum of a given cell.
In this case, the
dl_freq
property can be used. It must be set so that for each celldl_freq - dl_cell_freq
is a multiple of 15 kHz (dl_freq_cell
is assumed to be the center frequency of a cell).Note: if you want to use non standard frequencies, use the
custom_freq_band
option.ul_freqrf_ports.ul_freq
Optional float. Tuning frequency in MHz for the uplink. It is automatically set to the average of the UL center frequency of each cell.
Same remark as
dl_freq
.channel_dlrf_ports.channel_dl
-
Optional object. Set the RF port specific channel simulator configuration. See RF port specific channel simulator.
ul_freq_shiftrf_ports.ul_freq_shift
Optional float. Add
ul_freq_shift
Hz to the nominal center uplink frequency. This parameter may be used to compensate a large simulated frequency offset when using the channel simulator.n_antenna_dlrf_ports.n_antenna_dl
-
Optional integer. Set the number of DL antennas. Only useful if the channel simulator is used to set a different number of physical DL antennas at the output of the channel simulator. See RF port specific channel simulator.
sample_raterf_ports.sample_rate
Optional float. Sample rate in MHz. It is normally automatically set depending on the radio head capabilities and selected cell bandwidth.
sample_rate_numrf_ports.sample_rate_num
Optional integer. Main sample rate used for the LTE signal processing in 1.92 MHz units (hence 3 means 5.76 MHz). It is normally automatically set depending on the radio head capabilities and selected cell bandwidth. If the resulting rate is different from
sample_rate
, a fractional sample rate interpolator is used to convert the sample rate.tx_gain_offsetrf_ports.tx_gain_offset
Optional float. Set the TX digital gain. The default value is -13.5 dB. It should be set so that the digital signal level is as high as possible without saturation. The
t spl
monitor command displays the maximum digital signal level and the number of saturations.When using the channel simulator with fading channels it is necessary to lower
tx_gain_offset
to reduce the likelihood of saturations.tx_power_offsetrf_ports.tx_power_offset
Optional float. If set add an offset in dB to any TX signal power information such as ’t spl’ monitor command or referenceSignalPower/ss-PBCH-BlockPower (if manual_ref_signal_power is false).
Useful when placing an attenuator (negative value) or a power amplifier (positive value) after the radio frontend TX output.rf_dl_freqrf_ports.rf_dl_freq
Optional float. Override the tuning frequency in MHz for the downlink. This optional is only needed if there is a frequency translator after the SDR device.
rf_ul_freqrf_ports.rf_ul_freq
Optional float. Override the tuning frequency in MHz for the uplink. This optional is only needed if there is a frequency translator after the SDR device.
dl_bandwidthrf_ports.dl_bandwidth
Optional float. Force the DL RF bandwidth of the SDR device in MHz.
ul_bandwidthrf_ports.ul_bandwidth
Optional float. Force the UL RF bandwidth of the SDR device in MHz.
rx_to_tx_latencyrf_ports.rx_to_tx_latency
Optional integer (range 2 to 4, default = 4). Minimum allowed latency in ms between RX and TX.
This parameter is deprecated. Please use cellrx_to_tx_latency
cell parameter instead (See Cell RX/TX latency).If the latency is too high, the gNB scheduler may not be able to use all the PDSCH transmission occasions with subcarrier spacings larger or equal to 30 kHz. Increasing the value will improve performances, especially in case of radio frontend underflows. If LTE and NB-IoT cells are present on the RF port, only the value 4 is allowed.
papr_reductionrf_ports.papr_reduction
-
Optional object. Define the parameters for Peak to Average Power Ratio (PAPR) reduction. It is only useful if you use a high power amplifier. In the current version it takes a significant amount of CPU time, so it is only usable for LTE bandwidth <= 10 MHz.
The following properties are available:
enabledrf_ports.papr_reduction.enabled
Boolean. If true, PAPR reduction is enabled.
a_maxrf_ports.papr_reduction.a_max
Float. Set the cut-off level in dB relative to the Reference Signal power.
evm_maxrf_ports.papr_reduction.evm_max
Float. Set the maximum Error Vector Magnitude (EVM) for 64QAM.
oob_pointsrf_ports.papr_reduction.oob_points
Array of floats. Each pair of number defines a point of the maximum allowed distorsion curve. The first number is the frequency offset in MHz from the edge of the LTE spectrum. The second number is the power level in dB. The actual curve is linearly interpolated between the points.
Typically, the PAPR CCDF at 10^-5 goes from 12.5 dB to 11.0 dB.
n_subbandrf_ports.n_subband
Optional integer (default = 1). If larger than one, the RF port bandwidth is split into
n_subband
frequency parts. For example, it allows to reach a 100 MHz bandwidth with two 50 MHz SDR boards. The number of channels of the RF port isn_subband
*n_ant
wheren_ant
is the number of selected antennas. The firstn_ant
channels correspond to the lowest frequency part, the nextn_ant
channels to next part, etc. It is only supported with NR cells. The PRACH and the SSB must always be in the first frequency part.s72rf_ports.s72
Optional object. If set, this RF port will use ORAN split 7.2 TRX API to send data to the radio unit.
RF port must only have NR cells. This section has the following properties:rtc_idrf_ports.s72.rtc_id
Integer. RTC id.
ud_comp_hdrrf_ports.s72.ud_comp_hdr
Optional integer (default = 0). Set User Data compression header configuration. Can be
0
for no compression,0x81
for BF8,0x91
for BF9,0xc1
for BF12 or0xe1
for BF14.ul_ctrl_latencyrf_ports.s72.ul_ctrl_latency
Optional integer (default = 1, between 1 and 2). Set how many slot in advance to send uplink control packets (Experimental).
Example:
rf_ports: [ { s72: { rtc_id: 0x1000, } } ],
cpu_core_listrf_ports.cpu_core_list
Optional Array. Defines the core affinity of the digital signal processing engine (Physical layer) for both UL and DL of the cells associated to this rf_port (See cpu_core_list).
cpu_core_list_ulrf_ports.cpu_core_list_ul
Optional Array. Defines the core affinity of the digital signal processing engine (Physical layer) for UL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides
cpu_core_list
.cpu_core_list_dlrf_ports.cpu_core_list_dl
Optional Array. Defines the core affinity of the digital signal processing engine (Physical layer) for DL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides
cpu_core_list
.nb_threadsrf_ports.nb_threads
Optional number. If set, forces the number of threads used by the digital processing engine for DL or UL of the associated cell(s).
nb_threads_ulrf_ports.nb_threads_ul
Optional number. If set, forces the number of threads used by the digital processing engine for UL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides
nb_threads
.nb_threads_dlrf_ports.nb_threads_dl
Optional number. If set, forces the number of threads used by the digital processing engine for DL of the associated cell(s). If set, overrides
nb_threads
.cpu_numa_listrf_ports.cpu_numa_list
Optional array of integers. Each integer represent a NUMA node index. If set will, digital processing engine will use the list of defined NUMA nodes for its memory usage.
If this field is not set butcpu_core_list
is defined, LTEENB will select the NUMA nodes associated to the affected cores. This means that most of the time this parameter shouldn’t be set. The only relevant case is when a NUMA node has no RAM bank connected, you may use this parameter to select the closest NUMA node with memory.
tx_pad_durationtx_pad_duration
Optional integer (default = 23). Duration (in 1/1.92 us units) of the zero sample burst sent before the start of the downlink burst in TDD. It corresponds to the power amplifier ramp up duration. The appropriate value depends on the radio head.
tx_time_offsettx_time_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Time offset (in samples) for the downlink. It may be needed to compensate internal delays in the radio head. In a normal setup, this value should be set to zero.
rx_ta_offsetrx_ta_offset
Optional float (default = 2.0). Time offset (in 1/1.92 us) for the uplink. With a well calibrated radio head (i.e. where the TRX timestamps take into account the internal radio head delays), it gives the PRACH timing advance of a UE close to the eNodeB. A small non zero value (such as 2) is recommended.
tdd_legacy_timingtdd_legacy_timing
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the LTE TDD downlink frame starts 39/1.92 us after the GPS origin. Otherwise, the LTE TDD downlink frame starts at the GPS origin (default). For interoperability purposes with other eNodeBs, it is better to keep it to false.
custom_freq_bandcustom_freq_band
Optional object or array of objects. Define a non standard LTE or NR frequency band. Standard bands can also be overriden by this option. If the uplink information is not provided, it is assumed to be the same as the downlink (TDD band). Use an array of objects if you want to define more than one custom band.
For LTE bands, the following parameters are available:
bandcustom_freq_band.band
Range: 1 to 256.
dl_earfcn_mincustom_freq_band.dl_earfcn_min
Range: 0 to 262143.
dl_earfcn_maxcustom_freq_band.dl_earfcn_max
Range: 0 to 262143.
dl_freq_mincustom_freq_band.dl_freq_min
Float. Low DL frequency in MHz.
ul_earfcn_mincustom_freq_band.ul_earfcn_min
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 262143.
ul_earfcn_maxcustom_freq_band.ul_earfcn_max
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 262143.
ul_freq_mincustom_freq_band.ul_freq_min
Optional Float. Low UL frequency in MHz.
ntncustom_freq_band.ntn
Optional boolean. True if this is a NTN band.
For NR bands, the following parameters are available:
band_nrcustom_freq_band.band_nr
Range: 1 to 1024. NR band number.
dl_freq_mincustom_freq_band.dl_freq_min
Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Minimum DL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no DL.
dl_freq_maxcustom_freq_band.dl_freq_max
Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Maximum DL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no DL.
ul_freq_mincustom_freq_band.ul_freq_min
Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Minimum UL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no UL. If not provided, use the same value as DL (TDD).
ul_freq_maxcustom_freq_band.ul_freq_max
Float. Range: 0 to 65535. Maximum UL frequency in MHz. Use 0 if no UL.
ssb_scscustom_freq_band.ssb_scs
Array of integers. List of allowed SSB subcarrier spacing for this band. Allowed values: 15, 30, 120 or 240.
f_rastercustom_freq_band.f_raster
Enumeration: 100, 15, 15_30, 15_30_100, 60_120. Frequency raster in kHz.
ssb_case_ccustom_freq_band.ssb_case_c
Boolean. True if SSB case C is enabled on this band.
min_40mhz_bwcustom_freq_band.min_40mhz_bw
Boolean. True if the minimum allowed bandwidth on this band is at least 40 MHz. This information is used to select the CoReSet #0 table in standalone mode.
delta_gscncustom_freq_band.delta_gscn
Optional enumeration: 1, 3, 7, 16 (default = 1). GSCN step size.
ntncustom_freq_band.ntn
Optional boolean. True if this is a NTN band.
rate_bucket_durationrate_bucket_duration
Optional. Range 50 to 1000 (default = 100). Duration in ms for the average bit rate estimation. It is used to enforce the UE Aggregate Maximum Bit Rate and GBR ERAB Maximum Bit Rate.
sched_rate_durationsched_rate_duration
Optional. Range 5 to 1000 (default = 50). Period in ms for the average bit rate estimation for the MAC scheduler.
sched_metricsched_metric
Optional enumeration: pf, rr, mt (default = pf). Set the MAC scheduler metric. Available possibilities:
Type Description pf Proportionally fair rr Round-robin mt Maximum throughput sched_latency_for_prb_maxsched_latency_for_prb_max
Optional. Range: 5 to 1000 (default = 50). Approximate maximum latency in ms. It is used to limit the maximum number of UEs per TTI.
automatic_ue_info_requestautomatic_ue_info_request
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, the eNB will send a UE Information message if the UE indicates the availability of information in RRC Connection Setup Complete, RRC Connection Reestablishment Complete or RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete message.
skip_smc_procskip_smc_proc
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB will not perform a RRC security mode control procedure. This needs to be supported on UE side also.
fifteen_bearersfifteen_bearers
Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable the use of 15 EUTRA data radio bearers (if supported by the UE).
automatic_eutra_cap_enquiry_paramsautomatic_eutra_cap_enquiry_params
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB automatically sends the requestedFrequencyBands-r11, requestReducedFormat-r13, requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 and requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 fields in the LTE RRC UE capability enquiry message for EUTRA RAT based on the LTE bands and CA combinations defined in the configuration file.
The cell specificrequested_eutra_freq_bands
,requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl
,request_reduced_format
orrequest_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb
parameters have precedence over this one.cpu_core_listcpu_core_list
Optional array. Defines the list of CPU cores indexes on which LTEENB will run.
If not set, LTEENB may use all cores, refer to cpu_core_list for syntax.
Note that the number of cores depends on Linux scheduler and LTEENB configuration.
8.4 Radio driver configuration
namerf_driver.name
Driver name. The corresponding DLL file name is trx_name.so. It is searched in the lteenb executable directory, in the path configured in the
path
property.
The following drivers are currently available:dummy Dummy driver. Can be used to measure the RX to TX latency. sdr Amarisoft PCIe SDR driver.
Parameters are defined here:
SDR50
SDR100
CPRIuhd Ettus Research UHD driver for USRP N2x0, B2x0 and X3x0 series.
Please check Amarisoft UHD documentation delivered within package.lms7002m Lime MicroSystem LimeSDR platform driver.
Please check Amarisoft SDR documentation delivered within package.If you don’t have and need one of these drivers, please contact customer@amarisoft.com and ask for it.
8.5 LTE cell configuration
8.5.1 Basic parameters
These parameters are the most important ones and must usually be modified when a new cell is added.
plmn_listcell_list.plmn_list
Array of objects or strings. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported. Each element of the array is either a PLMN (5 or 6 digit string) or an object containing the following properties:
plmncell_list.plmn_list.plmn
String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).
reservedcell_list.plmn_list.reserved
Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.
cp_ciot_optcell_list.plmn_list.cp_ciot_opt
Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports CP-CIoT EPS optimisation.
attach_without_pdncell_list.plmn_list.attach_without_pdn
Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports attach without PDN connectivity.
allow_upper_layer_indcell_list.plmn_list.allow_upper_layer_ind
Optional boolean (default = true). Indicates if upperLayerIndication-r15 is allowed for this PLMN or not. If set to true and if NR cells are defined in
en_dc_scg_cell_list
, upperLayerIndication-r15 is set to true.
When
reserved
is not provided, its default value isfalse
.plmn_list_5gccell_list.plmn_list_5gc
Optional list of objects. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the ng-eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported. Each object contains the following properties:
plmn_idscell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids
Array of objects. The array can contain up to 6 PLMNs. Each object contains the following properties:
plmncell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn
String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).
reservedcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved
Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.
cp_ciot_optcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.cp_ciot_opt
Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports CP-CIoT 5GS optimisation.
taccell_list.plmn_list_5gc.tac
Integer (range 0 to 16777215). Tracking Area Code of the cell.
ranaccell_list.plmn_list_5gc.ranac
Optional integer (range 0 to 255). If present, sets the RAN Area Code.
nssaicell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai
Optional array. List of supported S-NSSAIs.
Default content is sst: 1 (eMBB).
Each entry will set a S-NSSAI value as defined below:sstcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst
Integer (range 1 to 255). Slice Service Type.
sdcell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd
Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.
dl_earfcncell_list.dl_earfcn
Range: 0 to 262143. Set the DL EARFCN. See https://www.sqimway.com/lte_band.php to convert between the center frequency and EARFCN. When several cells share the same radio front end, the difference of their center DL frequency should be a mutiple of 300 kHz to minimize the interferences and the CPU usage (i.e. the difference of their DL EARFCN must be a multiple of 3). Also, the difference between the DL center frequency of each cell and the average of DL center frequencies must be a multiple of 15 kHz.
ul_earfcncell_list.ul_earfcn
Optional. Range: 0 to 262143. Set the UL EARFCN. If not provided, the default DL/UL gap is used.
ul-CarrierFreq
in SIB2 is automatically set to the corresponding value. When several cells share the same radio front end, the difference of their center UL frequency should be a mutiple of 300 kHz to minimize the interferences and the CPU usage (i.e. the difference of their UL EARFCN must be a multiple of 3). Also, the difference between the UL center frequency of each cell and the average of UL center frequencies must be a multiple of 15 kHz.n_antenna_dlcell_list.n_antenna_dl
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of DL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port. Currently 1 (SISO) 2 (MIMO 2x2) or 4 (MIMO 4x4) are supported.
n_antenna_ulcell_list.n_antenna_ul
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of UL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port.
n_antenna_pbchcell_list.n_antenna_pbch
Optional enumeration: 1, 2 or 4 (default = n_antenna_dl). Number of PBCH antennas. Must be <= n_antenna_dl.
rf_portcell_list.rf_port
Optional integer (default = 0). This parameter selects the RF port when several cells on different RF interfaces or RF bands are handled by the eNodeB. The number of supported RF ports depends on the radio head. For example, each PCIe card or N210 counts as one RF port.
multi_band_listcell_list.multi_band_list
-
Optional array of integers. List the additional bands supported by the cell, in decreasing priority order (MFBI feature). The downlink and uplink frequency of the cell must exist in all these bands.
freq_band_indicator_prioritycell_list.freq_band_indicator_priority
Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates the prioritization of the frequency bands in multiBandInfoList over the band in freqBandIndicator in SIB1. Only used when
multi_band_list
is set.cell_idcell_list.cell_id
Range: 0 to 1023. 7 bit (long macro eNB), 8 bit (macro eNB) or 10 bit (short macro eNB) cell identifier. The 28 bit E-UTRAN cell identity is the concatenation of
enb_id
andcell_id
.taccell_list.tac
Range: 0 to 65535. Tracking Area Code of the cell.
csg_indicationcell_list.csg_indication
Optional boolean (default = false). SIB1 csg-Indication parameter.
csg_idcell_list.csg_id
Optional integer in range 0 to 0x7FFFFFF. Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to. Must be present if
csg_indication
is set to true.n_id_cellcell_list.n_id_cell
Range: 0 to 503. Physical cell identifier. Each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency must have a different physical cell identifier modulo 3.
root_sequence_indexcell_list.root_sequence_index
Range: 0 to 837. Set the PRACH root sequence index (SIB2.rootSequenceIndex field). It must be different for each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency and sharing the same PRACH configuration.
prach_config_indexcell_list.prach_config_index
Optional integer: Range: -1 to 63 (default = -1). Set the PRACH configuration index. The special value -1 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case).
prach_freq_offsetcell_list.prach_freq_offset
Optional integer. Range: -2 to n_rb_ul - 6 (default = -2). Set the PRACH frequency offset. The special value -2 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to automatically set it.
ncell_listcell_list.ncell_list
Optional array of objects. List of neighbour EUTRA or NR cells. Used to convert the physical cell identity and EARFCN or NR SSB ARFCN to a cell identity in case of handover or cell redirection. Each neighbour cell is defined by the following properties:
ratcell_list.ncell_list.rat
Optional enumeration (eutra or nr, default = eutra). Radio access technology for this neighbor cell. If set to
nr
the other properties must match a NR cell description. See NR ncell_list.n_id_cellcell_list.ncell_list.n_id_cell
Integer. Range: 0 to 503. Physical cell identity.
dl_earfcncell_list.ncell_list.dl_earfcn
Optional integer. Range 0 to 262143. DL EARFCN. If not present, it is assumed to be the same as the current cell.
plmncell_list.ncell_list.plmn
Optional string. PLMN of the Global eNodeB-ID and E-UTRAN Cell Global Identifier (5 or 6 digits). The default is the same PLMN as the eNB.
cell_idcell_list.ncell_list.cell_id
Integer. 28 bit E-UTRAN cell identity. Concatenation of
enb_id
andcell_id
.taccell_list.ncell_list.tac
Integer. Range: 0 to 65535. Tracking Area Code.
tac_plmncell_list.ncell_list.tac_plmn
Optional string. PLMN of the target cell TAI. If not present, the current UE PLMN is used.
csg_idcell_list.ncell_list.csg_id
Optional integer in range 0 to 0x7FFFFFF. Identity of the Closed Subscriber Group the cell belongs to.
csg_hybridcell_list.ncell_list.csg_hybrid
Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if the cell is a CSG hybrid cell.
tac_5gccell_list.ncell_list.tac_5gc
Optional integer. Range 0 to 16777215. Must be present if the neighbor cell belongs to a ng-eNB.
tac_5gc_plmncell_list.ncell_list.tac_5gc_plmn
Optional string. PLMN of the target cell TAI if it belongs to a ng-eNB. If not present, the current UE PLMN is used.
typecell_list.ncell_list.type
Optional string. Can be "macro" (default) for macro eNB, "short_macro" for short macro eNB, "long_macro" for long macro eNB or "home" for home eNB. Only used for S1 handover.
allowed_meas_bandwidthcell_list.ncell_list.allowed_meas_bandwidth
Optional integer 6, 15, 25, 50, 75 or 100. Defines the allowed measurement bandwidth to be used for this cell. If the field is not present, it uses the serving cell downlink bandwidth.
antenna_port_1cell_list.ncell_list.antenna_port_1
Optional boolean. Indicates if antenna port 1 is used by the cell. If the field is not present, it uses the serving cell configuration.
neigh_cell_configcell_list.ncell_list.neigh_cell_config
Optional integer, range 0 to 3, default to 1 (means ’no MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells’). Sets the neighbour cell information as specified in 3GPP TS 36.331. It must be the same for all cells belonging to the same frequency. The allowed values are:
Index Description 0 Not all neighbour cells have the same MBSFN subframe allocation as the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and as the PCell otherwise 1 No MBSFN subframes are present in all neighbour cells 2 The MBSFN subframe allocations of all neighbour cells are identical to or subsets of that in the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and of that in the PCell otherwise 3 Different UL/DL allocation in neighbouring cells for TDD compared to the serving cell on this frequency, if configured, and compared to the PCell otherwise individual_offsetcell_list.ncell_list.individual_offset
Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.
multi_band_listcell_list.ncell_list.multi_band_list
Optional array of integers. List the additional bands supported by the cell, in decreasing priority order (MFBI feature). The downlink and uplink frequency of the cell must exist in all these bands. If not present, it will take the
multi_band_list
configuration from the serving cell.eps_fallback_targetcell_list.ncell_list.eps_fallback_target
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, this cell is considered as the EUTRA target for NR EPS fallback procedure (handover or redirection). Only one cell should be configured with true.
emergency_fallback_targetcell_list.ncell_list.emergency_fallback_target
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, this cell is considered as the EUTRA target for NR emergency fallback procedure (handover or redirection). Only one cell should be configured with true.
handover_targetcell_list.ncell_list.handover_target
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for handover purpose. If set to false, no handover is triggered towards this cell.
cell_redirect_targetcell_list.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for redirection purpose. If set to false, no redirection is triggered towards this cell.
direct_forwarding_availablecell_list.ncell_list.direct_forwarding_available
Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if a direct path is available between eNBs for user data forwarding during a S1AP handover
n_rb_dlcell_list.n_rb_dl
Integer. Range: 6 to 100. Set the number of DL resource blocks. The corresponding LTE bandwidth can be deduced from the following table:
# Bandwidth 6 1.4 MHz 15 3 MHz 25 5 MHz 50 10 MHz 75 15 MHz 100 20 MHz Note: It is always necessary to modify the SIB2 when changing the LTE bandwidth.
8.5.2 Advanced parameters
cell_gaincell_list.cell_gain
Optional float (default = 0). Downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set
SIB2.referenceSignalPower
.rx_epre_in_dbfscell_list.rx_epre_in_dbfs
Optional boolean (default = false). In the logs, the EPRE (Energy Per Resource Element) is displayed in dBm if the RF interface provides its reference receive power and if rx_epre_in_dbfs = false. Otherwise it is displayed in dBFS (Decibels relative to Full Scale).
rx_epre_offsetcell_list.rx_epre_offset
Optional float (default = 0). Offset in dB applied to all the receive EPRE measurements.
manual_ref_signal_powercell_list.manual_ref_signal_power
Optional boolean (default = false). If the RF interface provides its transmit power, then
SIB2.referenceSignalPower
is automatically set. If manual_ref_signal_power is true, thenSIB2.referenceSignalPower
is never automatically set by the eNodeB.cyclic_prefixcell_list.cyclic_prefix
Enumeration: normal or extended. Set the DL cyclic prefix.
uldl_configcell_list.uldl_config
(TDD only) Range: 0 to 6. TDD frame configuration.
sp_configcell_list.sp_config
(TDD only) Range: 0 to 9. TDD special subframe configuration. The special subframe 7 (with extended cyclic prefix) and 9 (with normal cyclic prefix) from the release 11 are supported.
long_rangecell_list.long_range
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable a proprietary Amarisoft extension to extend the cell range (modified UEs are necessary). Only FDD mode is supported. PRACH format 1 or 3 must be used and SIB2.zeroCorrelationZoneConfig must be set to zero. The HARQ round-trip time is increased from 8 to 10 ms.
subframe_offsetcell_list.subframe_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Normally all cells have their subframe number temporally aligned. This parameters adds a cell specific subframe offset.
power_p_synccell_list.power_p_sync
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of the Primary Synchronization Signal.power_s_synccell_list.power_s_sync
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of Secondary Synchronization Signal.power_pcfichcell_list.power_pcfich
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of PCFICH.power_pbchcell_list.power_pbch
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of PBCH.power_phichcell_list.power_phich
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of PHICH.power_pdcchcell_list.power_pdcch
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of PDCCH.power_pdsch_sicell_list.power_pdsch_si
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of PDSCH when transmitting SI/RA/P-RNTI information.power_pmchcell_list.power_pmch
Optional float (default =
p-a
). Set the relative power in dB of PMCH (MBMS).phich_durationcell_list.phich_duration
Enumeration: normal or extended. Set the PHICH duration.
phich_resourcecell_list.phich_resource
Enumeration: 1/6, 1/2, 1 or 2. Set the PHICH resource.
sib1cell_list.sib1
Optional ASN.1 property. SIB1 content. The fields
plmn-Identity
,trackingAreaCode
,cellIdentity
andfreqBandIndicator
are automatically modified by the eNodeB.
If thesib1
property is not present, the SIB1 is built from the JSON configuration.cell_barredcell_list.cell_barred
Boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Value of SIB1.cellBarred. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast. Ignored if
sib1
is present.intra_freq_reselectioncell_list.intra_freq_reselection
Boolean. Value of SIB1.intraFreqReselection. Ignored if
sib1
is present.q_rx_lev_mincell_list.q_rx_lev_min
Integer. Value of SIB1.q-RxLevMin. Ignored if
sib1
is present.q_rx_lev_min_offsetcell_list.q_rx_lev_min_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.q-RxLevMinOffset. The value 0 disables the field. Ignored if
sib1
is present.q_qual_mincell_list.q_qual_min
Optional integer. Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo-v920.q-QualMin-r9. Ignored if
sib1
is present.q_qual_min_offsetcell_list.q_qual_min_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo-v920.q-QualMinOffset-r9. Only applicable when
q_qual_min
is present. The value 0 disables the field. Ignored ifsib1
is present.p_maxcell_list.p_max
Optional integer. Value of SIB1.p-Max. Ignored if
sib1
is present.si_value_tagcell_list.si_value_tag
Range: 0 to 31. Increment modulo 32 if SI is modified. Ignored if
sib1
is present.si_window_lengthcell_list.si_window_length
Integer. SI window length in ms. Ignored if
sib1
is present.sib_sched_listcell_list.sib_sched_list
Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry contains the content of one SI scheduling slot. The first entry must contain the SIB2. Each object contains the following properties:
filename, content, content_type
See ASN.1 property,
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
RRC message type.si_periodicitycell_list.sib_sched_list.si_periodicity
Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. SI periodicity in Radio Frames. This field should not be not present if the
sib1
property is present because the corresponding value comes from the SIB1 content.
si_coderatecell_list.si_coderate
Float. Maximum code rate for System Information Blocks (SIBs).
rar_coderatecell_list.rar_coderate
Optional float. Maximum code rate for Random Access Response (RAR) (default = same as
si_coderate
).paging_coderatecell_list.paging_coderate
Optional float. Maximum code rate for paging messages (default = same as
si_coderate
).paging_cat0_coderatecell_list.paging_cat0_coderate
Optional float. Maximum code rate for paging messages for category 0 UEs (default = same as
paging_coderate
).si_pdcch_formatcell_list.si_pdcch_format
Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for SIBs.
rar_pdcch_formatcell_list.rar_pdcch_format
Optional. Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for RAR (default = same as
si_pdcch_format
).paging_pdcch_formatcell_list.paging_pdcch_format
Optional. Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for paging (default = same as
si_pdcch_format
).paging_cat0_pdcch_formatcell_list.paging_cat0_pdcch_format
Optional. Range: 2 to 3. Log2 of the number of CCEs for PDCCH for paging for category 0 UEs (default = same as
paging_pdcch_format
).rar_backoff_indexcell_list.rar_backoff_index
Optional. Range: -1 to 15. If set to -1, no Backoff Indicator is sent in the Random Access Response message. Values 0 to 15 refer to the index of table 7.2-1 found in 3GPP TS 36.321.
sib_sfn_offsetcell_list.sib_sfn_offset
Optional array of integer. If present, set the offsets of the SIBs in the SI window. At most 4 offsets are allowed. If it not present, the eNodeB uses default values.
n_symb_cchcell_list.n_symb_cch
Range: 0 to 4. Number of OFDM symbols for PDCCH. 0 means to automatically adjust the number of OFDM symbols. 0 should not be used in a cell where cross carrier PDCCH signalling is enabled.
half_duplex_uecell_list.half_duplex_ue
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the support of HD-FDD UEs is enabled. Because it introduces some restrictions in the choice of scheduling parameters and because HD-FDD UEs are not commercially deployed, the feature is disabled by default.
allow_cat0_uecell_list.allow_cat0_ue
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, category 0 UEs (release 12) can connect to the eNodeB. The corresponding SIB1 field is set and the scheduler takes the category 0 UE scheduling restrictions into account.
edrxcell_list.edrx
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, extended idle mode DRX support is activated in the cell, and Hyper System Frame Number value is scheduled in SIB1.
pdcch_order_prachcell_list.pdcch_order_prach
Optional enumeration (
none, cb_random, cf_given
, default =none
). Defines possibility to trigger a PDCCH order PRACH either with random preamble (ra-PreambleIndex = 0), or dedicated contention-free preamble.
PDDCH order PRACH is currently not supported for BR UEs. PDCCH order PRACH is triggered when a UE reachesul_max_consecutive_retx
ordl_max_consecutive_retx
, or via a call thepdcch_order_prach
API or monitor command.distributed_vrbcell_list.distributed_vrb
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable distributed VRB allocation for PDSCH. It is supported only with transmission modes 1, 2, 5 or 6. It cannot be used with BR UEs nor with in-band NB-IoT cells.
use_n_gap_2cell_list.use_n_gap_2
Optional boolean (default = false). Force
n_gap_2
usage with distributed VRB allocation. It is meaningful only ifdistributed_vrb
is true and ifn_rb_dl
>= 50.use_dci_1ccell_list.use_dci_1c
Optional boolean (default = false). Force the use of DCI 1C for SI information, RAR and paging. It is allowed only if
distributed_vrb
is true.pdsch_dedicatedcell_list.pdsch_dedicated
Object. PDSCH dedicated configuration. Currently shared by all UEs. The following properties are defined:
p_acell_list.pdsch_dedicated.p_a
Optional enumeration: -6, -4.77, -3, -1.77, 0, 1, 2, 3. Set the
p_a
parameter which sets the PDSCH average power. The default value is set to 0 (resp. -3, -6) dB whenn_antenna_pbch
= 1 (resp. 2, 4).p_bcell_list.pdsch_dedicated.p_b
Optional integer. Range: -2 to 3 (default = -2). The special value -2 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to automatically set it depending on the number of contigured PBCH antennas.
dmrscell_list.pdsch_dedicated.dmrs
Optional array of 2 integers. Range: 0 to 503. Specifies the DMRS scrambling identity when transmission mode 10 is used (release 11).
qcl_operationcell_list.pdsch_dedicated.qcl_operation
Optional enumeration:
typeA
ortypeB
(default =typeB
). Select the PDSCH Quasi Co-Location parameter when transmission mode 10 is used (release 11). Note that this parameter does not modify the eNodeB behavior, it just changes the value of the corresponding RRC field.
pdcch_formatcell_list.pdcch_format
Optional. Range: 0 to 3. If defined, force for number of CCEs for UE specific PDCCH to
2^pdcch_format
. Otherwise it is computed from the reported CQI.initial_cqicell_list.initial_cqi
Range: 1 to 15. This CQI value is assumed when none is received from the UE.
pucch_dedicatedcell_list.pucch_dedicated
Optional object. PUCCH configuration.
cqi_pucch_n_rbcell_list.pucch_dedicated.cqi_pucch_n_rb
Optional integer (default = -1). Number of resource blocks reserved for PUCCH 2 (periodic CQI). SIB2.nRB-CQI is automatically set from it. The special value -1 indicates to deduce
cqi_pucch_n_rb
from SIB2.nRB-CQI (legacy case).n1_pucch_sr_countcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n1_pucch_sr_count
-
Optional integer (default = -1). Number of PUCCH 1 resources reserved for Scheduling Requests. They are mapped before the PUCCH 1 ack/nack resources. SIB2.n1PUCCH-AN is automatically computed from it. The special value -1 indicates to deduce
n1_pucch_sr_count
from SIB2.n1PUCCH-AN (legacy case). tdd_ack_nack_feedback_modecell_list.pucch_dedicated.tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode
(TDD only) Enumeration:
bundling
ormultiplexing
. Define the ACK/NACK feedback mode for TDD.tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode_r10cell_list.pucch_dedicated.tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode_r10
(TDD only) Optional enumeration:
bundling
,multiplexing
,cs
,pucch3
. Select the ACK/NACK feedback mode for release 10 TDD UE.cs
means channel selection. By default it is set tocs
iftdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode
is set tomultiplexing
otherwise tobundling
.ack_nack_feedback_mode_cacell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_feedback_mode_ca
Optional enumeration:
cs
,pucch3
. Select the ACK/NACK feedback mode when two serving cells are enabled (carrier aggregation). When more than two serving cells are enabled,pucch3
is always used.ack_nack_r13cell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13
Optional object to configure release 13 ACK NACK modes for CA, with the RRC IE PUCCH-ConfigDedicated-r13. If omitted, all the parameters are set to default, so release 13 configuration will be used when a UE has more than 5 serving cells. It contains the following parameters:
n_scells_thresholdcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.n_scells_threshold
Optional integer (range: 2 to 6, default = 6). Number of serving cells at which release 13 ACK/NACK configuration is used.
cbs_determinationcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.cbs_determination
Optional enumeration:
cc
ordai
(default =cc
). Sets the codebooksizeDetermination-r13 parameter.pucch_spatial_bundlingcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.pucch_spatial_bundling
Optional boolean (default = true). Sets the spatialBundlingPUCCH-r13 parameter.
pusch_spatial_bundlingcell_list.pucch_dedicated.ack_nack_r13.pusch_spatial_bundling
Optional boolean (default = true). Sets the spatialBundlingPUSCH-r13 parameter.
n1_pucch_an_cs_countcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n1_pucch_an_cs_count
Optional integer (default = 0). Select the number of PUCCH 1 resources used for PUCCH 1B channel selection. It is only useful when
ack_nack_feedback_mode_ca
is set tocs
. This value limits the number of UEs which can be scheduled in the same TTI while doing carrier aggregation.n3_pucch_an_n_rbcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n3_pucch_an_n_rb
Optional integer (default = 0). Select the number of UL resources blocks reserved for PUCCH 3 signalling. It is only necessary if PUCCH 3 ACK/NACK feedback is selected for carrier aggregation or TDD.
n1_pucch_an_rep_countcell_list.pucch_dedicated.n1_pucch_an_rep_count
Optional integer (default = 0). Number of PUCCH 1 resources reserved for PUCCH ACK/NACK repetitions. If set to a non-zro value,
an_rep_ul_snr_threshold
andan_rep_factor
are expected to configure the ACK/NACK repetition feature.an_rep_ul_snr_thresholdcell_list.pucch_dedicated.an_rep_ul_snr_threshold
Optional float (range -6.0 to 40.0). Mandatory if
n1_pucch_an_rep_count
is set, ignored otherwise. UL SNR threshold below which an UE will be configured with PUCCH ACK/NACK repetition. The UL SNR is monitored only during the first instant of the RRC connection.an_rep_factorcell_list.pucch_dedicated.an_rep_factor
Optional enumeration (2, 4 or 6). Mandatory if
n1_pucch_an_rep_count
is set, ignored otherwise. Repetition factor for ACK/NACK when ACK/NACK repetition is configured.
prach_detect_thresholdcell_list.prach_detect_threshold
Optional float. Set the PRACH SNR detection threshold in dB.
pucch1_sr_detect_thresholdcell_list.pucch1_sr_detect_threshold
Optional float. SNR threshold in dB to filter Scheduling Request detection in PUCCH format 1/1A/1B.
pucch1_an_detect_thresholdcell_list.pucch1_an_detect_threshold
Optional float. SNR threshold in dB to filter HARQ ACK/NACK detection in PUCCH format 1/1A/1B.
pusch_dedicatedcell_list.pusch_dedicated
Object. PUSCH dedicated configuration. Currently shared by all UEs. The following properties are defined:
beta_offset_ack_indexcell_list.pusch_dedicated.beta_offset_ack_index
Range: 0 to 15.
beta_offset_ri_indexcell_list.pusch_dedicated.beta_offset_ri_index
Range: 0 to 12.
beta_offset_cqi_indexcell_list.pusch_dedicated.beta_offset_cqi_index
Range: 2 to 15.
pusch_msg3_delta_powercell_list.pusch_msg3_delta_power
Optional. Range: -6 to 8 (default = 0). Relative power for Msg3 (=CCCH RRC Connection Request) in dB. It is internally rounded to an even value.
pusch_hopping_offsetcell_list.pusch_hopping_offset
Optional integer (default = -2). Set the value of SIB2.pusch-HoppingOffset. The special value -2 indicates to keep the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to compute it from the reserved PUCCH resources.
pusch_hopping_typecell_list.pusch_hopping_type
Optional integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 2. Use
0
for no PUSCH frequency hopping.1
for hopping type 1,2
for hopping type 2.pusch_hopping_indexcell_list.pusch_hopping_index
Optional integer (default = 0). Select the hopping index transmitted in DCI 0. This parameter only matters for hopping type 1 with n_rb_ul >= 50.
pusch_msg3_mcscell_list.pusch_msg3_mcs
Range: 0 to 15. MCS for Msg3 (=CCCH RRC Connection Request).
pusch_mcscell_list.pusch_mcs
Integer or array of 10 integers (range: -1 to 28). Force the PUSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is provided, it provides the PUSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.
pusch_fixed_rb_alloccell_list.pusch_fixed_rb_alloc
Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 10. Force fixed PUSCH RB allocation in all or a selected set of subframes. If an array is provided, a value true at the index value i of the array indicates that a fixed PUSCH RB allocation is used in subframe number i.
The parameters
pusch_fixed_rb_start
andpusch_fixed_l_crb
are used for the fixed allocation.pusch_fixed_l_crb
must be of the form2^n1*3^n2*5^n3
. PUSCH are allocated only if they don’t overlap with PUCCH or PRACH, so care must be taken when defining the range. In some cases, PUSCH retranmissions may use other RBs.pusch_fixed_rb_startcell_list.pusch_fixed_rb_start
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10. First RB for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the first RB for each subframe (see
pusch_fixed_rb_alloc
).For a cell configured for category M1 UEs,
pusch_fixed_rb_start
andpusch_fixed_l_crb
give the allocation inside a narrow band (hencepusch_fixed_rb_start
+pusch_fixed_l_crb
<= 6).pusch_fixed_l_crbcell_list.pusch_fixed_l_crb
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the number of consecutive RBs for each subframe (see
pusch_fixed_rb_alloc
).pusch_fixed_rb_forcedcell_list.pusch_fixed_rb_forced
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB schedules the PUSCH with fixed RB allocation even if it collides with PUCCH/PRACH or another PUSCH.
pusch_multi_clustercell_list.pusch_multi_cluster
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable multi-cluster PUSCH resource allocation for the UEs supporting it (release 10). Note: this is a UE test feature, so the multi cluster allocation is not optimized by the scheduler.
pusch_max_mcscell_list.pusch_max_mcs
Optional. Range: 0 to 28 (default = 28). CPU load limitation: maximum MCS allocated by the eNodeB for PUSCH. Smaller MCS give a smaller bitrate and a smaller CPU load.
pusch_max_itscell_list.pusch_max_its
Optional. Range 1 to 20 (default = 6). CPU load limitation: set the maximum number of iterations of the turbo decoder. A higher value gives a lower frame error rate but a higher CPU load.
force_full_bsrcell_list.force_full_bsr
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PUSCH transmission.
force_dl_schedulecell_list.force_dl_schedule
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PDSCH transmission.
pdsch_mcscell_list.pdsch_mcs
Integer or array of integers (range: -1 to 28). The length of the array must divide 20. Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.
pdsch_mcs_from_cqicell_list.pdsch_mcs_from_cqi
Integer or array of 16 integers (range: -1 to 28). Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature).
If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS according to the CQI reported by UE. Use -1 not to force the MCS for a given CQI.pdsch_fixed_rb_alloccell_list.pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc
Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 20. Force fixed PDSCH RB allocation using the parameters
pdsch_fixed_rb_start
andpdsch_fixed_l_crb
. If an array is provided, it selects the fixed PDSCH allocation for each subframe.For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, fixed PDSCH RB allocation is only possible in subframes where the PDSCH MCS is fixed (see
pdsch_mcs
).pdsch_fixed_rb_startcell_list.pdsch_fixed_rb_start
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20. First RB for fixed PDSCH allocation (see
pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc
). If an array is provided, it provides the first RB for each subframe.For a cell configured for category M1 UEs,
pdsch_fixed_rb_start
andpdsch_fixed_l_crb
give the allocation inside a narrow band (hencepdsch_fixed_rb_start
+pdsch_fixed_l_crb
<= 6).pdsch_fixed_l_crbcell_list.pdsch_fixed_l_crb
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PDSCH allocation (see
pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc
). If an array is provided, it provides the consecutive RBs for each subframe.rach_ignore_countcell_list.rach_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the eNB or gNB.
mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countcell_list.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the eNB or gNB.
dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idcell_list.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id
Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.
rrc_procedure_filtercell_list.rrc_procedure_filter
Optional object. Allows to define the eNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported arerrc_connection_request
,rrc_connection_reestablishment_request
andscg_failure_information_nr
.
Each property value is an enum:treat
(UE message is processed),ignore
(UE message is ignored) orreject
(UE message is rejected).
By default all procedures are treated.
Example:
rrc_procedure_filter: { rrc_connection_request: "treat", rrc_connection_reestablishment_request: "reject" }
transmission_modecell_list.transmission_mode
Optional. Range: 1 to 6 (default = 1). Set the DL transmission mode (same for all UEs). The values of 1 and 2 are equivalent and automatically adjusted to 1 or 2 depending on the number of DL antennas. The corresponding transmission modes are:
Value Description 1 Single antenna port. 2 Transmit diversity. 3 Large delay CDD. 4 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing. 5 Multi-user MIMO. 6 Closed-loop spatial multiplexing using single transmission layer. Notes:
- Transmission modes 2 to 6 are only usable when
n_antenna_pbch >= 2
(more than one DL antenna). - Transmission modes 3 and 4 need rank indicator reporting for proper
operation (see the
m_ri
parameter). - The current MAC scheduler does not schedule several UE at the same time when using transmission mode 5.
- Transmission modes 2 to 6 are only usable when
codebook_subset_restrictioncell_list.codebook_subset_restriction
Optional string. Bit string giving the allowed code book indexes for transmission modes 3, 4, 5, 6. The number of bits is given by TS.36 213 table 7.2-1b. The default value is all ones (i.e. all code book indexes are allowed).
transmission_mode_optcell_list.transmission_mode_opt
Optional integer (default = 0). Range: 0 or 7 to 10. If the UE supports the indicated transmission mode, it is enabled with the first RRC connection reconfiguration. The value 0 is used to keep the initial transmission mode selected by
transmission_mode
. The available optional transmission modes are:Value Description 7 Antenna port 5 (UE specific, release 8). 8 Dual layers, antenna ports 7 and 8 (UE specific, release 9). 9 Up to 8 layers, antenna ports 7 to 14 (UE specific, release 10). 10 Up to 8 layers, antenna ports 7 to 14 (UE specific, CoMP, release 11). The transmission modes 8, 9 and 10 require at least two DL antennas and need rank indicator reporting for proper operation (see the
m_ri
parameter). Moreover transmission modes 9 and 10 need a proper CSI-RS configuration.codebook_subset_restriction_optcell_list.codebook_subset_restriction_opt
Optional string. Bit string giving the allowed code book indexes for transmission modes 8, 9 or 10. The number of bits depends on the selected transmission mode and number of DL antennas:
Mode Number of digits tm8, 2 antennas: 6 bits tm8, 4 antennas: 32 bits tm9 or tm10, 2 antennas: 6 bits tm9 or tm10, 4 antennas: 64 bits tm9 or tm10, 8 antennas: 109 bits n_scidcell_list.n_scid
Optional integer (default = 0). Range 0 to 1. Force the scrambling identifier when antenna ports 7 or 8 are used.
ue_specific_portcell_list.ue_specific_port
Optional integer (default = 7). Range 7 to 8. When single layer transmission is used with transmission mode 8, force the corresponding antenna port.
csi_rs_nzpcell_list.csi_rs_nzp
Optional object or array of objects. Specifies the Non-Zero Power Channel-State Information Reference Signals (CSI-RS) sent by the eNodeB for release 10 UEs. The following fields are defined:
periodcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.period
Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80. Period (in ms) of the CSI-RS.
offsetcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.offset
Range: 0 to period - 1. Offset (in ms) of the CSI-RS.
n_antennacell_list.csi_rs_nzp.n_antenna
Integer: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Must be less than the number of DL antennas.
resource_configcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.resource_config
Integer. Selected CSI-RS resource configuration. The exact range depends on the selected cyclic prefix and frame structure. See tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 from 3GPP TS 36.211.
scrambling_idcell_list.csi_rs_nzp.scrambling_id
Optional integer (range: -1 to 503, default = -1). For release 11 UEs, specify the scrambling identity. -1 indicates to use n_id_cell.
p_ccell_list.csi_rs_nzp.p_c
Range: -8 to 15. Relative power in dB compared to the cell specific reference signal.
When configuring transmission mode 10, a single CSI process is configured using the first NZP CSI-RS and the first CSI-IM. A single re-MappingQCLConfig is configured using the first ZP CSI-RS.
csi_rs_zpcell_list.csi_rs_zp
Optional object or array of objects. Specifies the Zero Power Channel-State Information Reference Signals reserved by the eNodeB for release 10 UEs. The following fields are defined:
periodcell_list.csi_rs_zp.period
Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80. Period (in ms) of the CSI-RS ZP.
offsetcell_list.csi_rs_zp.offset
Range: 0 to period - 1. Offset (in ms) of the CSI-RS ZP.
resource_config_listcell_list.csi_rs_zp.resource_config_list
Range: 0 to 65535. Bit mask of the selected zero CSI-RS ZP configurations. The first configuration is in bit 15. The corresponding configurations are given in tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 from 3GPP TS 36.211 (column with 4 antennas).
csi_rs_imcell_list.csi_rs_im
Optional object or array of objects. Specifies the Channel-State Information Reference Signals reserved by the eNodeB for Interference Measurement for release 11 UEs (CSI-RS IM). The following fields are defined:
periodcell_list.csi_rs_im.period
Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80. Period (in ms) of the CSI-RS IM.
offsetcell_list.csi_rs_im.offset
Range: 0 to period - 1. Offset (in ms) of the CSI-RS IM.
resource_configcell_list.csi_rs_im.resource_config
Integer. Selected CSI-RS IM resource configuration. The exact range depends on the selected cyclic prefix and frame structure. See tables 6.10.5.2-1 and 6.10.5.2-2 from 3GPP TS 36.211.
The first CSI-RS IM must completely overlap with the first configured CSI-RS ZP.
dl_256qamcell_list.dl_256qam
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow 256QAM DL support for the UE supporting it (release 12).
ul_64qamcell_list.ul_64qam
Optional boolean. If true, allow 64QAM UL support for the UE supporting it (release 12). The SIB2 is modified accordingly. If this property is not present, the values SIB2.enable64QAM and SIB2.enable64QAM-v1270 are used instead.
dl_1024qamcell_list.dl_1024qam
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow 1024QAM DL support for the UE supporting it (release 15, UE DL category >= 20). If true, it also implicitely sets
dl_256qam
to true.ul_256qamcell_list.ul_256qam
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow 256QAM UL support for the UE supporting it (release 14, UL category >= 16).
sr_periodcell_list.sr_period
Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 2, 1, 0. Scheduling Request period in ms. When allowing TypeA half-duplex UEs (i.e when
half_duplex_ue
istrue
andbr_only
isfalse
), the value must be >= 40.
For TypeB or Cat-M half-duplex UEs constraints, please refer to the parameterbr_sr_period
(See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).
The special value 0 means that no Scheduling Request resource is allocated hence the UE uses a PRACH instead.forced_sr_offsetcell_list.forced_sr_offset
Optional integer: range -1 to
sr_period
-1 (default = -1). Forces the scheduling request subframe offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.dsr_trans_maxcell_list.dsr_trans_max
Optional enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 (default = 64). Set the dsr-TransMax parameter (maximum number of scheduling request transmissions).
cqi_periodcell_list.cqi_period
Optional enumeration: 2, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 1, 32, 64, 128, 0 (default = 0). When allowing TypeA half-duplex UEs (i.e when
half_duplex_ue
istrue
andbr_only
isfalse
), the value must be >= 32.
For TypeB or Cat-M half-duplex UEs constraints, please refer to the parameterbr_cqi_period
(See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).
Value 0 indicates that periodic CQI reporting is disabled. Disabling both periodic and aperiodic CQI is not recommended unless radio conditions are known andforced_cqi/ri
are set to suitable values.m_ricell_list.m_ri
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 (default = 0). If different from zero, Rank Indicator (RI) reporting is done every
m_ri
CQI/PMI reports. RI should only be used with transmission modes 3, 4, 8, 9 and 10.subband_cqi_kcell_list.subband_cqi_k
Optional integer: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = 0). If different from zero, enables UE-selected subband CQI reporting and sets the value K for the number of cycles of subband reports between two wideband reports.
ap_cqi_periodcell_list.ap_cqi_period
Optional integer (default = 0). Approximate period (in ms) for the aperiodic CQI reporting. 0 indicates that aperiodic CQI reporting is disabled. Disabling both periodic and aperiodic CQI is not recommended unless radio conditions are known and
forced_cqi/ri
are set to suitable values.ap_cqi_rmcell_list.ap_cqi_rm
Optional enumeration: rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31. Aperiodic CQI reporting mode when the transmission mode is less or equal to 6. Note: For BR UEs, the aperiodic CQI reporting mode will be forced to ’rm20’ if aperiodic CQI reporting is enabled (
ap_cqi_period
\neq 0).ap_cqi_rm_optcell_list.ap_cqi_rm_opt
Optional enumeration: rm12, rm20, rm22, rm30, rm31. Aperiodic CQI reporting mode when the transmission mode is greater or equal to 7. Note: For BR UEs, the aperiodic CQI reporting mode will be forced to ’rm20’ if aperiodic CQI reporting is enabled (
ap_cqi_period
\neq 0).ap_cqi_trigger_listcell_list.ap_cqi_trigger_list
Optional array of array of integers. Allows to define up to 6 custom aperiodic CQI trigger. Each element is an array of serving cell indices. If absent, the eNB will group up to 4 serving cells per trigger.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQIcell_list.simultaneousAckNackAndCQI
Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable simultaneous ACK/NACK and CQI reporting. With normal cyclic prefix, PUCCH format 2A/2B are used.
simultaneousAckNackAndCQI_format3cell_list.simultaneousAckNackAndCQI_format3
Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable simultaneous ACK/NACK and CQI reporting with PUCCH format 3 (release 11).
srs_dedicatedcell_list.srs_dedicated
Object. SRS configuration. Currently the same for all UEs except for
srs-ConfigIndex
andfreqDomainPosition
which are dynamically allocated for each UE. The following properties are defined:srs_bandwidth_configcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_bandwidth_config
Optional integer. Range: -1 to 7. Set the value of SIB2.srs-BandwidthConfig. The special value -1 indicates to keep the value from the SIB2 (legacy case).
srs_subframe_configcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_subframe_config
Optional integer. Range: -1 to 15. Set the value of SIB2.srs-SubframeConfig. The special value -1 indicates to keep the value from the SIB2 (legacy case).
srs_periodcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_period
Enumeration: 2, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320. SRS period in ms. Currently when
half_duplex_ue
is true it must be >= 40.
There is an additional constraint for TypeB or Cat-M half-duplex UEs, when SRS is enabled (br_srs_enabled
set totrue
), similar to CQI or SR. Refer tobr_cqi_period
(See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).
srs_bandwidthcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_bandwidth
Range: 0 to 3. SRS bandwidth.
srs_hopping_bandwidthcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_hopping_bandwidth
Range: 0 to 3. SRS hopping bandwidth.
srs_cyclic_shiftcell_list.srs_dedicated.srs_cyclic_shift
Optional integer. Range: -1 to 7, default = -1. -1 indicates to choose a random per UE cyclic shift.
mac_configcell_list.mac_config
Object. MAC configuration. Currently the same for all UEs. The following properties are defined:
ul_max_harq_txcell_list.mac_config.ul_max_harq_tx
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for uplink.
dl_max_harq_txcell_list.mac_config.dl_max_harq_tx
Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for downlink.
ul_max_consecutive_retxcell_list.mac_config.ul_max_consecutive_retx
Optional Integer (default = 30). Maximum number of UL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.
dl_max_consecutive_retxcell_list.mac_config.dl_max_consecutive_retx
Optional Integer (default = 30). Maximum number of DL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.
time_alignment_tx_timercell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_tx_timer
Optional integer from 0 to 10240 (default = 500). Transmit the UL time alignment information every
time_alignment_tx_timer
ms. The value 0 means infinity.time_alignment_timer_dedicatedcell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_timer_dedicated
Optional integer (default = 0). Time alignment timer dedicated. 0 means infinity. Note:
time_alignment_tx_timer
must be used to set the UL time alignment transmission period.periodic_bsr_timercell_list.mac_config.periodic_bsr_timer
Optional integer (default = 20). Periodic BSR timer value.
retx_bsr_timercell_list.mac_config.retx_bsr_timer
Optional integer (default = 320). Retransmission BSR timer value.
periodic_phr_timercell_list.mac_config.periodic_phr_timer
Optional integer (default = 500). Periodic PHR timer value.
prohibit_phr_timercell_list.mac_config.prohibit_phr_timer
Optional integer (default = 200). Prohibit PHR timer value.
dl_path_loss_changecell_list.mac_config.dl_path_loss_change
Optional enumeration:
dB1
,dB3
,dB6
,infinity
(default =dB3
). DL path loss change value.drx_configcell_list.mac_config.drx_config
Optional object. If present, configure the DRX parameters. The following properties are defined:
on_duration_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.on_duration_timer
Range: 1 to 1600. DRX on duration timer (in PDCCH subframes). If the value is small, it may be necessary to disallow half duplex UE from connecting to the eNodeB (set
half_duplex_ue
tofalse
) in order to relax the constraints on the allocation of SRS/CQI/SR.drx_inactivity_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_inactivity_timer
Range: 1 to 2560. DRX inactivity timer (in PDCCH subframes).
drx_retransmission_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer
Range: 1 to 320. DRX retransmission timer (in PDCCH subframes).
drx_ul_retransmission_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_ul_retransmission_timer
Optional. Range: 0 to 320. DRX UL retransmission timer (in PDCCH subframes) for BL/CE UEs.
long_drx_cyclecell_list.mac_config.drx_config.long_drx_cycle
Range: 10 to 10240. Duration of the long DRX cycle (in subframes). Must be a multiple of
meas_gap_period
. Values 5120 and 10240 can only be used with UEs declaring the support of extended long DRX cycles. For UEs not declaring the support, value 2560 will be used instead.short_drx_cyclecell_list.mac_config.drx_config.short_drx_cycle
Optional. Range: 2 to 640. If present, configuration the duration of the short DRX cycle (in subframes).
long_drx_cycle
must be a multiple ofshort_drx_cycle
.drx_short_cycle_timercell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_short_cycle_timer
Optional. Range: 1 to 16. If the short DRX cycle is configured, set the short DRX cycle timer.
forced_drx_start_offsetcell_list.mac_config.drx_config.forced_drx_start_offset
Optional integer (range -1 to long_drx_cycle, default = -1). If set to a positive value, it will force the DRX start offset of all the UEs. Beware that forcing the setting may no longer be compliant with other contraints like gap offset.
data_inactivity_timercell_list.mac_config.data_inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Value in seconds of the data inactivity monitoring timer. 0 means that the timer is deactivated.
sr_prohibit_timercell_list.mac_config.sr_prohibit_timer
Optional integer. Timer in number of SR periods used to delay the transmission of a Scheduling Request.
logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timercell_list.mac_config.logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer
Optional integer. Timer in number of subframes used to delay the transmission of a Scheduling Request for logical channels enabled by the
logicalChannelSR_Prohibit
parameter indrb_config
object.rai_supportcell_list.mac_config.rai_support
Optional boolean (default = false). Activates MAC release assistance indication feature in the eNB. It will not be used if
rai_enh_support
is set and the UE supports R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature.rai_enh_supportcell_list.mac_config.rai_enh_support
Optional boolean (default = false). Activates R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature in the eNB.
tti_bundlingcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling
Optional object. If present, configure the TTI bundling parameters.
Since TTI bundling is a deep change in the MAC layer, the configuration/deconfiguration of TTI bundling is performed via an intra-cell handover. The following properties are defined:snr_thresholdcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.snr_threshold
Float. Range: -6 to 40 dB. UL SNR value in dB (measured on PUSCH and SRS) below which TTI bundling will be configured.
phr_thresholdcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.phr_threshold
Optional float. Range: 0 to 40 dB (default 0 dB). UL PHR value (in dB for 1 RB allocation) below which TTI bundling will be configured. This condition is OR’ed with the
snr_threshold
trigger.hysteresiscell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.hysteresis
Optional float. Range 1 to 20 dB (default 6 dB). Hysteresis value to add to
snr_threshold
andphr_threshold
when checking conditions to deconfigure TTI bundling.
TTI bundling is deconfigured when SNR is abovesnr_threshold + hysteresis
AND PHR is abovephr_threshold + hysteresis
.mcs_maxcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.mcs_max
Optional integer. Range 0 to 10 (default 10). Maximum MCS of PUSCH allocation with TTI bundling.
l_crb_maxcell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.l_crb_max
Optional integer. Range 1 to UL BW (default 6). Maximum number of RBs of PUSCH allocation with TTI bundling.
If the UE does not support
noResourceRestrictionForTTIBundling-r12, PUSCH allocation is limited to 3 RBs anyway.e_harq_patterncell_list.mac_config.tti_bundling.e_harq_pattern
Optional boolean (default = false). FDD only. If set and if the UE supports e-HARQ-Pattern-FDD-r12, eNB configures the e-HARQ-Pattern-r12 parameter along with TTI bundling.
spscell_list.sps
Optional object. Contains the SPS configuration of the cell, currently the same for all UEs. SPS will be configured on the UE depending on the established radio bearers, see DRB configuration. It contains the following properties:
dlcell_list.sps.dl
Optional object. Defines the SPS DL configuration. It contains the following fields:
rb_startcell_list.sps.dl.rb_start
Integer. PDSCH allocation starting position in number RBs.
l_crbcell_list.sps.dl.l_crb
Integer (range 1 to 6). PDSCH allocation length in number of RBs, limited to 6 RBs. SPS DL allocation uses a localized type2 PDSCH allocation. If the cell has a BR configuration, the SPS allocation shall be contained in one of the BR narrowband.
mcscell_list.sps.dl.mcs
Integer (range 0 to 15). MCS of the PDSCH allocation.
sched_intervalcell_list.sps.dl.sched_interval
Enumeration (10, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640). SPS scheduling interval semiPersistSchedIntervalDL in subframes. In TDD, the value should be a multiple of 10 ms.
ulcell_list.sps.ul
Optional object. Defines the SPS UL configuration. It contains the following fields:
rb_startcell_list.sps.ul.rb_start
Integer. PUSCH grant starting position in number RBs.
l_crbcell_list.sps.ul.l_crb
Integer (range 1 to 6). PUSCH grant length in number of RBs, limited to 6 RBs. SPS UL allocation uses a type0 PUSCH allocation without hopping.
mcscell_list.sps.ul.mcs
Integer (range 0 to 15). MCS of the PUSCH grant.
sched_intervalcell_list.sps.ul.sched_interval
Enumeration (10, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640). SPS scheduling interval semiPersistSchedIntervalUL in subframes. In TDD, the value should be a multiple of 10 ms.
implicit_release_aftercell_list.sps.ul.implicit_release_after
Enumeration (2, 3, 4, 8). Number of empty SPS UL transmission before implicit release of the SPS UL grant, see implicitReleaseAfter in 3GPP TS 36.331.
cyclic_shift_dcicell_list.cyclic_shift_dci
Optional. Range: 0 to 7 (default = 0). Set the DCI 0 cyclic_shift_dci parameter.
dpccell_list.dpc
Optional boolean (default = false). Enable dynamic UE power control.
dpc_pusch_snr_targetcell_list.dpc_pusch_snr_target
Optional float. Must be present if
dpc
is true. Set the PUSCH SNR target for the dynamic UE power control.dpc_pusch_p_maxcell_list.dpc_pusch_p_max
Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUSCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers.
dpc_pusch_epre_maxcell_list.dpc_pusch_epre_max
Optional float. Set the PUSCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present,
dpc_pusch_p_max
is used instead. Seerx_epre_in_dbfs
if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs.dpc_pucch_snr_targetcell_list.dpc_pucch_snr_target
Optional float. Must be present if
dpc
is true. Set the PUCCH SNR target for the dynamic UE power control.dpc_pucch_p_maxcell_list.dpc_pucch_p_max
Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUCCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers.
dpc_pucch_epre_maxcell_list.dpc_pucch_epre_max
Optional float. Set the PUCCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present,
dpc_pucch_p_max
is used instead. Seerx_epre_in_dbfs
if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs.p_srs_offsetcell_list.p_srs_offset
Optional. Range 0 to 15 (default = 3). SRS power offset. The configured value is
-10.5 + 1.5 * p_srs_offset
dB.snr_to_mcs_offsetcell_list.snr_to_mcs_offset
Optional float. This offset is added to the estimated uplink SNR to compute the PUSCH MCS. The default value depends on the eNodeB configuration.
ul_snr_adapt_fercell_list.ul_snr_adapt_fer
Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the UL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 1%.
cqi_adapt_fercell_list.cqi_adapt_fer
Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the DL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 1%.
cipher_algo_prefcell_list.cipher_algo_pref
-
Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC and User Plane encryption in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then EEA0 (no encryption) is selected.
List of supported algorithms:
Value Algorithm 1 EEA1 (Snow 3G) 2 EEA2 (128 bit AES) 3 EEA3 (ZUC) If encryption is necessary, for best performance use AES (EEA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the
hwcaps
monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (EEA1) or ZUC (EEA3).
Note that ciphering is subject to export rules depending on your country. integ_algo_prefcell_list.integ_algo_pref
-
Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC integrity check in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then EIA0 (no integrity check) is selected.
List of supported algorithms:
Value Algorithm 1 EIA1 (Snow 3G) 2 EIA2 (128 bit AES) 3 EIA3 (ZUC) For best performance, use AES (EIA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the
hwcaps
monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (EIA1) or ZUC (EIA3). inactivity_timercell_list.inactivity_timer
Integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.
srb_configcell_list.srb_config
Optional array of objects. Allows to override some parameters of the default configuration specified in 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 9.2.1. If unset, the eNB will already change maxRetxThreshold value to 32, t-Reordering value to 45 ms and t-PollRetransmit to 60 ms.
Each object contains the following fields:idcell_list.srb_config.id
Integer: 1 or 2. Contains the SRB identity.
t_PollRetransmitcell_list.srb_config.t_PollRetransmit
Optional enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000 (default 60). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms.
pollPDUcell_list.srb_config.pollPDU
Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 0 (default 0). pollPDU value. 0 means infinity.
pollBytecell_list.srb_config.pollByte
Enumeration: 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 0 (default 0). pollByte value in kBytes. 0 means infinity.
maxRetxThresholdcell_list.srb_config.maxRetxThreshold
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 32). maxRetxThreshold value.
t_Reorderingcell_list.srb_config.t_Reordering
Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600 (default 45). t-Reordering timer value in ms.
t_StatusProhibitcell_list.srb_config.t_StatusProhibit
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400 (default 0). t_StatusProhibit timer value in ms.
drb_configcell_list.drb_config
String or Array. Array of objects containing the DRB configuration for each QCI value. If a string is given, the array is read from the corresponding filename. See DRB configuration.
unsupported_qci_fallbackcell_list.unsupported_qci_fallback
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true and if the core network requests the establishment of an unsupported QCI value, the parameters from QCI 9 are used instead. Otherwise the establishment is rejected.
meas_configcell_list.meas_config
-
Optional string. Filename of the textual ASN.1 context (GSER syntax) of the
measConfig
field of theRRCConnectionReconfiguration
message (see 3GPP TS 36.331). It is used to set the parameters of the RRC measurements (not including the measGapConfig IE that must be configured using themeas_gap_config
object). If no filename is given and ifmeas_config_desc
optional object is absent, nomeasConfig
field is transmitted to the UEs. meas_config_desccell_list.meas_config_desc
-
Optional object. If present, and if
meas_config
object is not present, the eNB will dynamically build the measurement configuration sent to the UE based on the content of this object and the list of neighbour cells defined inncell_list
object. It will create A1 and A2 events for the serving cell (if inter frequencies neighbour cells exist, or if intra frequency neighbour cells exist for a BR UE), and optionally an A3 or A4 or A5 event for each neighbour frequencies. At the beginning, gaps are not activated. When A2 event report is triggered, ifmeas_gap_config
is set to gp0 or gp1, gaps are activated. When A1 event report is triggered, gaps are released.
Ifeutra_handover
,eutra_handover_intra
oreutra_handover_inter
are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for handover purpose.
Ifeutra_cell_redirect
,eutra_cell_redirect_intra
oreutra_cell_redirect_inter
are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for cell redirection purpose.
Ifscell_config
is present with A2/A4 events and if some cells are defined inscell_list
withrrc_configuration
=measurement
(see scell_list), the eNB will also define A2 and A4 events respectively for SCell release and addition.
Ifscell_config
is present with an A6 event and if some cells are defined inscell_list
witha6_candidates
(see scell_list), the eNB will also define an A6 event for SCell handover.
If NR cells are defined in thencell_list
array, inter RAT B1 and B2 events can be defined to trigger a cell redirection during the RRC connection release procedure whennr_cell_redirect
is set, or a handover whennr_handover
is set.
This object contains the following fields:a1_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_report_type
Enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A1 report.
a1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrp
Integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a1_report_type
is set to rsrp.a1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrq
Integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a1_report_type
is set to rsrq.a1_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A1 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.
a1_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
a2_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_report_type
Enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report.
a2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrp
Integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrp.a2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrq
Integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrq.a2_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.
a2_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
eutra_handovercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency handover. If
eutra_handover_intra
oreutra_handover_inter
objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:a3_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a3_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set,
a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a3_offsetcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a3_offset
Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a3_report_type
is set.a4_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a4_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a4_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a4_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold1_rsrp
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_rsrp
are ignored.hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. is set.
time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
force_meas_id_on_pcell_earfcncell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.force_meas_id_on_pcell_earfcn
Optional boolean (default = false). Forces an A3 measurement identity for the primary cell even if no neighbour intra frequency cells are declared in
ncell_list
object.
eutra_handover_intracell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover_intra
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency handover. It contains the same fields as
eutra_handover
object. See eutra_handovereutra_handover_intercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover_inter
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency handover. It contains the same fields as
eutra_handover
object. See eutra_handovereutra_cell_redirectcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency cell redirection. If
eutra_cell_redirect_intra
oreutra_cell_redirect_inter
objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:a3_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a3_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set,
a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a3_offsetcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a3_offset
Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a3_report_type
is set.a4_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a4_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold1_rsrp
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_rsrp
are ignored.hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. is set.
time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
eutra_cell_redirect_intracell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect_intra
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as
eutra_cell_redirect
object. See eutra_cell_redirecteutra_cell_redirect_intercell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect_inter
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as
eutra_cell_redirect
object. See eutra_cell_redirectscell_configcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config
Optional object used to describe the A2, A4 and A6 reporting criteria for SCell release/addition and handover. It contains the following fields:
a2_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report. Must be present if
a4_report_type
is set.a2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrp.a2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrq.a2_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_hysteresis
Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a2_report_type
is set.a2_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if
a2_report_type
is set.a4_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A4 report.
a4_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to rsrp.a4_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to rsrq.a4_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_hysteresis
Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A4 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a4_report_type
is set.a4_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A4 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if
a4_report_type
is set.gaps_requiredcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.gaps_required
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB will activate measurement gaps if there is at least one cell with measurement-based scell addition in
scell_list
.a6_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp or rsrq. Defines the measurement type requested for the A6 report.
a6_offsetcell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_offset
Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A6 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a6_report_type
is set.a6_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_hysteresis
Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A6 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a6_report_type
is set.a6_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A6 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if
a6_report_type
is set.
rsrp_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.rsrp_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
rsrq_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.rsrq_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
s_measurecell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure
Optional integer (range -140 to -43). Defines the s-Measure threshold in dBm.
en_dc_setupcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup
Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 event to trigger EN-DC activation. It contains the following fields:
b1_report_typecell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_report_type
Optional enumeration: rsrp, rsrq, sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the NR B1 report used to activate EN-DC.
b1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
b1_report_type
is set to rsrp.b1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
b1_report_type
is set to rsrq.b1_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
b1_report_type
is set to sinr.b1_hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_hysteresis
Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. NR B1 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
b1_report_type
is present.b1_time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the NR B1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if
b1_report_type
is present.b1_gaps_requiredcell_list.meas_config_desc.en_dc_setup.b1_gaps_required
Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if gaps must be activated for the NR B1 measurement report.
nr_cell_redirectcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect
Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for NR cell redirection procedure. It contains the following fields:
b1_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b1_threshold_rsrq
,b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
andb2_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.b1_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
andb2_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.b1_threshold_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrp
andb2_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrq
is ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
b2_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold2_rsrq
andb2_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold2_sinr
is ignored.b2_threshold2_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. NR B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.
time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the NR B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearer
Optional enum (auto, yes, no, default = auto). If set to no, the RRC measurement report is ignored and no NR cell redirection is triggered if a VoLTE call is ongoing (at least one DRB is established with a CQI having
ims_dedicated_bearer
set to true). If set to auto, the behavior depends on whether the UE declares ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1-r15 or ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-r15 support in its EUTRA inter RAT capabilities.
nr_handovercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover
Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for NR handover procedure. It contains the following fields:
b1_threshold_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b1_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b1_threshold_rsrq
,b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
andb2_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.b1_threshold_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b1_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
andb2_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.b1_threshold_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b1_threshold_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrp
andb2_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrq
is ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
b2_threshold2_rsrpcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold2_rsrq
andb2_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold2_rsrqcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold2_sinr
is ignored.b2_threshold2_sinrcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.b2_threshold2_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
hysteresiscell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. NR B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.
time_to_triggercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the NR B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearercell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearer
Optional enum (auto, yes, no, default = auto). If set to no, the RRC measurement report is ignored and no NR handover is triggered if a VoLTE call is ongoing (at least one DRB is established with a CQI having
ims_dedicated_bearer
set to true). If set to auto, the behavior depends on whether the UE declares ims-VoiceOverNR-FR1-r15 or ims-VoiceOverNR-FR2-r15 support in its EUTRA inter RAT capabilities.
nr_rsrp_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_rsrp_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC for NR cells (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
nr_rsrp_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_rsrp_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC for NR cells (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
nr_sinr_filter_coeffcell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_sinr_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13,15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SINR layer 3 filtering done in RRC for NR cells (see 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
meas_gap_configcell_list.meas_gap_config
Optional enumeration: none, gp0, gp1 (default = none). Configuration of the measurement gap.
For Cat-M UEs in HD-FDD, it is recommended to use a period bigger than (2*br_mpdcch_n_rep + br_pdsch_n_rep + 3
). See also the limitations on parametersbr_cqi_period
andbr_sr_period
(See Bandwidth Reduced parameters).forced_meas_gap_offsetcell_list.forced_meas_gap_offset
Optional integer. Forces the gap offset sent to the UE in the MeasGapConfig ASN.1 object. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.
br_meas_gap_sharing_configcell_list.br_meas_gap_sharing_config
Optional integer (range: -1 to 3, default = -1). Sets the measurement gap sharing scheme sent to a BR UE in the measurement configuration when gaps are configured. -1 means that the measGapSharingConfig parameter is not present in the MeasConfig object.
ho_from_meascell_list.ho_from_meas
Optional boolean (default = true). If true, when
meas_config
is used the eNodeB triggers a handover when an A3 or A5 RRC measurement event is received from the UE, or when a periodical measurement indicates a neighbour cell RSRP higher than or equal to the serving cell RSRP; whenmeas_config_desc
is used the eNodeB triggers a handover when the event defined ineutra_handover
is reported. It is also used for the event defined innr_handover
triggering an inter RAT handover towards a NR cell.ho_cfracell_list.ho_cfra
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any handover towards this cell will use contention-free random access if there is a contention-free preamble still available. It is not used for Cat-M UEs.
ho_force_full_configcell_list.ho_force_full_config
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any handover towards this cell will use full configuration.
t304cell_list.t304
Enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 200, 500, 1000, 2000 (default = 1000). T304 timer for handover.
pws_max_segment_lencell_list.pws_max_segment_len
Optional integer (default = 32). Set the maximum CMAS/ETWS message segment length in bytes, including the WarningAreaCoordinate segment if any. It is needed in order to limit the size of the corresponding SIB messages.
pws_si_periodicitycell_list.pws_si_periodicity
Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = 16). Set the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of the CMAS/ETWS SIB messages.
prscell_list.prs
Optional object. Contains the optional Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) configuration. If not present, no PRS are generated. PRS parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 36.211 and 3GPP TS 36.355.
prs_bandwidthcell_list.prs.prs_bandwidth
Integer. Bandwidth (in Resource Blocks) of the PRS. From 6 to
n_rb_dl
.prs_periodcell_list.prs.prs_period
Enumeration: 160, 320, 640, 1280. Give the periodicity (in subframes) of the PRS.
prs_offsetcell_list.prs.prs_offset
Integer (0 to prs_period - 1). Give the time offset of the PRS.
numdl_framescell_list.prs.numdl_frames
Integer: 1, 2, 4 or 6. Number of consecutive subframes in which the PRS are sent.
prs_muting_infocell_list.prs.prs_muting_info
Optional string. Bit string containing the PRS muting pattern. Its length must be 2, 4, 8 or 16.
power_prscell_list.prs.power_prs
Optional float (default = 0). Relative power in dB of the PRS.
precoding_matrixcell_list.prs.precoding_matrix
Optional complex matrix. Precoding matrix of
n_antenna_dl
rows and 1 column.
access_point_positioncell_list.access_point_position
Optional object. Contains the geographical position of the access point. If not present, the latitude is set to 48.8534, the longitude is set to 2.3488 and the altitude is set to 0.
latitudecell_list.access_point_position.latitude
Float. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude. Positive value = North, negative value = South.
longitudecell_list.access_point_position.longitude
Float. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.
altitudecell_list.access_point_position.altitude
Optional float (default = 0). Range -1000m to 20km. Altitude in meters.
carrier_sensecell_list.carrier_sense
Optional object. Allow to perform regular carrier sensing and cutoff eNB transmission if carrier is occupied. Activating this feature will bring contraints on
prach_config_index
,sr_period
,cqi_period
andsrs_period
. The feature is available only in TDD for now.
The object contains the following parameters :periodcell_list.carrier_sense.period
Integer: 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 or 1024. Period for carrier sensing measurement, in frames. The measurement lasts one single frame during which eNB stops transmitting any signal. The eNB also takes care that no UE transmission can occur during the measurement. The maximum EPRE value across the ten subframes is retained as the measurement.
thresholdcell_list.carrier_sense.threshold
Float. Range -140 to -30, in dBm. When the carrier sensing measurement is above the threshold, the cell will be cutoff at least until the next measurement period. When the cell is cutoff, the eNB stops transmitting any signal, the UEs are not longer scheduled and all the received PRACH are ignored. The cell is brought back on if the carrier sensing measurement gives an EPRE below (
threshold
- 3dB).
mbmscell_list.mbms
Optional object. MBMS configuration. See MBMS configuration.
reserved_mbms_subframescell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes
Optional object. Mark subframes as MBMS and transmit no data in them. The following properties are available:
sf_alloccell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc
Array of objects. Each object has the following fields:
radio_frame_allocation_periodcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc.radio_frame_allocation_period
Range: 1 to 32, power of two. Allocation period (in 10 ms frames).
radio_frame_allocation_offsetcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc.radio_frame_allocation_offset
Range: 0 to 7. offset in the allocation period (in 10 ms frames).
subframe_allocationcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.sf_alloc.subframe_allocation
Bit string. Length = 6 (1 frame) or 24 (4 frames). In FDD, the bits correspond to subframes 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8. In TDD, the bits correspond to subframes 3, 4, 7, 8, 9.
n_symb_cchcell_list.reserved_mbms_subframes.n_symb_cch
Integer. Range 1 to 2. Number of CCH symbols in the reserved MBMS subframes.
sib16_enablecell_list.sib16_enable
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enables SIB16 (time information broadcast). Note: the broadcasted UTC is currently taken from the eNB internal time (see
internal_time_ref
parameter), so it might not be GPS accurate. The time zone and daylight saving time are taken from the system time.sib16_time_reference_infocell_list.sib16_time_reference_info
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, adds the timeReferenceInfo-r15 IE to SIB16.
sib16_si_periodicitycell_list.sib16_si_periodicity
Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = 32). Sets the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of the SIB16 messages.
ueinfo_extensioncell_list.ueinfo_extension
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, eNB will send UE information within S1AP initial UE message.
The informations are presented as a S1AP-PROTOCOL-IES item in InitialUEMessage with an ID = 1000.
Its ASN.1 definition is:UEInformationExtension ::= SEQUENCE { timing-advance INTEGER, snr INTEGER (0..255) }
Where:
timing advance
UE timing advance expressed in unit of TS
snrcell_list.ueinfo_extension.snr
8 bit value representing SNR in range of -63.5 to +64 dB by step of 0.5 dB (i.e 0 is -63.5 dB and 255 is 64 dB).
Example of EU initial message:
initiatingMessage: { procedureCode id-initialUEMessage, criticality ignore, value { protocolIEs { { id id-eNB-UE-S1AP-ID, criticality reject, value 1 }, ... { id 1000, criticality ignore, value { timing-advance 1, snr 169 } } } } }
rrc_redirectcell_list.rrc_redirect
Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry is the ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo or RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 redirection information.
These will define the redirection parameter within RRC Connection Release sent by eNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 36.331)
To send this redirection, you need to send to eNB a S1AP DownlinkNASTransport message and add a S1AP-PROTOCOL-IE item with an ID of 1001 (Please refer to MME documentation andattach_reject_filter
parameter to use it).
Its ASN.1 definition is:UERedirectExtension ::= SEQUENCE { type INTEGER (0..255) }
Where:
typecell_list.rrc_redirect.type
Index of the redirection configuration in the rrc_redirect array.
Here is an example of the incoming downlink NAS transport message (GSER encoding):
initiatingMessage: { procedureCode id-downlinkNASTransport, criticality ignore, value { protocolIEs { ... { id 1001, criticality ignore, value { type 0 } } } } }
If rrc_redirect is the following:
["redirect.asn"]
.
And redirect.asn is:geran: { startingARFCN 10, bandIndicator dcs1800, followingARFCNs explicitListOfARFCNs: {12, 42} }
The UE will be sent the following RRC connection release message:
{ message c1: rrcConnectionRelease: { rrc-TransactionIdentifier 0, criticalExtensions c1: rrcConnectionRelease-r8: { releaseCause other, redirectedCarrierInfo geran: { startingARFCN 10, bandIndicator dcs1800, followingARFCNs explicitListOfARFCNs: { 12, 42 } } } } }
Alternatively, rrc_redirect can be an array of objects. Each object contains the following fields:
plmncell_list.rrc_redirect.plmn
String. PLMN of the location area.
laccell_list.rrc_redirect.lac
Range 0 to 0xffff. LAC of the location area.
filename, content, content_type
String. ASN.1 property
The redirection is initiated with a CS fallback indication in the UE context modification request S1 message. The Location Area Information (PLMN and LAC) is used to select the redirection information sent in the RRC connection release. If the Location Area Information is not present, the first redirection is used.
rrc_redirect_after_eps_fallbackcell_list.rrc_redirect_after_eps_fallback
Optional integer. If set, defines RRC redirection index (See rrc_redirect) for the RRC connection release message after an EPS fallback handover.
idle_mode_mobility_controlcell_list.idle_mode_mobility_control
Optional object. If present, the RRC Connection Release message will contain the IdleModeMobilityControlInfo and optionally IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 information. The object contains the following fields:
infocell_list.idle_mode_mobility_control.info
ASN.1 property. IdleModeMobilityControlInfo ASN.1 content.
info_v9e0cell_list.idle_mode_mobility_control.info_v9e0
Optional ASN.1 property. IdleModeMobilityControlInfo-v9e0 ASN.1 content.
Example of info file content (GSER):
{ freqPriorityListEUTRA { { carrierFreq 2850, cellReselectionPriority 4 }, { carrierFreq 65535, cellReselectionPriority 3 } } }
Example of info_v9e0 file content:
{ freqPriorityListEUTRA-v9e0 { { }, { carrierFreq-v9e0 260000 } } }
scell_listcell_list.scell_list
Optional array of objects. List the cells of the same eNodeB which can be used for carrier aggregation. Each object contains the following fields:
cell_idcell_list.scell_list.cell_id
Range: 0 to 1023. Low 7 bit (long macro eNB), 8 bit (macro eNB) or 10 bit (short macro eNB) of the cell identifier.
cross_carrier_schedulingcell_list.scell_list.cross_carrier_scheduling
Boolean. True if cross carrier scheduling is enabled for this cell.
scheduling_cell_idcell_list.scell_list.scheduling_cell_id
Range: 0 to 1023. If cross carrier scheduling is enabled, gives the cell id in which the corresponding PDCCH is sent.
ul_allowedcell_list.scell_list.ul_allowed
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable uplink for this serving cell.
rrc_configurationcell_list.scell_list.rrc_configuration
Optional enumeration:
initial
,measurement
orapi_only
(default =initial
). Desscribes the conditions under which the SCell is configured.
If set toinitial
, the SCell is added right away after the RRC connection establishment.
If set tomeasurement
, the SCell can be dynamically added and released based on measurement reports configured in thescell_config
element of themeas_config_desc
object, see meas_config_desc.
If set toapi_only
, the SCell can only be added through therrc_cnx_reconf
API, see rrc_cnx_reconf.
Note that therrc_cnx_reconf
API can still add or release any SCell irrespective of itsrrc_configuration
value.individual_offsetcell_list.scell_list.individual_offset
Optional integer, in dB. Relevant only when
rrc_configuration
is set tomeasurement
. Individual offset used in A4 criteria evaluation for SCell addition.a6_candidatescell_list.scell_list.a6_candidates
Optional array of integers. Defines the list of intra frequency cells candidates for SCell handover. Each entry of the array contains the
cell_id
value of the target cell that must also be defined inscell_list
array.
scells_activationcell_list.scells_activation
Optional enumeration:
always
oroff
(default =always
). Selects how the eNB activates (with MAC Control element) the secondary cells once they are configured. Whenoff
is selected, cells won’t be activated unless an API call toscells_act_deact
is performed. Whenalways
is selected, all the SCells are activated right after their configuration.ue_cap_rat_typecell_list.ue_cap_rat_type
Optional array of strings. List the RAT types (
eutra
,utra
,geran-cs
,geran-ps
,cdma2000-1XRTT
,nr
,eutra-nr
) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message,eutra
is always included whatever the array content.requested_eutra_freq_bandscell_list.requested_eutra_freq_bands
Optional array of 1 to 16 integers. Defines the list of EUTRA bands the eNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedFrequencyBands-r11 information element).
requested_eutra_max_ccs_dlcell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl
Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA DL CCs the eNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 information element).
requested_eutra_max_ccs_ulcell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_ul
Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA UL CCs the eNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsUL-r13 information element).
request_reduced_formatcell_list.request_reduced_format
Optional boolean. If set, the eNB will request the UE to provide EUTRA CA Combinations using supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of supportedBandCombination-r10 in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedFormat-r13 information element).
request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_combcell_list.request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb
Optional boolean. If set, the eNB will request an EUTRA reduced intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 information element).
requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdccell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc
Optional array of objects of 0 to 1280 objects. If the array is present with at least one element, the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content will be based on the content provided. Otherwise, the eNB will build the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content based on the LTE and NR cells configured.
Each object contains the following parameters:ratcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.rat
Enumeration (eutra or nr). RAT type for this FreqBandInformation item.
band_eutracell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_eutra
Optional integer (range 1 to 256). E-UTRA frequency band indicator. Must be present if
rat
is set to "eutra".ca_bandwidth_class_dlcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_dl
Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA DL CA bandwidth class. Only used if
rat
is set to "eutra".ca_bandwidth_class_ulcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_ul
Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA UL CA bandwidth class. Only used if
rat
is set to "eutra".band_nrcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_nr
Optional integer (range 1 to 1024). NR frequency band indicator. Must be present if
rat
is set to "nr".max_bandwidth_requested_dlcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_dl
Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated DL bandwidth. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".max_bandwidth_requested_ulcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_ul
Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated UL bandwidth. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".max_carriers_requested_dlcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_dl
Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of DL carriers. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".max_carriers_requested_ulcell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_ul
Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of UL carriers. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".
mr_dc_request_nr_dccell_list.mr_dc_request_nr_dc
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the includeNR-DC bit is set to true in the UE capability enquiry message so as to retrieve NR-DC band combinations. Note that it is automatically set if there is at least once cell configured for NR-DC.
rrc_ul_segmentation_supportcell_list.rrc_ul_segmentation_support
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB indicates that RRC UL segmentation is allowed in the RRC UE capability enquiry message.
single_ue_cap_enquirycell_list.single_ue_cap_enquiry
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE and eNB supports R16 uplink RRC segmentation feature, EUTRA, NR and MRDC capabilities are requested in a single message.
srs_switching_time_requestcell_list.srs_switching_time_request
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB sets the srs-SwitchingTimeRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.
uplink_tx_switch_requestcell_list.uplink_tx_switch_request
Optional boolean (default = true if a
uplink_tx_switch
configuration is present, false otherwise).
If set to true, the eNB sets the uplinkTxSwitchRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.gbr_ul_ratiocell_list.gbr_ul_ratio
Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the uplink resources that can be reserved for GBR ERABs.
gbr_dl_ratiocell_list.gbr_dl_ratio
Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the downlink resources that can be reserved for GBR ERABs.
gbr_init_ul_bits_per_recell_list.gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re
Optional float (default = 2.0). The GBR ERAB resources are measured in terms of resource elements (RE) per second. Each RE can be assigned a given number of bits depending on the exact radio conditions. This parameter gives the initial number of bits per uplink RE when the UE is connecting (in this case no reliable radio quality measurement is available).
gbr_init_dl_bits_per_recell_list.gbr_init_dl_bits_per_re
Optional float (default = 2.0). Same as
gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re
for downlink.gbr_congestedcell_list.gbr_congested
Optional boolean (default = false). Option that simulates a congestion once at least one GBR bearer is active in the cell. Any new GBR request will be rejected or will trigger a preemption depending on the ERAB ARP parameters.
ignore_gbr_congestioncell_list.ignore_gbr_congestion
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, no GBR congestion check is performed.
ue_count_maxcell_list.ue_count_max
Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UEs (for this cell).
erab_count_maxcell_list.erab_count_max
Optional integer (default = 1500). Maximum number of ERABs (for this cell).
rrc_cnx_reject_waitTimecell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_waitTime
Optional integer (default = 10). RRC connection reject wait time in seconds.
rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTimecell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTime
Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection reject extended wait time in seconds.
rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisationcell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation
Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq-r11 field is added to the RRC Connection Reject message.
The object must contain the following fields:typecell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.type
Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "e-utra").
timercell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.timer
Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if
type
is not none.
rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTimecell_list.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime
Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection release extended wait time in seconds.
rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gccell_list.rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gc
Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection release wait time in seconds when connected to 5GC.
ims_emergency_supportcell_list.ims_emergency_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, IMS emergency support is advertised in SIB1.
ecall_over_ims_supportcell_list.ecall_over_ims_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, eCall over IMS support is advertised in SIB1.
labelcell_list.label
Optional string. Helper available in monitor (
cell
), remote API (config_get
) and logs.channel_dlcell_list.channel_dl
Optional object. Set the cell specific channel simulator configuration. See Cell specific channel simulator.
eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_methodcell_list.eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_method
Optional enumeration: none, handover, redirection (default = none). Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback fast return procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
Note that the fast return can only be performed if the EPS fallback procedure was performed with a handover and if the NR SA source cell is in the LTE neighbor cell list.ue_assistance_informationcell_list.ue_assistance_information
Optional object containing the UE assistance information procedure configuration. It can contain the following properties:
power_preferencecell_list.ue_assistance_information.power_preference
Optional object for the powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the eNB when receiving the powerPrefIndication-r11 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:
prohibit_timercell_list.ue_assistance_information.power_preference.prohibit_timer
Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 300, 600, -1). Sets the powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 value. -1 means no powerPrefIndicationConfig-r11 is configured.
overheating_assistancecell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance
Optional object for the overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the eNB when receiving the overheatingAssistance-r14 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:
prohibit_timercell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance.prohibit_timer
Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 300, 600, -1). Sets the overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14 value. -1 means no overheatingAssistanceConfig-r14 is configured.
8.5.3 Test parameters
The following cell parameters are only useful when the eNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment. They cannot normally be used with normal UEs.
sib_enablecell_list.sib_enable
Optional boolean (default = true). If false, disable the transmission of the SIBs.
pdcch_fillcell_list.pdcch_fill
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, add dummy PDCCHs filling the available PDCCH resources. For 1.4 and 3 bandwidths, PDCCHs of 1 CCE are added. For the other bandwidths, PDCCHs of 2 CCEs are added.
phich_fillcell_list.phich_fill
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, add dummy PHICH filling the available PHICH resources. 2 PHICH are added per group with HI=0 with sequence numbers 0 and 4 for normal cyclic and sequence numbers 0 and 2 for extended cyclic prefix.
boosted_prbscell_list.boosted_prbs
Optional string or array of array of integers. If present, specifies the list of boosted PRBs for each subframe. If a string is provided, it is
E-TM1.2
,E-TM3.2
orE-TM3.3
and the corresponding list of boosted PRBs is set as specified in 3GPP TS 36.141 section 6.1.1.Otherwise, an array of PRBs is given for each subframe. The number of subframes must divide 20.
boosted_powercell_list.boosted_power
Optional float. If
boosted_prbs
is present, specifies the power in dB relative to the CRS of the resource elements in the boosted PRBs. In the subframes with boosted PRBs, the PRBs which are not boosted have a power so that the average relative power to the CRS is 0 dB.deboosted_constellationcell_list.deboosted_constellation
Optional enumeration (qpsk, 16qam, 64qam, 256qam). If
boosted_prbs
is present, specify the constellation for the PRBs which are not boosted in the subframes where boosted PRBs are present.forced_ricell_list.forced_ri
Optional integer. Range 0 to 8 (default = 0). If >= 1, use it as Rank Indicator (RI) returned by the UE.
forced_cqicell_list.forced_cqi
Optional integer. Range -1 to 15. (default = -1). If >= 0, use it as Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) returned by the UE.
forced_pmicell_list.forced_pmi
Optional integer. Range -1 to 15. (default = -1). If >= 0, use it as Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) returned by the UE.
pusch_fercell_list.pusch_fer
Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PUSCH Frame Error Rate.
pdsch_fercell_list.pdsch_fer
Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PDSCH Frame Error Rate.
test_modecell_list.test_mode
Optional object. Enable specific test modes where UE contexts are automatically created when starting the eNodeB. They are only useful when the eNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment.
Thetype
property selects the test mode:puschcell_list.test_mode.pusch
-
Enables continuous reception of PUSCH by the eNodeB. DCI 0 and PHICH are transmitted. The following additional properties are available:
rnticell_list.test_mode.pusch.rnti
Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PUSCH RNTI.
pusch_retxcell_list.test_mode.pusch.pusch_retx
Boolean. If false, don’t force the UE to retransmit in case of error.
pusch_external_harq_ackcell_list.test_mode.pusch.pusch_external_harq_ack
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, transmit the PUSCH HARQ ACK/NACK and timing advance information to the TRX driver so that it can be transmitted to an external signal generator. The HARQ ACK/NACK signal is transmitted at the same time as PHICH (hence at PUSCH TTI + 4 in FDD mode). The timing advance information is transmitted at the same time as the corresponding PDSCH. The timing advance transmission period is set with the
time_alignment_tx_timer
parameter.
The cell properties
pdcch_format
,pusch_fixed_rb_alloc
,pusch_mcs
can be used to force specific PUSCH parameters. pdschcell_list.test_mode.pdsch
-
Enables continuous transmission of PDSCH. The PDSCH payload contains valid data with PDCP packets of constant length. DCI are transmitted according to the selected transmission mode. PUCCH are received. The following additional properties are available:
rnticell_list.test_mode.pdsch.rnti
Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PDSCH RNTI.
pdsch_retxcell_list.test_mode.pdsch.pdsch_retx
Boolean. If false, don’t retransmit the unacknowledged PDSCH (hence PUCCH ACK/NACK are ignored).
random_datacell_list.test_mode.pdsch.random_data
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.
The cell properties
pdcch_format
,pdsch_mcs
,forced_ri
,forced_cqi
,forced_pmi
,transmission_mode
,dl_256qam
,pdsch_fer
can be used to force specific PDSCH parameters. loadcell_list.test_mode.load
-
CPU load test. Several UEs are instanciated and all are transmitting and receiving at the same time. The following additional properties are available:
ue_countcell_list.test_mode.load.ue_count
Integer. Set the number of UE contexts. The upper bound is set to
ue_count_max
value.
The cell properties
pusch_mcs
,forced_ri
,forced_cqi
,forced_pmi
,pusch_fer
can be used to set the simulated radio conditions.
For all test modes, the category of the fake UE created can be set with the following parameter:
ue_categorycell_list.test_mode.ue_category
Optional integer (-1 to 26, default = 4). Category of the fake UE created for the test mode. -1 corresponds to a category M1 UE.
8.5.4 Bandwidth Reduced parameters (Category M1)
The following parameters configure the cell to allow the connection of
Bandwidth-Reduced UEs (category M1). All the parameters are in the
br_ue
object. Bandwidth-reduced specific SIB configuration
files must be used except for SIB1.
br_onlycell_list.br_only
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, only category M1 UEs are allowed in this cell. The legacy LTE SIBs are disabled and no legacy LTE resources are allocated. 1.4 and 3 MHz category M1 cells must use
br_only=true
.br_root_sequence_indexcell_list.br_root_sequence_index
Range: 0 to 837. Set the BR PRACH root sequence index. It must be different for each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency and sharing the same PRACH configuration.
br_prach_freq_offsetcell_list.br_prach_freq_offset
Optional integer. Range: -2 to n_rb_ul - 6 (default = -2). Set the PRACH frequency offset. The special value -2 indicates to take the value from the SIB2 (legacy case). The special value -1 indicates to automatically set it.
br_r_sib1cell_list.br_r_sib1
Enumeration: 1, 2 or 4. Number of SIB1 BR repetitions per 20 ms (1, 2 or 4).
br_tbs_sib1cell_list.br_tbs_sib1
Optional enumeration: 26, 32, 41, 63, 89, 117. SIB1 BR size in bytes. If not set, the size is automatically computed by the eNB based on the SIBs defined in the configuration file. It can be useful to set it manually in case new SIBs are scheduled during runtime (like SIB10, 11, 12 or 14).
br_si_window_lengthcell_list.br_si_window_length
Enumeration: 20, 40, 60, 80, 120, 160, 200. BR SI window length in ms.
br_si_repetition_patterncell_list.br_si_repetition_pattern
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. SI repetition pattern (one every n Radio Frames)
br_sib_sched_listcell_list.br_sib_sched_list
Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry contains the content of one SI scheduling slot (the first slot must contain the SIB2):
si_periodicitycell_list.br_sib_sched_list.si_periodicity
Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. SI periodicity in Radio Frames.
filename, content, content_type
See ASN.1 property
br_si_nb_idxcell_list.br_si_nb_idx
Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for BR SIB scheduling. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.
q_rx_lev_min_cecell_list.q_rx_lev_min_ce
Optional integer (default = -71). Range: -71 to -22. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -71 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.
q_qual_min_cecell_list.q_qual_min_ce
Optional integer (default = -35). Range: -35 to -3. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -35 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.
q_rx_lev_min_ce1cell_list.q_rx_lev_min_ce1
Optional integer (default = -71). Range: -71 to -22. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -71 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.
q_qual_min_ce1cell_list.q_qual_min_ce1
Optional integer (default = -35). Range: -35 to -3. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value -35 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.
delta_rx_lev_min_ce1cell_list.delta_rx_lev_min_ce1
Optional integer (default = 0). Range: -8 to 0. SIB1 Cell selection information. The special value 0 indicates that the parameter is not transmitted.
br_distributed_mpdcch_precoding_matrixcell_list.br_distributed_mpdcch_precoding_matrix
Optional complex matrix. Set the distributed MPDCCH precoding matrix. It has
n_antenna_dl
rows and 2 columns.br_coverage_levelscell_list.br_coverage_levels
Array of objects. Configuration of each coverage level. There must be the same number of coverage levels as PRACH configurations in the SIB2. Since only CE mode A is currently supported, at most 2 coverage levels can be specified. For each coverage level, the following parameters are available:
br_rar_coderatecell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_rar_coderate
Float. Maximum code rate for the Random Access Response (RAR).
br_mpdcch_css_ra_alcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_css_ra_al
Enumeration: 8, 16, 24. MPDCCH aggregation level for the Common Search Space for the RAR message.
br_mpdcch_css_n_repcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_css_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 255. Number of repetitions for the Common Search Space MPDCCH.
br_pusch_msg3_mcscell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_msg3_mcs
Range: 0 to 7. MCS for Msg3 (=CCCH RRC Connection Request).
br_mpdcch_n_rbcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_n_rb
Enumeration: 2, 4, 6. Number of PRBs for the UE specific MPDCCH.
br_mpdcch_tm_typecell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_tm_type
Enumeration: distributed or localized. Set the UE specific MPDCCH transmission mode. The localized transmission mode relies on the PMI reports from the UE, so it is normally used only with transmission modes 6 or 9.
br_mpdcch_alcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_al
Enumeration: 2, 4, 8, 16, 24. Aggregation level for the UE specific MPDCCH (it is currently statically configured).
br_mpdcch_n_rep_maxcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_n_rep_max
Integer. Range: 1 to 256. Maximum number of repetitions for the UE specific MPDCCH.
br_mpdcch_n_repcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to br_mpdcch_n_rep_max. Number of repetitions for the UE specific MPDCCH.
br_mpdcch_start_sfcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_mpdcch_start_sf
Float. Range: 1 to 10. Starting subframe value for the UE specific MPDCCH.
br_initial_cqicell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_initial_cqi
Range: 4 to 10. Initial CQI for BR UEs (used until the first CQI is received). It cannot currently be lower than 4 because no repetition is possible for CCCH.
br_pdsch_n_repcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_pdsch_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for PDSCH (for normal UE data and RAR).
br_pusch_n_repcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for PUSCH (for normal UE data).
br_msg3_pusch_n_repcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_msg3_pusch_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for PUSCH (for MSG3).
br_pucch_fmt1_n_repcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_pucch_fmt1_n_rep
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. Number of repetitions for PUCCH format 1 or 1A (FDD and CE mode A only).
br_pucch_fmt2_n_repcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_pucch_fmt2_n_rep
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. Number of repetitions for PUCCH format 2 (FDD and CE mode A only).
inactivity_timercell_list.br_coverage_levels.inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Allows to override the value defined in the cell object for this coverage level. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.
br_sr_periodcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_sr_period
Optional enumeration of type
sr_period
. Overrides the scheduling request period set in the cell object bysr_period
for this coverage level. For HD-FDD UEs, it is recommended to use a period bigger than (2*br_mpdcch_n_rep + br_pdsch_n_rep + br_pucch_fmt1_n_rep + 3
). Note that the use of measurement gap (see parametermeas_gap_config
) of same period may divide the effective period by two.br_forced_sr_offsetcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_forced_sr_offset
Optional integer: range -1 to
br_sr_period
-1 (default = -1). Forces the scheduling request subframe offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.br_cqi_periodcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_cqi_period
Optional enumeration of type
cqi_period
. Overrides the period of periodic CQI reporting set in the cell object bycqi_period
for this coverage level. The largest br_cqi_period defined among the coverage levels should also be the least common multiple. (i.e a mix of periods 32, 64 or 128 with periods of 10, 20, 40, 80 or 160 is not supported). For HD-FDD UEs, it is recommended to use a period bigger than (2*br_mpdcch_n_rep + br_pdsch_n_rep + br_pucch_fmt2_n_rep + 3
). Note that the use of measurement gap (see parametermeas_gap_config
) of same period may divide the effective period by two.br_pusch_n_rep_enhcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_n_rep_enh
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 12, 16, 24, 32. Defaults to
br_pusch_n_rep
if absent. This field is used whenbr_pdsch_pusch_enhancement
is set totrue
to set the number of PUSCH repetitions for UEs supporting the rel14 ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement feature.br_pusch_force_qpskcell_list.br_coverage_levels.br_pusch_force_qpsk
Optional boolean (default = false). Control the ’mod_override’ bit in DCI 6-0A when
br_pdsch_pusch_enhancement
is set totrue
, for UEs supporting the rel14 ce-pdsch-pusch-Enhancement feature.
br_paging_mcscell_list.br_paging_mcs
Integer. Range: 0 to 7. Maximum MCS used for paging messages. The eNB will select a MCS lower or equal to this value depending on the number of UEs present in the paging record list.
br_mpdcch_paging_n_repcell_list.br_mpdcch_paging_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 256. Number of repetition for the paging MPDCCH.
br_paging_n_repcell_list.br_paging_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 32. Number of repetitions for the paging message (PDSCH).
br_paging_direct_indicationcell_list.br_paging_direct_indication
Optional boolean (default = false). When true, the eNB will send Direct Indication Information in DCI 6-2 instead of a full paging message, when applicable.
br_n1_pucch_sr_countcell_list.br_n1_pucch_sr_count
Range: 1 to 1000. Number of Scheduling Request PUCCH resources reserved for BR UE.
br_cqi_pucch_n_rbcell_list.br_cqi_pucch_n_rb
Range: 0 to
n_rb_ul
. Number of resources blocks reserved for CQI reporting thru PUCCH for BR UE. Must be even. Value 0 is only supported if all the coverage levels have a CQI period of 0.br_mpdcch_ue_countcell_list.br_mpdcch_ue_count
Integer >= 1. Maximum number of UEs assigned to a single MPDCCH resource.
br_t304cell_list.br_t304
Optional enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 10000 (default =
t304
value). T304 timer for handover.br_srs_enabledcell_list.br_srs_enabled
Optional boolean (default = false). Enable SRS for the BR UEs.
br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idxcell_list.br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idx
Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for MPDCCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.
br_forced_pdsch_nb_idxcell_list.br_forced_pdsch_nb_idx
Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for PDSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.
br_forced_pusch_nb_idxcell_list.br_forced_pusch_nb_idx
Optional integer (default = -1). Forces the narrow band index used for PUSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.
br_dl_sf_bitmapcell_list.br_dl_sf_bitmap
Optional bit string to specify the BL/CE DL subframes in the cell. Parameter is a string of ’0’ and ’1’ of length 10 or 40. When present, it will set the SIB1 parameter fdd-DownlinkOrTddSubframeBitmapBR-r13.
br_pusch_nb_max_tbscell_list.br_pusch_nb_max_tbs
Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel14 ce-PUSCH-NB-MaxTBS-r14 feature.
br_pdsch_pusch_enhancementcell_list.br_pdsch_pusch_enhancement
Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel14 ce-pdsch-pusch-EnhancementConfig-r14 feature. See the coverage level parameters
br_pusch_n_rep_enh
andbr_pusch_force_qpsk
for further control enabled by this feature.br_scheduling_enhancementcell_list.br_scheduling_enhancement
Optional integer, range 0-2 (default = 0). Add support for the rel14 ce-SchedulingEnhancement-r14 feature. Value 1 corresponds to range1, 2 to range2 and 0 means the feature is disabled.
Scheduling enhancement will be effectively used only whenbr_mpdcch_n_rep
,br_pdsch_n_rep
andbr_pucch_fmt1_n_rep
are all set to 1.br_harq_ack_bundlingcell_list.br_harq_ack_bundling
Optional boolean (default false). Add support for the rel14 ce-HARQ-AckBundling-r14 feature.
HARQ ACK bundling will be effectively used only whenbr_mpdcch_n_rep
,br_pdsch_n_rep
andbr_pucch_fmt1_n_rep
are all set to 1.br_pdsch_ten_processescell_list.br_pdsch_ten_processes
Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel14 ce-PDSCH-TenProcesses-r14 feature.
Note that 10 HARQ processes can only be used when at least one ofbr_scheduling_enhancement
orbr_harq_ack_bundling
is set.br_pdsch_flexible_start_prbcell_list.br_pdsch_flexible_start_prb
Optional boolean (default = false). Add support for the rel15 ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig feature.
8.5.5 Wake-Up-Signal
wus_configcell_list.wus_config
Optionnal object containing the wake up signal configuration.
time_offsetcell_list.wus_config.time_offset
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 80, 160, 240 (default = 0). Time offset (in ms) between the end of WUS transmission and beginning of paging occasion. If set to 0, WUS is not activated on the cell.
freq_locationcell_list.wus_config.freq_location
Optional enumeration: 0, 2, 4 (default = 0). First RB used for first WUS resource within a narrow band.
max_num_repcell_list.wus_config.max_num_rep
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 (default = 2). Maximum number of WUS repetitions (in subframes). Must be less than 0.5 x
mpdcch-NumRepetition-Paging-r13
defined in SIB23.num_pocell_list.wus_config.num_po
Optionnal enumeration: 1, 2, 4 (default = 1). Number of consecutive paging occasions mapped to one WUS.
groupscell_list.wus_config.groups
Optionnal array of objects containing group WUS config (two groups currently supported). If absent, group WUS is not enabled. The length of this array must be equal to 1.
prob_thresholdcell_list.wus_config.groups.prob_threshold
Enumeration: 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90. Paging probability threshold (in percent), between the two WUS groups.
resourcescell_list.wus_config.resources
Optionnal enumeration: 1, 2 (default = 1). Number of WUS resources for group WUS.
8.5.6 E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity parameters
The following parameters configure some EN-DC parameters controlled by the LTE cell, and the relationship between LTE and NR cells.
en_dc_scg_cell_listcell_list.en_dc_scg_cell_list
Optional array of objects. Defines the list of NR cells that can be used by the LTE cell for EN-DC (similar to the scell_list array).
Each objet must contain the following parameters:cell_idcell_list.en_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id
Integer. cell_id as configured in the
nr_cell_list
object entry of the eNB configuration object.
nr_p_max_eutracell_list.nr_p_max_eutra
Optional integer (range = -30 to 33). Value of p-MaxEUTRA-r15 in RRCConnectionReconfiguration-v1510-IEs/nr-Config-r15/setup IE.
8.5.7 DRB configuration
Array of objects giving the Data Radio Bearer configuration for each QCI (QoS Class Identifier). There must be at least one definition for QCI = 9 which is the default QCI.
Each object contains the following properties:
qcicell_list.drb_config.qci
Range: 1 to 255. The following parameters apply to DRBs of this QCI.
ims_dedicated_bearercell_list.drb_config.ims_dedicated_bearer
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, it indicates that this QCI is used for IMS dedicated bearers (VoLTE, ...)
rlc_configcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config
Object. Gives the RLC configuration. If UM (Unacknowledged Mode) is used, the
ul_um
anddl_um
objects must be present. If AM (Acknowledged Mode) is used, theul_am
anddl_am
objects must be present.ul_umcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um
Object. Uplink RLC UM configuration.
sn_FieldLengthcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um.sn_FieldLength
Enumeration: 5, 10. Sequence number field length in bits.
dl_umcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um
Object. Downlink RLC UM configuration.
sn_FieldLengthcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.sn_FieldLength
Enumeration: 5, 10. Sequence number field length in bits.
t_Reorderingcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.t_Reordering
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600. t_Reordering timer value in ms.
ul_amcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am
Object. Uplink RLC AM configuration.
t_PollRetransmitcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.t_PollRetransmit
Enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000. t_PollRetransmit timer value in ms.
pollPDUcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollPDU
Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 0. pollPDU value. 0 means infinity.
pollBytecell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollByte
Enumeration: 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 0. pollByte value in kBytes. 0 means infinity.
maxRetxThresholdcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.maxRetxThreshold
Enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32. maxRetxThreshold value.
ul_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.ul_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12
Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 15 bits LI will be used.
ul_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.ul_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13
Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 16 bits SN and SO will be used.
pollPDU_v1310cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollPDU_v1310
Optional enumeration: 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 6144, 8192, 12288, 16384. pollPDU-v1310 value.
pollByte_r14cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollByte_r14
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000, 15000, 16000, 17000, 18000, 19000, 20000, 25000, 30000, 35000, 40000. pollByte-r14 value in kBytes. Sent if supported by the UE.
dl_amcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am
Object. Downlink RLC AM configuration.
t_Reorderingcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_Reordering
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600. t_Reordering timer value in ms.
t_StatusProhibitcell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_StatusProhibit
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400. t_StatusProhibit timer value in ms.
dl_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.dl_extended_RLC_LI_Field_r12
Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 15 bits LI will be used.
dl_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.dl_extended_RLC_AM_SN_r13
Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 16 bits SN and SO will be used.
pdcp_configcell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config
Object. Gives the PDCP configuration.
discardTimercell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.discardTimer
Integer. PDCP discardTimer variable (in ms). 0 means infinity.
pdcp_SN_Sizecell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_Size
(UM only) Enumeration: 7, 12. pdcp sequence number size in bits.
pdcp_SN_Size_v1130cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_Size_v1130
(AM only) Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 15 bits SN will be used.
pdcp_SN_Size_v1310cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_Size_v1310
(AM only) Optional boolean. If set to true and supported by the UE, a 18 bits SN will be used.
statusReportRequiredcell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.statusReportRequired
(AM only) Boolean. PDCP statusReportRequired variable.
headerCompressioncell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression
Optional object. If not present or
null
, header compression is disabled.maxCIDcell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.maxCID
Range: 1 to 16383.
profile0x0001cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0001
Boolean. If true, enable RTP v1 ROHC profile.
profile0x0002cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0002
Boolean. If true, enable UDP v1 ROHC profile.
profile0x0004cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0004
Boolean. If true, enable IP v1 ROHC profile.
nr_pdcp_configcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config
Optional object. Gives the NR PDCP configuration. If set, and if the UE supports NR PDCP for EUTRA ERABs, the ERAB will be established with a NR PDCP entity instead of an EUTRA PDCP entity. Its presence is mandatory for a ng-eNB cell.
discardTimercell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.discardTimer
Enumeration: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 500, 750, 1500, 2000 or 0. Duration of the discard timer in ms. 0 means infinity.
pdcp_SN_SizeULcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeUL
Enumeration: 12 or 18. Uplink SN size in bits.
pdcp_SN_SizeDLcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeDL
Enumeration: 12 or 18. Downlink SN size in bits.
headerCompressioncell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression
Optional object. If not present or
null
, header compression is disabled.maxCIDcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.maxCID
Range: 1 to 16383.
profile0x0001cell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0001
Boolean. If true, enable RTP v1 ROHC profile.
profile0x0002cell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0002
Boolean. If true, enable UDP v1 ROHC profile.
profile0x0004cell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0004
Boolean. If true, enable IP v1 ROHC profile.
statusReportRequiredcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.statusReportRequired
(AM only) Boolean. Indicates if status reports must be generated or not.
outOfOrderDeliverycell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.outOfOrderDelivery
Boolean. Indicates if out of order delivery must be activated or not.
t_Reorderingcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.t_Reordering
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260, 280, 300, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000. Duration of the t-Reordering timer in ms.
restrict_to_ng_enbcell_list.drb_config.nr_pdcp_config.restrict_to_ng_enb
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the nr_pdcp_config settings are only used for UEs connected to the ng-eNB.
en_dc_splitcell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split
Optional object. It defines if the current QCI can be used for EN-DC split bearers or not.
It contains the following items:typecell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split.type
Enumeration: mcg, scg. Defines which cell group is the primary path. If set to mcg,
nr_pdcp_config
object must be defined also.
The value mcg corresponds to option 3.
The value scg corresponds to option 3x.
The absence of theen_dc_split
configuration object and the same QCI being defined in the NR cell DRB configuration object corresponds to option 3a.ul_data_thresholdcell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split.ul_data_threshold
Optional enumeration: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800, 25600, 51200, 102400, 204800, 409600, 819200, 1228800, 1638400, 2457600, 3276800, 4096000, 4915200, 5734400, 6553600, -1 (default = -1). Defines the PDCP ul-DataSplitThreshold parameter in bytes. -1 means infinity.
secondary_path_dl_ratiocell_list.drb_config.en_dc_split.secondary_path_dl_ratio
Optional number between 0 and 1 (default = -1). Experimental feature trying to force data ratio between both bearers, -1 disables it. Note that the ratio cannot be sustained if the
force_dl_schedule
option is activated in one of the cells used for the traffic, or if multiple bearers with different priorities are used, or if the traffic pushed is higher than the maximum physical bitrate.
Example: if 10Mbps is sent and ratio is set to 0.75, primary path will schedule 2.5Mbps and secondary 7.5Mbps.
logical_channel_configcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config
Object. MAC Logical channel configuration. The downlink values are assumed to be the same as the uplink values.
prioritycell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.priority
Range: 1 to 16. logical channel priority. Lower value has more priority.
prioritisedBitRatecell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.prioritisedBitRate
Enumeration: 0, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, -1, 512, 1024, 2048. Prioritised bit rate. -1 means infinity.
bucketSizeDurationcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.bucketSizeDuration
Enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 300, 500, 1000. Bucket size duration in ms.
logicalChannelGroupcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelGroup
Range: 0 to 3. Logical channel group to which this logical channel belongs.
logicalChannelSR_Maskcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_Mask
Optional boolean. Indicates whether this DRB should use SR masking or not.
logicalChannelSR_Prohibitcell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_Prohibit
Optional boolean. Indicates whether this DRB will use the R12 logical channel SR prohibit timer or not. Note that it requires setting
logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer
parameter inmac_config
object.
need_spscell_list.drb_config.need_sps
Optional enumeration: "dl", "ul", "both". If present, defines whether the radio bearer needs an SPS configuration for DL, UL or both directions.
If a corresponding configuration exists in the eNB (See SPS configuration) and if the UE supports SPS, SPS will be configured when the bearer is established.
Further Activation/Release of the SPS allocations will be performed depending on the trafic on the radio bearer.
5qi_qoscell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos
Optional object. Default 5QI QoS characteristics to be used for this 5QI. Required for a ng-eNB.
priority_levelcell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.priority_level
Integer (range 1 to 127).
averaging_windowcell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.averaging_window
Optional integer (range 1 to 4095). Averaging window for GBR bearers.
8.5.8 MBMS configuration
The object mbms
gives the eNB MBMS configuration. Other parameters
previously present in this object are now configured in MBMS Gateway.
Here are the properties of the object:
sib13_periodicitycell_list.mbms.sib13_periodicity
Integer. Range: 8 to 512, power of two. Periodicity (in 10 ms frames) of the SIB13 retransmission. The SIB13 contain the parameters to find the MCCH for each MBSFN area.
synchronization_area_idcell_list.mbms.synchronization_area_id
Integer. Range: 0 to 65535. MBSFN synchronization area identifier sent in the M2 Setup Request message.
use_precise_timestampcell_list.mbms.use_precise_timestamp
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, eNB and MBMSGW internal time (as seen by the
time
monitor command) are assumed to be synchronized. SYNC packets will be dropped in their time stamp is not ahead of 1 tomsp_fifo_size
number of times the MCH Scheduling Period compared to the current eNB internal time. If set to false, the eNB will not consider the SYNC packet timestamp.mbms_time_offsetcell_list.mbms.mbms_time_offset
Optional integer. Offset in ms applied to the eNB internal time (as retrieved by the
time
monitor command) so as to synchronize the eNB with the MBMSGW and ensure that they have a common time base for SYNC protocol. It is ignored ifuse_precise_timestamp
option is set to false.msp_fifo_sizecell_list.mbms.msp_fifo_size
Optional integer. Range: 2 to 512, default set to 8. Size of the FIFO used by eNB to store SYNC packets based on their timestamp, ahead of the current MCH Scheduling Period (one entry per MCH Scheduling Period). Should be set to a relevant value according to the time_offset parameter set in MBMS Gateway.
service_area_id_listcell_list.mbms.service_area_id_list
Array of integers. Range: 0 to 65535 per item. List of MBMS service areas for which the cell is subscribed. This list is sent in the M2 Setup Request message.
notification_configcell_list.mbms.notification_config
Object. Definition of the MCCH change notification parameters. Note: the MCCH parameters are currently static so that eNodeB never signals MCCH change.
notification_repetition_coeffcell_list.mbms.notification_config.notification_repetition_coeff
Enumeration: 2, 4.
notification_offsetcell_list.mbms.notification_config.notification_offset
Range: 0 to 10.
notification_sf_indexcell_list.mbms.notification_config.notification_sf_index
Range: 1 to 6.
8.6 NB-IoT cell configuration
8.6.1 NB-IoT Frequency setting
NB-IoT carrier frequency position is not straightforward, especially for in-band and guard-band operation. The eNB provides two mutually exclusive ways to specify a NB-IoT carrier frequency:
- Either by specifying a PRB (for in-band and guard-band operation only)
- Either by specifying an EARFCN (and optionally an offset)
This is done with the parameters detailed below:
dl_prbnb_cell_list.dl_prb
Optional integer, available only for in-band or guard-band operation. If the parameter is present,
dl_earfcn
anddl_carrier_freq_offset
shall not be present. Range: -6 ton_rb_dl+5
. If provided, it defines the DL PRB of the base LTE cell in which the NB-IoT carrier is deployed.- In-band operation: range 0 to
n_rb_dl
-1. For anchor carriers, not all PRB are suitable because the frequency needs to be in the 7.5kHz range around an NB EARFCN. Authorized PRB are given in 3GPP TS 36.213 chapter 16.8. - Guard-band operation: range [-6..-1] and [
n_rb_dl
..n_rb_dl
+5]. The PRB is virtual and is not mapped by the base LTE cell.
Not all PRB are suitable because the carrier shall fit inside the guardband interval.
For anchor carriers, the PRB also needs to be in the 7.5 kHz range around an NB EARFCN.
Note that this constraint make it impossible to have an anchor carrier in the guard-band of a 1.4 or 3 MHz LTE cell.
- In-band operation: range 0 to
dl_earfcnnb_cell_list.dl_earfcn
Optional integer, range: 0 to 262143. Set the NB DL EARFCN. This parameter is mandatory for standalone operation. For in-band and guard-band operation,
dl_prb
can be used instead.
For in-band operation and anchor carriers, the NB DL EARFCN must be in a range of 7.5 kHz around the center of a PRB of the base LTE cell. Such NB DL EARFCN are spaced by 900 kHz (5 resource blocks).
For in-band operation and non-anchor carriers, the NB DL EARFCN must be in a range of 50 kHz around the center of a PRB of the base LTE cell.
For in-band and guard-band operation, eNB will automatically compute a valid value fordl_carrier_freq_offset
to fully specify the NB carrier position.
For guard-band operation, the NB carrier shall fit inside the guardband interval. Note that this constraint make it impossible to have an anchor carrier in the guard-band of a 1.4 or 3 MHz LTE cell.dl_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.dl_carrier_freq_offset
Optional integer, range: -10 to 9. Set the offset (also called raster offset in 3GPP TS 36.331 or M_{DL} in 3GPP TS 36.101) between the actual NB DL carrier position and the NB DL EARFCN. This parameter can only be used with a
dl_earfcn
setting and for in-band or guard-band operation.
For anchor carriers, it must be in the range -2 to 1.
Value in kHz is5*dl_carrier_freq_offset + 2.5
.
Note that this parameter is truly necessary only for non-anchor carriers in guard-operation when several NB carriers can correspond to the same NB DL EARFCN. This parameter shall not be present for stand-alone operation.ul_prbnb_cell_list.ul_prb
Optional integer, available only for in-band or guard-band operation. If the parameter is present,
ul_earfcn
andul_carrier_freq_offset
shall not be present. Range: -6 ton_rb_ul
+5. If provided, it defines the UL PRB of the base LTE cell in which the NB-IoT carrier is deployed.
- In-band operation: range 0 to
n_rb_dl
-1. The PRB shall not be used by PRACH or PUCCH on the base LTE cell. It is more efficient to set it at the edge of the PUSCH spectrum to have larger contiguous PUSCH allocations. - Guard-band operation: range [-6..-1] and [
n_rb_dl
..n_rb_dl
+5]. The PRB is virtual and is not mapped by the base LTE cell. Not all PRB are suitable because the carrier shall fit in the guardband interval, depending on the base LTE cell bandwidth.
- In-band operation: range 0 to
ul_earfcnnb_cell_list.ul_earfcn
Optional integer, range: 0 to 262143. Set the NB UL EARFCN. If neither
ul_earfcn
norul_prb
are provided, the default DL/UL separation is used. For in-band and guard-band operation,ul_prb
can be used instead.
For in-band operation, the NB UL EARFCN must be in a range of 50 kHz around the center of a UL PRB of the base LTE cell and this PRB must follow the restriction specified above forul_prb
.
For in-band and guard-band operation, eNB will automatically compute a valid value forul_carrier_freq_offset
to fully specify the NB carrier position.ul_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.ul_carrier_freq_offset
Optional integer, range: -10 to 9. Set the offset (also called raster offset or M_{UL} in 3GPP TS 36.101) between the actual NB UL carrier position and the NB UL EARFCN. This parameter can only be used with a
ul_earfcn
setting and for in-band or guard-band operation.
Value in kHz is5*ul_carrier_freq_offset
.
It is only really mandatory to specify this value for guard-operation when several NB carriers can correspond to the same NB UL EARFCN. This parameter shall not be present for stand-alone operation.
8.6.2 Basic NB-IoT cell parameters
plmn_listnb_cell_list.plmn_list
Array of objects or strings. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported. Each element of the array is either a PLMN (5 or 6 digit string) or an object containing the following properties:
plmnnb_cell_list.plmn_list.plmn
String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).
reservednb_cell_list.plmn_list.reserved
Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.
attach_without_pdnnb_cell_list.plmn_list.attach_without_pdn
Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if PLMN supports attach without PDN connectivity.
When
reserved
is not provided, its default value isfalse
.plmn_list_5gcnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc
Optional list of objects. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the ng-eNodeB. At most 6 PLMNs are supported, only 1 object is supported. Each object contains the following properties:
plmn_idsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids
Array of objects. The array can contain up to 6 PLMNs. Each object contains the following properties:
plmnnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn
String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).
reservednb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved
Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.
ng_u_data_transfernb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.ng_u_data_transfer
Optional boolean (default = true). ng-U-DataTransfer-r16 parameter.
truncated_5g_s_tmsinb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi
Optional object. Defines the parameters to rebuild the UE 5G-S-TMSI from the truncated 5G-S-TMSI. The object contains the following properties:
amf_set_id_upper_bits_lennb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_set_id_upper_bits_len
Integer (range 0 to 9). Number of upper bits to rebuild the AMF Set ID.
amf_set_id_upper_bitsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_set_id_upper_bits
Integer. Upper bits AMF Set ID value.
amf_pointer_upper_bits_lennb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_pointer_upper_bits_len
Integer (range 0 to 5). Number of upper bits to rebuild the AMF Pointer.
amf_pointer_upper_bitsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.amf_pointer_upper_bits
Integer. Upper bits AMF Pointer value.
fiveg_tmsi_upper_bitsnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.truncated_5g_s_tmsi.fiveg_tmsi_upper_bits
Integer. Upper bits 5G-TMSI value.
tacnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.tac
Integer (range 0 to 16777215). Tracking Area Code of the cell.
reservednb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.reserved
Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.
nssainb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai
Optional array. List of supported S-NSSAIs.
Default content is sst: 1 (eMBB).
Each entry will set a S-NSSAI value as defined below:sstnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst
Integer (range 1 to 255). Slice Service Type.
sdnb_cell_list.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd
Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.
operation_modenb_cell_list.operation_mode
Enumeration: same_pci, diff_pci, guardband, standalone. Set the cell operation mode.
same_pci
anddiff_pci
are for in-band operation.diff_pci
must be used in case of a LTE base cell with 4 PBCH antenna ports.For in-band operation, the eNodeB checks that the specified DL and UL EARFCN are consistent.
dl_prbnb_cell_list.dl_prb
ul_prbnb_cell_list.ul_prb
dl_earfcnnb_cell_list.dl_earfcn
dl_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.dl_carrier_freq_offset
ul_earfcnnb_cell_list.ul_earfcn
ul_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.ul_carrier_freq_offset
n_antenna_dlnb_cell_list.n_antenna_dl
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of DL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port.
n_antenna_ulnb_cell_list.n_antenna_ul
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of UL antennas. It must be the same for all NB-IoT and LTE cells sharing the same RF port.
n_antenna_pbchnb_cell_list.n_antenna_pbch
Optional enumeration: 1, 2. Number of NPBCH antenna ports. It is automatically set to
min
(2, number of PBCH antenna ports of the base cell) for in-band operation. Otherwise its default value ismin(2, n_antenna_dl)
.rf_portnb_cell_list.rf_port
Optional integer (default = 0). This parameter selects the RF port when several cells on different RF interfaces or RF bands are handled by the eNodeB. The number of supported RF ports depends on the radio head. For example, each PCIe card or N210 counts as one RF port.
multi_band_listnb_cell_list.multi_band_list
-
Optional array of integers. List the additional bands supported by the cell, in decreasing priority order (MFBI feature). The downlink and uplink frequency of the cell must exist in all these bands.
cell_idnb_cell_list.cell_id
Range: 0 to 1023. 7 bit (long macro eNB), 8 bit (macro eNB) or 10 bit (short macro eNB) cell identifier. The 28 bit E-UTRAN cell identity is the concatenation of
enb_id
andcell_id
.tacnb_cell_list.tac
Range: 0 to 65535. Tracking Area Code of the cell. Note: the NB-IoT and LTE tracking areas must be different.
base_cell_idnb_cell_list.base_cell_id
Integer. Only needed for in-band / guard band operation. 7, 8 or 10 bit cell identifier of the base cell in which the NB-IoT cell is mapped.
cell_gainnb_cell_list.cell_gain
Optional float (default = 0). Downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set
SIB2.nrs-Power-r13
.nrs_crs_power_offsetnb_cell_list.nrs_crs_power_offset
Optional float. Range: -6 to 9 (default = 0). Power offset in dB of the Narrow band Reference Signal with respect to the LTE Cell Reference Signal. This field is unused when the operation mode is
standalone
.n_id_ncellnb_cell_list.n_id_ncell
Range: 0 to 503. Physical cell identifier. It is not necessary if the operation mode is
same_pci
.cipher_algo_prefnb_cell_list.cipher_algo_pref
Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC and User Plane encryption in decreasing order of preference (see corresponding LTE cell parameter).
integ_algo_prefnb_cell_list.integ_algo_pref
Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC integrity check in decreasing order of preference (see corresponding LTE cell parameter).
inactivity_timernb_cell_list.inactivity_timer
Integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity.
rel13_5nb_cell_list.rel13_5
Optional boolean (default = true). If true, enable incompatible physical layer changes for NPBCH/BCCH introduced in release 13.5.
8.6.3 System Information parameters
si_value_tagnb_cell_list.si_value_tag
Range: 0 to 31. Increment modulo 32 if SI is modified.
r_sib1nb_cell_list.r_sib1
Enumeration: 4, 8, 16. Number of SIB1 repetitions for 256 radio frames.
tbs_sib1nb_cell_list.tbs_sib1
Optional enumeration: 26, 41, 55, 85. SIB1 size in bytes. If not set, the size is automatically computed by the eNB based on the SIBs defined in the configuration file. It can be useful to set it manually in case new SIBs are scheduled during runtime (like SIB14).
cell_barrednb_cell_list.cell_barred
Boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Value of SIB1.cellBarred-r13. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast.
intra_freq_reselectionnb_cell_list.intra_freq_reselection
Boolean. Value of SIB1.intraFreqReselection-r13
q_rx_lev_minnb_cell_list.q_rx_lev_min
Integer. Value of SIB1.q-RxLevMin.
delta_rx_lev_minnb_cell_list.delta_rx_lev_min
Optional integer (-8 to 0). Value of SIB1.nonCriticalExtension.cellSelectionInfo-v1350.delta-RxLevMin-v1350. If set to 0, the field is not transmitted.
q_qual_minnb_cell_list.q_qual_min
Integer. Value of SIB1.q-QualMin
p_maxnb_cell_list.p_max
Optional integer. Value of SIB1.p-Max.
dl_bitmapnb_cell_list.dl_bitmap
Optional bit string. Set the Downlink Subframe bitmap. It must contain 10 or 40 bits.
si_window_lengthnb_cell_list.si_window_length
Integer. SI window length in ms.
si_radio_frame_offsetnb_cell_list.si_radio_frame_offset
Integer. SI radio frame offset (in radio frames).
si_value_tag_list_enablenb_cell_list.si_value_tag_list_enable
Boolean. If true, enables per SIB si_value_tag.
sib_sched_listnb_cell_list.sib_sched_list
Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry contains the content of one SI scheduling slot (the first slot must contain the SIB2):
si_periodicitynb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_periodicity
Integer. SI periodicity in Radio Frames.
si_repetition_patternnb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_repetition_pattern
Integer. The SI is present every
si_repetition_pattern
radio frames.si_value_tagnb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_value_tag
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 3. Must be present if
si_value_tag_list_enable
is true. Increment modulo 4 if the corresponding SIB is modified.filename, content, content_type
See ASN.1 property
si_tb_sizenb_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_tb_size
Optional integer. Values: 7, 15, 26, 32, 41, 55, 69 or 85. Sets the TB size in bytes of this SIB message. If not set, the smallest TB size fitting the message is chosen.
sib16nb_cell_list.sib16
Optional object. If present, the SIB16 message will be scheduled.
si_periodicitynb_cell_list.sib16.si_periodicity
si_repetition_patternnb_cell_list.sib16.si_repetition_pattern
si_value_tagnb_cell_list.sib16.si_value_tag
It must contain the
si_periodicity
,si_repetition_pattern
andsi_value_tag
objects described insib_sched_list
. See sib_sched_list.time_reference_infonb_cell_list.sib16.time_reference_info
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, adds the timeReferenceInfo-r15 IE to SIB16.
sib22nb_cell_list.sib22
Optional object. If present, the SIB22 message will be scheduled. SIB22 is necessary to enable NPRACH on non-anchor carriers. Configuration must contain the
si_periodicity
,si_repetition_pattern
andsi_value_tag
objects described insib_sched_list
. See sib_sched_list.sib31nb_cell_list.sib31
Optional object. If present, the SIB31 message will be scheduled. SIB31 is necessary to enable NTN functionnality in the cell. See Non Terrestrial Network. It must contain the
si_periodicity
,si_repetition_pattern
andsi_value_tag
objects described insib_sched_list
. See sib_sched_list.cp_Reestablishment_r14nb_cell_list.cp_Reestablishment_r14
Optional boolean. If present, it overrides the cp-Reestablishment-r14 field in SIB2-NB message.
8.6.4 MAC configuration
mac_confignb_cell_list.mac_config
Object. MAC configuration. Currently the same for all UEs. The following properties are defined:
msg3_max_harq_txnb_cell_list.mac_config.msg3_max_harq_tx
Integer. Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for MSG3.
ul_max_harq_txnb_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_harq_tx
Integer. Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for uplink.
dl_max_harq_txnb_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_harq_tx
Integer. Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for downlink.
ul_max_consecutive_retxnb_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_consecutive_retx
Integer. Maximum number of UL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.
If NPDCCH order NPRACH is defined for the current coverage level of the UE, the eNB will send a NPDCCH order.dl_max_consecutive_retxnb_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_consecutive_retx
Integer. Maximum number of DL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected. If NPDCCH order NPRACH is defined for the current coverage level of the UE, the eNB will send a NPDCCH order.
time_alignment_timer_dedicatednb_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_timer_dedicated
Integer. Time alignment timer dedicated in ms. 0 means infinity.
periodic_bsr_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.periodic_bsr_timer
Integer. Periodic BSR timer value in NPDCCH periods.
retx_bsr_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.retx_bsr_timer
Integer. Retransmission BSR timer value in NPDCCH periods.
logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.logical_channel_sr_prohibit_timer
Integer. Logical Channel SR prohibit timer value in NPDCCH periods. 0 means that the timer is released.
data_inactivity_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.data_inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Value in seconds of the data inactivity monitoring timer. 0 means that the timer is deactivated.
time_alignment_tx_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_tx_timer
Optional integer from 0 to 10240 (default = 0). Transmit the UL time alignment information every
time_alignment_tx_timer
ms. The value 0 means infinity. No actual UL time alignment measurement is done and a zero time alignment MAC control element is always sent. Hence this option is only useful for UE testing.rai_supportnb_cell_list.mac_config.rai_support
Optional boolean (default = false). Activates MAC release assistance indication feature in the eNB. It will not be used if
rai_enh_support
is set and the UE supports R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature.rai_enh_supportnb_cell_list.mac_config.rai_enh_support
Optional boolean (default = false). Activates R16 MAC rai-ActivationEnh feature in the eNB.
drx_confignb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config
Optional object. DRX configuration. The following properties are defined:
on_duration_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.on_duration_timer
Enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 32. onDurationTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.
drx_inactivity_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_inactivity_timer
Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 32. drx-InactivityTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.
drx_retransmission_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer
Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33. drx-RetransmissionTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.
drx_ul_retransmission_timernb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_ul_retransmission_timer
Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33, 40, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 320. drx-ULRetransmissionTimer-r13 parameter, in NPDCCH periods.
drx_cyclenb_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_cycle
Enumeration: 256, 512, 1024, 2048. drx-Cycle-r13 parameter, in subframes. Values not dividing 10240 are not yet supported.
8.6.5 PHY and L1 configuration
npusch_max_itsnb_cell_list.npusch_max_its
Integer. Set the maximum number of turbo decoder iterations
coverage_levelsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels
Array of objects. Configuration of each coverage level. There must be the same number of coverage levels as NPRACH configurations in the SIB2.
NPRACH additionnal Parameters:
nprach_detect_thresholdnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.nprach_detect_threshold
Optional float. Set the NPRACH SNR detection threshold in dB.
nprach_prob_anchor_denomnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.nprach_prob_anchor_denom
Optional integer (default = 1). Set the denominator of the value nprach-ProbabilityAnchor-r14 in SIB22 for this coverage level. Value 0 means a probability of zero.
nprach_ta_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.nprach_ta_min
Optional integer (default = -16). The computed NPRACH timing advance ta is such that:
nprach_ta_min
<= ta < 512 +nprach_ta_min
.npdcch_order_nprachnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_order_nprach
Optional enumeration (
none, cb_random, cb_given, cf_given
, default =none
). Defines possibility to trigger a NPDCCH order NPRACH either with random preamble (ra-PreambleIndex = 0), dedicated contention-based preamble or dedicated contention-free preamble.
NPDCCH order NPRACH is triggered when a UE reachesul_max_consecutive_retx
ordl_max_consecutive_retx
, or via a call thepdcch_order_prach
API or monitor command.
RAR Parameters:
npdcch_ra_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_ra_n_rep
Integer. Number of RAR (Random Access Response) NPDCCH repetitions. It must be <= SIB2.npdcch-NumRepetitions-RA-r13.
npdsch_ra_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_ra_n_rep
Integer. Number of repetitions for RAR NPDSCH..
npdsch_ra_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_ra_i_tbs
Integer. Range 0 to 12. I_TBS for the RAR NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10.
npdsch_ra_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_ra_i_delay_min
Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 7. Minimum value for the RAR DCI N1 scheduling delay field.
ul_sc_spacingnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.ul_sc_spacing
Enumeration: 0, 1. Select the subcarrier spacing used by the UE. 0 = 3.75 KHz subcarriers, 1 = 15 KHz subcarriers.
MSG3 parameters:
msg3_n_scnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_n_sc
Enumeration: 1, 3, 6, 12. Maximum number of subcarriers for MSG3. The eNodeB uses more than one subcarrier only if the UE supports it.
msg3_single_tone_mcsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_single_tone_mcs
Integer. Range: 0 to 2. MCS for single-tone MSG3.
msg3_multi_tone_mcsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_multi_tone_mcs
Integer. Range 0 to 2. MCS for multi-one MSG3. Only needed if
msg3_n_sc > 1
.msg3_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_n_rep
Integer. Range 1 to 128. Number of repetitions for MSG3.
msg3_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.msg3_i_delay_min
Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 3. Minimum value for the RAR UL grant scheduling delay field.
Paging parameters:
npdcch_paging_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_paging_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDCCH. It must be <= SIB2.npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13.
npdsch_paging_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_i_tbs
Integer. Range: 0 to 12. I_TBS for the paging NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10.
npdsch_paging_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_n_rep
Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDSCH.
UE dedicated parameters:
npdcch_uss_n_rep_maxnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_n_rep_max
Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. npdcch-NumRepetitions-r13 RRC parameter. Max number of NPDCCH repetitions for the User Search Space (USS).
npdcch_uss_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_n_rep
Optional Integer. Actual number of repetitions for the USS NPDCCH. The special value 0 means to use a single CCE (instead of 2) with a single transmission. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it.
npdcch_uss_start_sfnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_start_sf
Enumeration: 1.5, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 48, 64. Used to compute of the period of the USS NPDCCH by multiplying it to
npdcch_uss_n_rep_max
.npdcch_uss_offsetnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_offset
Integer. Range: 0 to 3. USS NPDCCH start offset in 8th of the USS NPDCCH period.
npdsch_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_tbs
Optional Integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 13. I_TBS for NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12. -1 means that the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it.
npdsch_i_sfnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_sf
Optional Integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 7. I_SF value for NPDSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.
npdsch_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_n_rep
Optional Integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of NPDSCH repetitions. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it.
npdsch_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_delay_min
Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 7. Minimum value for the DCI N1 scheduling delay field.
dl_snr_adapt_fernb_cell_list.coverage_levels.dl_snr_adapt_fer
Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the DL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 5%.
npusch_n_scnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_n_sc
Optional enumeration: 1, 3, 6, 12. Maximum number of subcarriers for NPUSCH. The eNodeB uses more than one subcarrier only if the UE supports it. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation automatically chooses it.
npusch_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_n_rep
Optional Integer. Range: 1 to 128. Number of NPUSCH repetitions. If not present, the eNodeB link adaptation algorithm automatically chooses it along with
i_tbs
.npusch_single_tone_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_single_tone_i_tbs
Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 10. I_TBS for single-tone NPUSCH. Mandatory if
npusch_n_rep
is present, unused and optional otherwise.npusch_multi_tone_i_tbsnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_multi_tone_i_tbs
Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 13. I_TBS for multi-tone NPUSCH. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12. Mandatory if
npusch_n_rep
is present, unused and optional otherwise.npusch_i_runb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_i_ru
Optional Integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 7. I_RU value for NPUSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.
ul_snr_adapt_fernb_cell_list.coverage_levels.ul_snr_adapt_fer
Optional float (default = 0.1). This value defines the UL PER targeted by the eNB link adaptation algorithm. By default it applies an error rate of 5%.
npusch_i_delay_minnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_i_delay_min
Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 3. Minimum value for the DCI N0 scheduling delay field.
npusch_an_n_repnb_cell_list.coverage_levels.npusch_an_n_rep
Optional Integer. Range: 1 to 128. Number of NPUSCH Format 2 repetitions for ACK/NACK. If not present or equal to the value of
ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4-r13
from the SIB2, noack-NACK-NumRepetitions-r13 parameter
will be sent in the RRC connection setup message, unlessdedicated_ack_nack_num_rep_enabled
is set to true.inactivity_timernb_cell_list.coverage_levels.inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Allows to override the value defined in the cell object for this coverage level.
paging_direct_indicationnb_cell_list.paging_direct_indication
Optional boolean (default = false). When true, the eNB will send Direct Indication Information in DCI N2 instead of a full paging message, when applicable.
npusch_all_symbolsnb_cell_list.npusch_all_symbols
Optional boolean. If true, NPUSCH symbols are transmitted in the SRS symbols. The field must be present if SRS is enabled on the base cell for in-band operation.
group_hopping_disablednb_cell_list.group_hopping_disabled
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, disable group hopping in the UE RRC dedicated signaling.
dedicated_ack_nack_num_rep_enablednb_cell_list.dedicated_ack_nack_num_rep_enabled
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, force the
ack-NACK-NumRepetitions-r13
parameter in the RRC connection setup message, even if its value should be identical (depending onnpusch_an_n_rep
parameter) to theack-NACK-NumRepetitions-Msg4-r13
from the SIB2. Note: this parameter is only useful for UE testing.two_harq_supportnb_cell_list.two_harq_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will use two HARQ processes in UL and DL for UE declaring two HARQ process support (UE category NB2 only). Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach.
two_harq_forcenb_cell_list.two_harq_force
Optiional boolean (default = false). If true, and if two HARQ processes are enabled, the scheduler will use the two HARQ processes, even if it is less efficient than single-HARQ process scheduling.
two_harq_interleaved_dl_ul (default = false). If true and if two HARQ processes are enabled,
the scheduler will interleave DL and UL transmission if necessary.
Note that this scheduling is very efficient but not compliant with 3GPP specification (see 3GPP TS 36.321 - 5.7).interf_rnd_supportnb_cell_list.interf_rnd_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will enable the interference randomisation feature for UE declaring its support (release 14 only). Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach. Note that a UE accessing the eNB through NPRACH on a non-anchor carrier will always be configured with interference randomisation.
sr_with_harqnb_cell_list.sr_with_harq
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will enable the sr-WithHARQ-ACK-Config feature for UEs declaring its support (release 15 only). Note that the UE capability should be known at RRC connection establishment so the feature will not be activated during UE initial attach.
sr_grant_sizenb_cell_list.sr_grant_size
Optional integer (range 3-125, default = 11). UL grant size in bytes scheduled after reception of a Scheduling Request from a UE. This parameter is used only if
sr_with_harq
is set to true.nprach_format2nb_cell_list.nprach_format2
Optional array of objects. If set, the eNB will support NPRACH Format 2 and broadcast the relevant configuration in SIB2 via the IE fmt2-Parameters-r15.
The array must contain the same number of elements as NPRACH configurations in SIB2 and ascoverage_levels
in the NB cell.
An empty element{}
indicates that there is no Format 2 resource for this coverage level.
If at least one parameter is present, a Format 2 resource is defined. Unless stated otherwise, all optional parameters default to the value of the corresponding field in SIB2.
For a correct behaviour, it is mandatory to set specific values for the NPRACH Format 2 resources so that they dont’t overlap with the regular NPRACH resources defined in SIB2. It can be done in the time domain by adjusting thestart_time
/period
and/or in the frequency domain by adjustingsubcarrier_offset
/num_subcarriers
.periodnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.period
Optional enumeration: 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5120. NPRACH periodicity in ms.
start_timenb_cell_list.nprach_format2.start_time
Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. NPRACH start time in ms.
subcarrier_offsetnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.subcarrier_offset
Enumeration: 0, 36, 72, 108, 6, 54, 102, 42, 78, 90, 12, 24, 48, 84, 60, 18. NPRACH sub-carriers offset, in 1.25 kHz subcarriers
num_subcarriersnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.num_subcarriers
Enumeration: 36, 72, 108, 144. Number of sub-carriers in a NPRACH resource, in 1.25 kHZ subcarriers.
sc_msg3_range_startnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.sc_msg3_range_start
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3. Fraction in multiple of 1/3 for calculating the range reserved for indication of multi-tone MSG3 support.
npdcch_num_repetitionsnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.npdcch_num_repetitions
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048. Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space for RAR, Msg3 retransmission and Msg4.
npdcch_start_sf_cssnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.npdcch_start_sf_css
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 48, 64 Starting subframe configuration for NPDCCH common search space. The value 1 actually conveys the value 1.5 (v1dot5).
npdcch_offsetnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.npdcch_offset
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3 Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH common search space. Expressed in number of eighths.
num_cbra_start_scnb_cell_list.nprach_format2.num_cbra_start_sc
Optional enumeration: 24, 30, 33, 36, 60, 66, 69, 72, 96, 102, 105, 108, 120, 132, 138, 144. Default is
num_subcarriers
. The number of 1.25kHz subcarriers from which a UE can randomly select a start subcarrier for contention based random access.
subframe_offsetnb_cell_list.subframe_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Normally all cells have their subframe number temporally aligned. This parameters adds a cell specific subframe offset.
8.6.6 Non-anchor carriers
non_anchor_listnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list
Optional array of objects. List of non-anchor carriers for this NB-IoT cell.
dl_prbnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_prb
See NB-IoT frequency setting. Note that the non-anchor carrier has always the same base LTE cell as the anchor carrier.
dl_earfcnnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_earfcn
See NB-IoT frequency setting. The center frequency of the non-anchor carrier shall be within a 20 MHz range around the anchor carrier.
dl_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_carrier_freq_offset
ul_prbnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.ul_prb
See NB-IoT frequency setting. If neither
ul_prb
norul_earfcn
are provided, the DL/UL separation of the anchor carrier is used, as per 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 6.7.3.2.ul_earfcnnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.ul_earfcn
See NB-IoT frequency setting. If neither
ul_prb
norul_earfcn
are provided, the DL/UL separation of the anchor carrier is used, as per 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 6.7.3.2.ul_carrier_freq_offsetnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.ul_carrier_freq_offset
operation_modenb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.operation_mode
Enumeration:
same_pci, diff_pci, guardband, standalone
. Set the carrier operation mode. If the anchor carrier uses in-band or guard-band operation, non-anchor carrier can only use in-band or guard-band operation. If the anchor uses standalone operation, non-anchor carrier can only operate in standalone mode. See 3GPP TS 36.300 chapter 5.5a.cell_idnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.cell_id
Integer. Range: 0 to 1023. Internal identifier for this carrier. The value should be unique and distinct from the
cell_id
of the other cells (LTE and NB-IoT) and non-anchor carriers.cell_gainnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.cell_gain
Optional float (default = 0). Additional downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set
SIB2.nrs-Power-r13
.nrs_power_offset_non_anchornb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.nrs_power_offset_non_anchor
Optional enumeration: -12, -10, -8, -6, -4, -2, 0, 3 (default = 0). Power offset in dB between the non-anchor carrier and the anchor carrier.
dl_bitmapnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_bitmap
Optional string:
'anchor, 'no'
or a 10/40 bits bitstring (default ='no'
). Defines the DL bitmap pattern to use on the non-anchor carrier.dl_gapnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap
Optional string:
'anchor', 'no'
or'explicit'
(default ='no'
). Defines the DL gap configuration of the non-anchor carrier. If set to'explicit'
, the following parameters can be used:dl_gap_thresholdnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap.dl_gap_threshold
Optional enumeration: 32, 64, 128 or 256 (default = value for anchor carrier if present or 32). Threshold on the maximum number of repetitions configured for NPDCCH before application of DL transmission gap.
dl_gap_periodnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap.dl_gap_period
Optional enumeration: 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = value for anchor carrier if present or 64). Periodicity of a DL transmission gap in number of subframes.
dl_gap_duration_coeffnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.dl_gap.dl_gap_duration_coeff
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = value for anchor carrier if present or 1) Coefficient to calculate the gap duration of a DL transmission, measured in eighths of
dl_gap_period
.
non_anchor_ue_maxnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.non_anchor_ue_max
Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UE to schedule on this non-anchor carrier unless no other non-anchor carriers are available. Non-anchor carriers are filled up in the order of their definition.
nrs_always_onnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.nrs_always_on
Optional boolean (default =
true
). If set tofalse
, eNB will turn off the NRS of this non-anchor carrier when no UEs are scheduled on it. In case of in-band operation, the occupied DL and UL PRB become available for scheduling on the base cell.nprach_supportnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.nprach_support
Optional boolean (default =
false
). If set totrue
, eNB will add this non-anchor carrier to SIB22 and allow NPRACH access on it. Note that SIB22 scheduling must be configured. See sib22_nb. Note thatnprach_prob_anchor_denom
must be different from 1 to effectively allow UEs to use the non-anchor carrier for NPRACH on a given coverage level. NPRACH configuration of the non-anchor carrier is the same as the anchor carrier.paging_supportnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.paging_support
Optional boolean (default =
false
). If set totrue
, eNB will add this non-anchor carrier to SIB22 and use it for paging according to itspaging_weight
, see below. Note that SIB22 scheduling must be configured. See sib22_nb. NPDCCH configuration for paging on the non-anchor carrier is the same as the anchor carrier.paging_weightnb_cell_list.non_anchor_list.paging_weight
Optional integer. Range 1 to 16 (default = 1). Specifies the paging weight to use for this carrier when
paging_support
is enabled.
anchor_ue_maxnb_cell_list.anchor_ue_max
Optional integer (default = 0). Maximum number of UE to schedule on the anchor carrier before using the non-anchor carriers, if at least one non-anchor carrier is defined and if the UE supports multi-carrier. Value 0 means that all the multi-carrier UEs will be scheduled on the non-anchor carriers, if any.
anchor_paging_weightnb_cell_list.anchor_paging_weight
Optional integer. Range 0 to 16 (default = 0). Paging weight of the anchor carrier broadcasted in SIB22. A value of 0 means that a UE supporting paging on non-anchor carrier will never be paged on the anchor carrier.
8.6.7 Advanced parameters
rx_epre_in_dbfsnb_cell_list.rx_epre_in_dbfs
Optional boolean (default = false). In the logs, the EPRE (Energy Per Resource Element) is displayed in dBm if the RF interface provides its reference receive power and if rx_epre_in_dbfs = false. Otherwise it is displayed in dBFS (Decibels relative to Full Scale).
manual_ref_signal_powernb_cell_list.manual_ref_signal_power
Optional boolean (default = false). If the RF interface provides its transmit power, then
SIB2.nrs-Power-r13
is automatically set. If manual_ref_signal_power is true, thenSIB2.nrs-Power-r13
is never automatically set by the eNodeB.rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTimenb_cell_list.rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTime
Optional integer. Range: 1 to 1800 (default = 10). Set the wait time in seconds in the RRC connection reject message.
rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTimenb_cell_list.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 1800 (default = 0). RRC connection release extended wait time in seconds.
rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdatanb_cell_list.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdata
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 1800 (default = 0). RRC connection release extended wait time for Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation in seconds.
power_npssnb_cell_list.power_npss
Option float (default = 0 for n_antenna_pbch = 1, -3 for n_antenna_pbch = 2). Set the NPSS power level (in dB) relative to the NRS power level.
power_nsssnb_cell_list.power_nsss
Option float (default = 0 for n_antenna_pbch = 1, -3 for n_antenna_pbch = 2). Set the NSSS power level (in dB) relative to the NRS power level.
force_full_bsrnb_cell_list.force_full_bsr
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for NPUSCH transmission.
force_dl_schedulenb_cell_list.force_dl_schedule
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for NPDSCH transmission.
rrc_procedure_filternb_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter
Optional object. Allows to define the eNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported arerrc_connection_request
andrrc_connection_reestablishment_request
.
Each property value is an enum:treat
(UE message is processed),ignore
(UE message is ignored) orreject
(UE message is rejected).
By default all procedures are treated.
Example:
rrc_procedure_filter: { rrc_connection_request: "treat", rrc_connection_reestablishment_request: "reject" }
rach_ignore_countnb_cell_list.rach_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the eNB.
mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countnb_cell_list.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the eNB.
dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idnb_cell_list.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id
Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.
srb_confignb_cell_list.srb_config
Optional object. Allows to override some parameters of the default configuration specified in 3GPP TS 36.331 chapter 9.2.1. If unset, the eNB will configure maxRetxThreshold value to 32, t-PollRetransmit value to 25 s and logicalChannelSR-Prohibit to false.
The object contains the following fields:maxRetxThresholdnb_cell_list.srb_config.maxRetxThreshold
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 32). maxRetxThreshold value on UE side.
enb_maxRetxThresholdnb_cell_list.srb_config.enb_maxRetxThreshold
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 32). maxRetxThreshold value on eNB side.
t_PollRetransmitnb_cell_list.srb_config.t_PollRetransmit
Optional enumeration: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 10000, 15000, 25000, 40000, 60000, 90000, 120000, 180000 (default 25000). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms on UE side.
enb_t_PollRetransmitnb_cell_list.srb_config.enb_t_PollRetransmit
Optional enumeration: 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000, 6000, 10000, 15000, 25000, 40000, 60000, 90000, 120000, 180000 (default 25000). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms on eNB side.
logical_channel_sr_prohibitnb_cell_list.srb_config.logical_channel_sr_prohibit
Optional boolean (default false). logicalChannelSR-Prohibit for SRB1/SRB1bis.
t_Reorderingnb_cell_list.srb_config.t_Reordering
Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 1600 (default 60). Duration of the t-Reordering timer in ms, applicable only when UE is configured with two HARQ processes.
enableStatusReportSN_Gapnb_cell_list.srb_config.enableStatusReportSN_Gap
Optional boolean (default false). enableStatusReportSN-Gap-r13 for SRB1/SRB1bis.
drb_confignb_cell_list.drb_config
String. Filename for the DRB configuration. See the file drb_nb.cfg to have a description of its fields. Note that the DRB configuration is ignored when Control Plane CIoT optimization is used.
unsupported_qci_fallbacknb_cell_list.unsupported_qci_fallback
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true and if the core network requests the establishment of an unsupported QCI value, the parameters from QCI 9 are used instead. Otherwise the establishment is rejected.
ue_count_maxnb_cell_list.ue_count_max
Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UEs (for this cell).
erab_count_maxnb_cell_list.erab_count_max
Optional integer (default = 1500). Maximum number of ERABs (for this cell).
rar_backoff_indexnb_cell_list.rar_backoff_index
Optional. Range: -1 to 15. If set to -1, no Backoff Indicator is sent in the Random Access Response message. Values 0 to 15 refer to the index of table 7.2-2 found in 3GPP TS 36.321.
npdcch_uss_half_rb_ccenb_cell_list.npdcch_uss_half_rb_cce
Optional Integer (default = 0). Range: 0 to 1. Set the first CCE index used for half RB NPDCCH allocation.
npdsch_fernb_cell_list.npdsch_fer
Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPDSCH Frame Error Rate.
npusch_fernb_cell_list.npusch_fer
Optional float. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPUSCH Frame Error Rate.
test_modenb_cell_list.test_mode
Optional object. Enable specific test modes where UE contexts are automatically created when starting the eNodeB. They are only useful when the eNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment.
Thetype
property selects the test mode:npuschnb_cell_list.test_mode.npusch
-
Enables continuous reception of NPUSCH by the eNodeB. DCI N0 is transmitted. The following additional properties are available:
rntinb_cell_list.test_mode.npusch.rnti
Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the NPUSCH RNTI.
npusch_retxnb_cell_list.test_mode.npusch.npusch_retx
Boolean. If false, don’t force the UE to retransmit in case of error.
npdschnb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch
-
Enables continuous transmission of NPDSCH. The NPDSCH payload contains valid data with PDCP packets of constant length. DCI are transmitted. NPUSCH ACK/NACK are received. The following additional properties are available:
rntinb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch.rnti
Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PDSCH RNTI.
npdsch_retxnb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch.npdsch_retx
Boolean. If false, don’t retransmit the unacknowledged NPDSCH (hence NPUSCH ACK/NACK are ignored).
random_datanb_cell_list.test_mode.npdsch.random_data
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.
loadnb_cell_list.test_mode.load
-
Creates
ue_count
virtual UEs in connected mode and force bidirectionnal trafic. Iftwo_harq_support
is set to true in the cell, the UEs allocated on CE level 0 will use two harq processes. The following additional properties are available:ue_countnb_cell_list.test_mode.load.ue_count
Integer. Number of UEs to instantiate. The upper bound is set to
ue_count_max
value.random_ce_levelnb_cell_list.test_mode.load.random_ce_level
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the UEs are affected randomly to the coverage levels defined in the cell. If false, all UEs are affected to CE level 0.
n_tmnb_cell_list.test_mode.n_tm
-
Enables transmission based on the NB-IoT Test Model specified in 3GPP TS 36.141-6.1.3:
NPSS/NSSS and NPBCH are transmitted normally.
NPDCCH is transmitted in subframe 1 with content set to 0.
NPDSCH is transmitted in other NB DL subframes, starting with subframe 2, with content set to 0. NPDSCH transmission can be customized with parametersnpdsch_i_tbs
andnpdsch_i_sf
of the first coverage level but NPDSCH transmission cannot be longer than 6 subframes. The additional propertyrandom_data
of thistest_mode
object will set random data instead of zeros in the NPDSCH payload. NPDSCH is scrambled with RNTI=1000.
SIB1 and other SIBs are not transmitted.
preemptive_ul_grantnb_cell_list.preemptive_ul_grant
Optional boolean (default = true). When set to true, the eNB can send a DCIN0 grant before the UE explicitly request an allocation via the random access procedure.
rrc_redirectnb_cell_list.rrc_redirect
Array of objects. Each object can contain the following properties:
r13nb_cell_list.rrc_redirect.r13
ASN.1 property. RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 redirection information. These will define the redirection parameter within RRC Connection Release sent by eNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 36.331).
Below is an example of the ASN.1 file content:{ carrierFreq-r13 2859, carrierFreqOffset-r13 v0 }
v1430nb_cell_list.rrc_redirect.v1430
Optional ASN.1 property. RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430 redirection information
labelnb_cell_list.label
Optional string. Helper available in monitor (
cell
), remote API (config_get
) and logs.channel_dlnb_cell_list.channel_dl
-
Optional object. Set the cell specific channel simulator configuration. See Cell specific channel simulator.
8.6.8 CP-EDT
edtnb_cell_list.edt
Optional object. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.
cp_edt_supportnb_cell_list.edt.cp_edt_support
Optional boolean (default = false). Indicates if CP-EDT is supported.
parametersnb_cell_list.edt.parameters
Array of 1 to 3 set of EDT parameters. Significant only if CP-EDT is supported.
It corresponds to the EDT specific parameters for each coverage level, and must contain the same number of elements as NPRACH configurations in SIB2 and ascoverage_levels
in the NB cell.
All parameters are optional and default to the value of their non-EDT counterpart (either found in SIB2 or incoverage_levels
).
For a correct behaviour, it is mandatory to set specific values for the NPRACH resources so that they dont’t overlap with the non-EDT NPRACH resources. It can be done in the time domain by adjusting thestart_time
/period
and/or in the frequency domain by adjustingsubcarrier_offset
/num_subcarriers
.edt_tbsnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.edt_tbs
Optional enumeration: 41, 51, 63, 73, 85, 101, 117, 125. Default value is 125. Largest TBS for Msg3 in bytes.
msg3_mcsnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.msg3_mcs
Optional integer (range 3 to 7). MCS for Msg3 RrcEarlyDataRequest. Default value is 7.
periodnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.period
Optional enumeration: 40, 80, 160, 240, 320, 640, 1280, 2560. NPRACH periodicity in ms.
start_timenb_cell_list.edt.parameters.start_time
Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024. NPRACH start time in ms.
subcarrier_offsetnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.subcarrier_offset
Optional enumeration: 0, 2, 12, 18, 24, 34, 36. NPRACH sub-carriers offset.
num_subcarriersnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.num_subcarriers
Optional enumeration: 12, 24, 36, 48. Number of sub-carriers in a NPRACH resource.
sc_msg3_range_startnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.sc_msg3_range_start
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3. Fraction in multiple of 1/3 for calculating the starting subcarrier index.
npdcch_num_repetitionsnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.npdcch_num_repetitions
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048. Maximum number of repetitions for NPDCCH common search space for RAR, Msg3 retransmission and Msg4.
npdcch_start_sf_cssnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.npdcch_start_sf_css
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 48, 64 Starting subframe configuration for NPDCCH common search space. The value 1 actually conveys the value 1.5 (v1dot5).
npdcch_offsetnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.npdcch_offset
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3 Fractional period offset of starting subframe for NPDCCH common search space. Expressed in number of eighths.
num_cbra_start_scnb_cell_list.edt.parameters.num_cbra_start_sc
Optional enumeration: 8, 10, 11, 12, 20, 22, 23, 24, 32, 34, 35, 36, 40, 44, 46, 48. The number of start subcarriers from which a UE can randomly select a start subcarrier.
mac_cr_timernb_cell_list.edt.parameters.mac_cr_timer
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. Timer for contention resolution in number PDCCH periods.
8.6.9 Wake-Up-Signal
wus_confignb_cell_list.wus_config
Optionnal object containing the wake up signal configuration.
time_offsetnb_cell_list.wus_config.time_offset
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 80, 160, 240 (default = 0). Time offset (in ms) between the end of WUS transmission and beginning of paging occasion. If set to 0, WUS is not activated on the cell.
max_num_repnb_cell_list.wus_config.max_num_rep
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024 (default = 2). Maximum number of WUS repetitions (in subframes). Must be less than 0.5 x
npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13
defined in SIB2.num_ponb_cell_list.wus_config.num_po
Optionnal enumeration: 1, 2, 4 (default = 1). Number of consecutive paging occasions mapped to one WUS.
num_drx_cycles_relaxednb_cell_list.wus_config.num_drx_cycles_relaxed
Optionnal enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8 (default = 1). Maximum number of consecutive DRX cycles during which the UE may use WUS for synchronisation and skip serving cell measurements.
groupsnb_cell_list.wus_config.groups
Optionnal array of objects containing group WUS config (two groups currently supported). If absent, group WUS is not enabled. The length of this array must be equal to 1.
prob_thresholdnb_cell_list.wus_config.groups.prob_threshold
Enumeration: 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90. Paging probability threshold (in percent), between the two WUS groups.
resourcesnb_cell_list.wus_config.resources
Optionnal enumeration: 1, 2 (default = 1). Number of WUS resources for group WUS.
8.7 NR cell configuration
To configure NR cells, add an array of objects named nr_cell_list
to your eNB configuration object.
8.7.1 Basic NR cell parameters
cell_idnr_cell_list.cell_id
Integer (range 0 to 1023, depending on the
gnb_id_bits
value). Internal cell identity. It must be different for each cell configured in the eNB.bandnr_cell_list.band
Integer. NR band.
dl_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.dl_nr_arfcn
Integer. Downlink NR absolute radio frequency channel number. See https://www.sqimway.com/nr_band.php to convert between the center frequency and NR-ARFCN.
ul_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ul_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. Uplink NR absolute radio frequency channel number. If not present, the default UL NR ARFCN associated with
dl_nr_arfcn
is configured.n_antenna_dlnr_cell_list.n_antenna_dl
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of DL antennas.
n_antenna_ulnr_cell_list.n_antenna_ul
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4 or 8. Number of UL antennas.
rf_portnr_cell_list.rf_port
Integer. Selects the RF port used for the NR cell. The number of supported RF ports depends on the radio head. For example, each PCIe card or N210 counts as one RF port.
subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.subcarrier_spacing
Integer (15, 30, 60, 120). Subcarrier spacing in kHz for the data. Currently the same subcarrier spacing is used for downlink and uplink.
bandwidthnr_cell_list.bandwidth
Integer (5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100) for frequencies <= 7.125 GHz (FR1) or (50, 100, 200, 400) for frequencies >= 24.25 GHz (FR2). Bandwidth in MHz. The number of downlink and uplink resource blocks is deduced from it.
n_rb_dlnr_cell_list.n_rb_dl
Optional integer (range 20 to 275). Number of resource blocks for downlink. It is ignored if
bandwidth
is provided.n_rb_ulnr_cell_list.n_rb_ul
Optional integer (range 20 to 275) (default = same as n_rb_dl). Number of resource blocks for uplink. By default it is set to
n_rl_dl
value.n_id_cellnr_cell_list.n_id_cell
Integer (range 0 to 1007). NR cell physical cell identity (PCI).
8.7.2 MAC parameters
mac_confignr_cell_list.mac_config
Object. MAC configuration. Currently the same for all UEs. The following properties are defined:
msg3_max_harq_txnr_cell_list.mac_config.msg3_max_harq_tx
Integer (range 1 to 255). Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for Msg3 PUSCH.
ul_max_harq_txnr_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_harq_tx
Integer (range 1 to 255). Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for PUSCH.
dl_max_harq_txnr_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_harq_tx
Integer (range 1 to 255). Maximum number of HARQ transmissions for PDSCH.
ul_max_consecutive_retxnr_cell_list.mac_config.ul_max_consecutive_retx
Integer. Maximum number of UL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.
dl_max_consecutive_retxnr_cell_list.mac_config.dl_max_consecutive_retx
Integer. Maximum number of DL retransmissions after which the UE is disconnected.
periodic_bsr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.periodic_bsr_timer
Enumeration: 1, 5, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 0. periodicBSR-Timer parameter. 0 means infinity.
retx_bsr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.retx_bsr_timer
Enumeration: 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5120, 10240. retxBSR-Timer parameter.
logical_channel_sr_delay_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.logical_channel_sr_delay_timer
Optional enumeration: 20, 40, 64, 128, 512, 1024, 2560. logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer parameter.
periodic_phr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.periodic_phr_timer
Enumeration: 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 0. phr-PeriodicTimer parameter. 0 means infinity.
prohibit_phr_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.prohibit_phr_timer
Enumeration: 0, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000. phr-ProhibitTimer parameter.
phr_tx_power_factor_changenr_cell_list.mac_config.phr_tx_power_factor_change
Enumeration: dB1, dB3, dB6, infinity. phr-Tx-PowerFactorChange parameter.
sr_prohibit_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.sr_prohibit_timer
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 192, 256, 320, 384, 448, 512, 576, 640, 1082. sr-ProhibitTimer parameter. 0 means deactivated. Must be present if
sr_period
is not 0.sr_trans_maxnr_cell_list.mac_config.sr_trans_max
Optional enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64. sr-TransMax parameter. Must be present if
sr_period
is not 0.time_alignment_tx_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_tx_timer
Optional integer from 0 to 10240 (default = 500). Transmit the UL time alignment information every
time_alignment_tx_timer
ms. The value 0 means infinity.time_alignment_timer_dedicatednr_cell_list.mac_config.time_alignment_timer_dedicated
Optional integer (default = 0). Time alignment timer dedicated. 0 means infinity. Note:
time_alignment_tx_timer
must be used to set the UL time alignment transmission period.data_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.data_inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Value in seconds of the data inactivity monitoring timer. 0 means that the timer is deactivated.
drx_confignr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config
Optional object. DRX configuration. The following properties are defined:
drx_on_duration_timer_sub_msnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_on_duration_timer_sub_ms
Optional integer (range 1 to 31). drx-onDurationTimer parameter in 1/32th ms when the value is less than 1 ms. The value should be a multiple of the DL slot duration. Must be present if
drx_on_duration_timer_ms
is absent.drx_on_duration_timer_msnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_on_duration_timer_ms
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600. drx-onDurationTimer parameter in ms when the value is greater or equal than 1 ms. Must be present if
drx_on_duration_timer_sub_ms
if absent.drx_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_inactivity_timer
Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 200, 300, 500, 750, 1280, 1920, 2560. drx-InactivityTimer parameter, in ms.
drx_retransmission_timer_dlnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer_dl
Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33, 40, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 320. drx-RetransmissionTimerDL parameter, in slots.
drx_retransmission_timer_ulnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_retransmission_timer_ul
Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 24, 33, 40, 64, 80, 96, 112, 128, 160, 320. drx-RetransmissionTimerUL parameter, in slots.
long_drx_cyclenr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.long_drx_cycle
Enumeration: 10, 20, 32, 40, 60, 64, 70, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2048, 2560, 5120, 10240. drx-LongCycle parameter, in ms. drx-StartOffset is chosen dynamically per UE, unless
forced_drx_start_offset
is set.short_drx_cyclenr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.short_drx_cycle
Optional enumeration: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 14, 16, 20, 30, 32, 35, 40, 64, 80, 128, 160, 256, 320, 512, 640. drx-ShortCycle parameter, in ms.
drx_short_cycle_timernr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.drx_short_cycle_timer
Optional integer (range 1 to 16). drx-ShortCycleTimer, in number of short DRX cycles. Must be present if
short_drx_cycle
is present.forced_drx_start_offsetnr_cell_list.mac_config.drx_config.forced_drx_start_offset
Optional integer (range -1 to long_drx_cycle, default = -1). If set to a positive value, it will force the drx-StartOffset of all the UEs. Beware that forcing the setting may no longer be compliant with other contraints (gap offset, TDD pattern, ...).
enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_enablednr_cell_list.mac_config.enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_enabled
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, and if the UE supports it, enhancedSkipUplinkTxDynamic-r16 is activated.
enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_configured_enablednr_cell_list.mac_config.enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_configured_enabled
Optional boolean (default = true). If set, and if the UE supports it, enhancedSkipUplinkTxConfigured-r16 is activated.
8.7.3 RRC parameters
8.7.3.1 MIB/SIB contents
The parameters in this section must be present for a SA cell:
plmn_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list
List of objects. List of PLMNs broadcasted by the gNodeB. The total number of PLMNs (identified by a PLMN identity in plmn), SNPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a NID in snpn) and PNI-NPNs (identified by a PLMN identity and a CAG-ID in cag_info_list) shall not exceed 12. Each object contains the following properties:
plmnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.plmn
Optional string or array of strings. PLMN (5 or 6 digits). The array can contain up to 12 PLMNs.
snpnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn
Optional array of 1 to 12 objects. List of Stand-Alone Non-Public Network.
Restriction: shall not be present if cag_info_list or plmn is present. Each element contains the following parameters:plmnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.plmn
PLMN string (5 or 6 digits).
nid_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.nid_list
Array of NID as defined in 23.003 12.7 Stand-Alone Non-Public Network Identifier an contains the following parameters. Each element contains the following parameters:
nid_valuenr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.nid_list.nid_value
String (10 hexadecimal digits). NID value.
assignment_modenr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.nid_list.assignment_mode
Optional enumeration ("self", "coordinated_1", "coordinated_2"). Default value is "self". Each combination of a PLMN and NID identifies a Stand-Alone Non-Public Network.
network_namenr_cell_list.plmn_list.snpn.network_name
Optional array of strings. The n-th entry in the array gives the hrnn (human readable network name) of the n-th SNPN in nid_list. The hrnn in the corresponding entry is empty if there is no HRNN associated with the given NPN.
cag_info_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list
Optional array of objects. List of PNI-NPNs with CAG. Restriction: shall not be present if snpn or plmn is present. Each element of the array contains:
plmnnr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list.plmn
PLMN string (5 or 6 digits).
cag_id_listnr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list.cag_id_list
Array of 1 to 12 integers (range 0 to 4294967295) giving the CAG-Identifiers.
network_namenr_cell_list.plmn_list.cag_info_list.network_name
Optional array of strings. The n-th entry in the array gives the hrnn (human readable network name) of the n-th PNI-NPN in the cag_id_list. The hrnn in the corresponding entry is empty if there is no HRNN associated with the given NPN.
tacnr_cell_list.plmn_list.tac
Integer (range 0 to 16777215). Tracking Area Code of the cell.
ranacnr_cell_list.plmn_list.ranac
Optional integer (range 0 to 255). If present, sets the RAN Area Code.
reservednr_cell_list.plmn_list.reserved
Boolean. True if the cell is reserved for operator use.
nssainr_cell_list.plmn_list.nssai
Optional array. List of supported S-NSSAIs.
Default content is sst: 1 (eMBB).
Each entry will set a S-NSSAI value as defined below:sstnr_cell_list.plmn_list.nssai.sst
Integer (range 1 to 255). Slice Service Type.
sdnr_cell_list.plmn_list.nssai.sd
Optional integer (range 0 to 0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.
cell_barrednr_cell_list.cell_barred
Boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Value of MIB.cellBarred. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast.
intra_freq_reselectionnr_cell_list.intra_freq_reselection
Boolean. Value of MIB.intraFreqReselection.
q_rx_lev_minnr_cell_list.q_rx_lev_min
Integer. Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-RxLevMin.
delta_rx_lev_minnr_cell_list.delta_rx_lev_min
Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-RxLevMinOffset. The value 0 disables the field.
q_qual_minnr_cell_list.q_qual_min
Optional integer. Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-QualMin.
delta_qual_minnr_cell_list.delta_qual_min
Optional integer (default = 0). Value of SIB1.cellSelectionInfo.q-QualMinOffset. Only applicable when
q_qual_min
is present. The value 0 disables the field.p_maxnr_cell_list.p_max
Optional integer (range -30 to 33). p-NR-FR1 (in PhysicalCellGroupConfig IE) and p-Max (in FrequencyInfoUL and FrequencyInfoUL-SIB IEs) value in dB.
additional_spectrum_emissionnr_cell_list.additional_spectrum_emission
Optional integer (range 0 to 39). Additional spectrum emission value for the cell.
sib1_repetition_periodnr_cell_list.sib1_repetition_period
Optional integer (20, 40, 80 or 160, default = 20). SIB1 repetition period in ms.
sib_sched_listnr_cell_list.sib_sched_list
Optional array of ASN.1 properties. Must be present if SIBs other than SIB1 should be transmitted. Each object contains the content of one SI scheduling slot. Each object contains the following properties:
filename, content, content_type
See ASN.1 property,
BCCH-DL-SCH-Message
RRC message type.si_periodicitynr_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_periodicity
Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. SI periodicity in Radio Frames.
si_value_tagnr_cell_list.sib_sched_list.si_value_tag
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 31 (default = 0). Initial
valueTag
RRC field.area_scopenr_cell_list.sib_sched_list.area_scope
Optional boolean (default = false).
areaScope
RRC field.
si_window_lengthnr_cell_list.si_window_length
Integer. SI window length in slots. Must be present for a SA cell.
pagingnr_cell_list.paging
Optional object containing the paging configuration (PCCH-Config) broadcast in SIB1.
If absent, all the parameters take their default value.
It contains the following fields:cyclenr_cell_list.paging.cycle
Optional enumeration: 32, 64, 128, 256 (default = 128). Default paging cycle, in radio frames.
n_fracnr_cell_list.paging.n_frac
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 (default = 1). Denominator of fraction N/T, ratio of paging frames in the paging cycle.
pf_offsetnr_cell_list.paging.pf_offset
Optional integer: range 0 to
n_frac
-1 (default = 0). Paging frame offset. In TDD, the paging frame must match the start of TDD period.nsnr_cell_list.paging.ns
Optional enumeration: 4, 2, 1 (default = 1). Ns parameter, number of paging occasion inside a paging frame.
first_pdcch_mo_of_ponr_cell_list.paging.first_pdcch_mo_of_po
Optional array of integer of size ns. firstPDCCH-MonitoringOccasionOfPO parameter, force the starting position of the PO inside the PF.
edrxnr_cell_list.edrx
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, extended idle mode DRX support is activated in the cell, and Hyper Frame Number value is scheduled in SIB1.
uac_barring_infonr_cell_list.uac_barring_info
Optional object containing the configuration for ASN.1 uac-BarringInfo object in SIB1.
It contains the following fields:info_set_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list
Array of objects to configure the UAC-BarringInfoSetList.
Each object contains the following fields:barring_factornr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list.barring_factor
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95. uac-BarringFactor value.
barring_timenr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list.barring_time
Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. uac-BarringTime value.
barring_for_access_idnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.info_set_list.barring_for_access_id
7 bits bit string (a string of ’0’ and ’1’). uac-BarringForAccessIdentity value.
for_common_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.for_common_list
Optional array of objects to configure the uac-BarringForCommon object of type UAC-BarringPerCatList.
Each object contains the following fields:access_categorynr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.for_common_list.access_category
Integer (range = 1 to 63). accessCategory value.
info_set_indexnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.for_common_list.info_set_index
Integer (range = 1 to number of items in
info_set_list
). uac-BarringInfoSetIndex value.
per_plmn_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.per_plmn_list
Optional array of objects to configure the uac-BarringPerPLMNList.
Each object contains the following fields:plmn_indexnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.per_plmn_list.plmn_index
Integer (range = 1 to number of items in the
plmn_list
). plmn-IdentityIndex value.explicit_barring_listnr_cell_list.uac_barring_info.per_plmn_list.explicit_barring_list
Optional array of objects with the same syntax than
for_common_list
. Content of the uac-ExplicitACBarringList. uac-ImplicitACBarringList is not supported.
ims_emergency_supportnr_cell_list.ims_emergency_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, IMS emergency support is advertised in SIB1.
ecall_over_ims_supportnr_cell_list.ecall_over_ims_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, IMS emergency support is advertised in SIB1.
timers_and_constantsnr_cell_list.timers_and_constants
Optional object containing the configuration for ASN.1 UE-TimersAndConstants and RLF-TimersAndConstants objects.
It contains the following fields:t300nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t300
Optional enumeration: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 1500, 2000 (default = 1000). T300 timer value.
t301nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t301
Optional enumeration: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 1500, 2000 (default = 1000). T301 timer value.
t310nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t310
Optional enumeration: 0, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 6000 (default = 1000). T310 timer value. Note that values 4000 and 6000 are only applicable to RLF-TimersAndConstants object, and will be capped to 2000 in the UE-TimersAndConstants object.
n310nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.n310
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 10, 20 (default = 1). N310 counter value.
t311nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t311
Optional enumeration: 1000, 3000, 5000, 10000, 15000, 20000, 30000 (default = 30000). T311 timer value.
n311nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.n311
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10 (default = 1). N311 counter value.
t319nr_cell_list.timers_and_constants.t319
Optional enumeration: 100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 1500, 2000 (default = 1000). T319 timer value.
hsdnnr_cell_list.hsdn
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, HSDN cell is advertised in SIB1.
pws_max_segment_lennr_cell_list.pws_max_segment_len
Optional integer (default = 32). Set the maximum CMAS/ETWS message segment length in bytes, including the WarningAreaCoordinate segment if any. It is needed in order to limit the size of the corresponding SIB messages.
pws_si_periodicitynr_cell_list.pws_si_periodicity
Enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 (default = 16). Set the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of the CMAS/ETWS SIB messages
sib9nr_cell_list.sib9
Optional object. If present, the SIB9 message will be scheduled.
si_Periodicitynr_cell_list.sib9.si_Periodicity
si_value_tagnr_cell_list.sib9.si_value_tag
area_scopenr_cell_list.sib9.area_scope
It must contain the
si_periodicity
,si_value_tag
andarea_scope
objects described insib_sched_list
. See NR sib_sched_list.reference_time_infonr_cell_list.sib9.reference_time_info
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, adds the referenceTimeInfo-r16 IE to SIB9
sib10nr_cell_list.sib10
Optional object. If present, the SIB10 message will be scheduled if NPN network names are configured in the plmn_list object. It must contain the
si_periodicity
,si_value_tag
andarea_scope
objects described insib_sched_list
. See NR sib_sched_list.sib19nr_cell_list.sib19
Optional object. If present, the SIB19 message will be scheduled. SIB19 is necessary to enable NTN functionnality in the cell. See Non Terrestrial Network. It must contain the
si_periodicity
,si_value_tag
andarea_scope
objects described insib_sched_list
. See NR sib_sched_list.
8.7.3.2 Mobility and Measurements
ncell_listnr_cell_list.ncell_list
Optional array of objects. List of neighbour NR or EUTRA cells. Used to convert the physical cell identity and NR SSB ARFCN or EARFCN to a cell identity in case of handover or cell redirection. Each neighbour cell is defined by the following properties. The
cell_id
parameter can be used for cells internal to the gNB to ease the configuration. For cells belonging to another gNB, all the parameters must be set manually.ratnr_cell_list.ncell_list.rat
Optional enumeration (eutra or nr, default = nr). Radio access technology for this neighbor cell. If set to
eutra
the other properties must match an EUTRA cell description. See LTE ncell_list.cell_idnr_cell_list.ncell_list.cell_id
Optional integer.
cell_id
as configured in thenr_cell_list
object entry of the gNB configuration object.ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.dl_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.dl_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.ul_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ul_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.n_id_cellnr_cell_list.ncell_list.n_id_cell
Optional integer: 0 to 1007. Physical cell identity. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.gnb_id_bitsnr_cell_list.ncell_list.gnb_id_bits
Optional integer: 22 to 32. gNB ID length in bits. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.plmnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.plmn
Optional string. PLMN of the Global RAN Node ID and NR Cell Global Identity (5 or 6 digits). The default is the same PLMN as the gNB.
nr_cell_idnr_cell_list.ncell_list.nr_cell_id
Optional integer. 36 bits NR cell identity. Concatenation of
gnb_id
andcell_id
. Must be present ifcell_id
is not set.tacnr_cell_list.ncell_list.tac
Optional integer. Tracking area code. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.tac_plmnnr_cell_list.ncell_list.tac_plmn
Optional string. PLMN of the target cell TAI. If not present, the current UE PLMN is used.
bandnr_cell_list.ncell_list.band
Optional integer. NR band. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.ssb_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_subcarrier_spacing
Optional enumeration: 15, 30, 120, 240. SSB subcarrier spacing. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.ssb_periodnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_period
Optional enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160. Periodicity of the SSB. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.ssb_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_offset
Optional integer: 0 to
ssb_period
-1. SSB offset. Must be present ifcell_id
is not set.ssb_durationnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_duration
Optional integer: 1 to 5. SSB duration. Must be present if
cell_id
is not set.reference_locationnr_cell_list.ncell_list.reference_location
Optional object. Reference location of the neighbor cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system. Only used if
band
parameter defines a NTN band. It contains the following parameters:latitudenr_cell_list.ncell_list.reference_location.latitude
Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.
longitudenr_cell_list.ncell_list.reference_location.longitude
Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.
ssb_rsrp_individual_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_rsrp_individual_offset
Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual SSB RSRP offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.
ssb_rsrq_individual_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_rsrq_individual_offset
Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual SSB RSRQ offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.
ssb_sinr_individual_offsetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.ssb_sinr_individual_offset
Optional enumeration: -24, -22, -20, -18, -16, -14, -12, -10, -8, -6, -5, -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22 or 24. Individual SSB SINR offset in dB given to the UE in the Measurement Object for the corresponding cell.
handover_targetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.handover_target
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for handover purpose. If set to false, no handover is triggered towards this cell.
cell_redirect_targetnr_cell_list.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, this cell is considered for redirection purpose. If set to false, no redirection is triggered towards this cell.
allowed_during_eps_fallbacknr_cell_list.ncell_list.allowed_during_eps_fallback
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, this cell is considered for inter RAT handover or cell redirection during an ongoing EPS fallback procedure
direct_forwarding_availablenr_cell_list.ncell_list.direct_forwarding_available
Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if a direct path is available between gNBs or ng-eNBs for user data forwarding during a NGAP handover
eps_fallback_preferred_methodnr_cell_list.eps_fallback_preferred_method
Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = handover). Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
emergency_fallback_preferred_methodnr_cell_list.emergency_fallback_preferred_method
Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = redirection). Set the preferred method for the emergency fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
meas_confignr_cell_list.meas_config
-
Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of the
measConfig
field of theRRCReconfiguration
message (see 3GPP TS 38.331). It is used to set the parameters of the RRC measurements (not including the measGapConfig IE that must be configured using themeas_gap_config
object). The first measurement object should correspond to the PCell. If no filename is given and ifmeas_config_desc
optional object is absent, nomeasConfig
field is transmitted to the UEs. meas_config_descnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc
-
Optional object. If present, and if
meas_config
object is not present, the gNB will dynamically build the measurement configuration sent to the UE based on the content of this object and the list of neighbour cells defined inncell_list
object. It will create A1 and A2 events for the serving cell (if inter frequencies neighbour cells exist), and optionally an A3 or A4 or A5 event for each serving and neighbour frequencies. At the beginning, gaps are not activated. When A2 event report is triggered, ifmeas_gap_config
is configured, gaps are activated. When A1 event report is triggered, gaps are released.
Ifnr_handover
,nr_handover_intra
ornr_handover_inter
are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for handover (for SA) or NR PSCell change (for MR-DC) purpose.
Ifnr_handover_d1
is present and if the UE declares the supporting the eventD1-MeasReportTrigger-r17 NR capability, a D1 event is defined for NTN cells with thereference_location
parameter set both in the serving cell and neighbour cell definition. In that case no A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for this neighbour cell.
Ifnr_cell_redirect
,nr_cell_redirect_intra
ornr_cell_redirect_inter
are present, an A3 or A4 or A5 event is defined for cell redirection purpose.
An extra A2 event can be added to release EN-DC or NR-DC configuration.
Ifscell_config
is present with A2/A4 events and if some cells are defined inscell_list
withrrc_configuration
=measurement
(see scell_list_nr), the gNB will also define A2 and A4 events respectively for SCell release and addition.
Ifscell_config
is present with an A6 event and if some cells are defined inscell_list
witha6_candidates
(see scell_list), the gNB will also define an A6 event for SCell handover.
If EUTRA cells are defined in thencell_list
array, inter RAT B1 and B2 events can be defined to trigger a cell redirection during the RRC release procedure wheneutra_cell_redirect
is set, or a handover wheneutra_handover
is set.
This object contains the following fields:mr_dc_releasenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release
Optional object. Defines the A2 event configuration for the EN-DC or NR-DC release trigger. This object contains the following fields:
a2_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_report_type
Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report.
a2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_rsrp
Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrp.a2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_rsrq
Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrq.a2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_sinr
Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to sinr.a2_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.
a2_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.mr_dc_release.a2_time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
a1_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_report_type
Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A1 report.
a1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrp
Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a1_report_type
is set to rsrp.a1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_rsrq
Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a1_report_type
is set to rsrq.a1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_sinr
Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a1_report_type
is set to sinr.a1_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.
a1_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a1_time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
a2_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_report_type
Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report.
a2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrp
Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrp.a2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_rsrq
Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrq.a2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_sinr
Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to sinr.a2_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.
a2_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.a2_time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
nr_handovernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency handover. If
nr_handover_intra
ornr_handover_inter
objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:a3_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a3_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set,
a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a3_offsetnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a3_offset
Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a3_report_type
is set.a4_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a4_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a4_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a4_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a4_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a4_threshold_sinr
Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
anda5_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
anda5_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold1_sinr
Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
anda5_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.a5_threshold2_sinr
Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. is set.
time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover.time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
nr_handover_intranr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_intra
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency handover. It contains the same fields as
nr_handover
object. See nr_handovernr_handover_internr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_inter
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency handover. It contains the same fields as
nr_handover
object. See nr_handovernr_handover_d1nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_d1
Optional object used to describe the D1 reporting criteria for handover. It contains the following fields:
distance_threshold_from_ref1nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_d1.distance_threshold_from_ref1
Integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 1 in 50m steps.
distance_threshold_from_ref2nr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_d1.distance_threshold_from_ref2
Integer, range from 0 to 65525. Distance from reference location 2 in 50m steps.
hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_d1.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 32768. D1 hysteresis in 10m steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.
time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_handover_d1.time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the D1 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
nr_cell_redirectnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra and inter frequency cell redirection. If
nr_cell_redirect_intra
ornr_cell_redirect_inter
objects are present, it is ignored. It contains the following fields:a3_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a3_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A3 report. If set,
a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a3_offsetnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a3_offset
Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A3 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a3_report_type
is set.a4_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a4_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a4_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a4_threshold_sinr
Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
,a5_threshold1_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrq
anda5_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
anda5_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold1_sinr
Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold1_rsrp
anda5_threshold1_rsrq
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrq
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.a5_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.a5_threshold2_sinr
Optional integer, from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
a3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
,a4_threshold_sinr
,a5_threshold2_rsrp
anda5_threshold2_rsrq
are ignored.hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A3/A4/A5 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. is set.
time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A3/A4/A5 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
nr_cell_redirect_intranr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect_intra
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for intra frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as
nr_cell_redirect
object. See nr_cell_redirectnr_cell_redirect_internr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_cell_redirect_inter
Optional object used to describe the A3, A4 or A5 reporting criteria for inter frequency cell redirection. It contains the same fields as
nr_cell_redirect
object. See nr_cell_redirectssb_rsrp_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.ssb_rsrp_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SSB RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
ssb_rsrq_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.ssb_rsrq_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SSB RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
ssb_sinr_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.ssb_sinr_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SSB SINR layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
s_measurenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure
Optional object. Defines the s-MeasureConfig parameters. It contains the following fields:
typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure.type
Enumeration (ssb or csi). RSRP measurement type.
thresholdnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.s_measure.threshold
Integer (range -156 to -29). RSRP threshold in dBm. -29 means infinity.
scell_confignr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config
Optional object used to describe the A2, A4 and A6 reporting criteria for SCell release/addition and handover. It contains the following fields:
a2_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A2 report. Must be present if
a4_report_type
is set.a2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrp.a2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to rsrq.a2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a2_report_type
is set to sinr.a2_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_hysteresis
Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a2_report_type
is set.a2_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a2_time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if
a2_report_type
is set.a4_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A4 report.
a4_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to rsrp.a4_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to rsrq.a4_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to sinr.a4_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_hysteresis
Optional integer, range from 0 to 30. A4 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a4_report_type
is set.a4_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a4_time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A4 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if
a4_report_type
is set.gaps_requirednr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.gaps_required
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the gNB will activate measurement gaps if there is at least one cell with measurement-based scell addition in
scell_list
.a6_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_report_type
Optional enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A6 report.
a6_offsetnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_offset
Optional integer, range from -30 to 30. A6 offset in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a6_report_type
is set.a6_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A6 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition. Must be present if
a6_report_type
is set.a6_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.scell_config.a6_time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A6 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report. Must be present if
a6_report_type
is set.
eutra_cell_redirectnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect
Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for EUTRA cell redirection procedure. It contains the following fields:
b1_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b1_threshold_rsrq
,b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
,b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b1_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
,b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b1_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b1_threshold_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrp
,b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold1_sinr
is ignored.b2_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold1_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
b2_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold2_rsrq
andb2_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold2_sinr
is ignored.b2_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.b2_threshold2_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.
time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_cell_redirect.time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
eutra_handovernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover
Optional object. If set, it defines a B1 or B2 event for EUTRA handover procedure. It contains the following fields:
b1_threshold_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b1_threshold_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b1_threshold_rsrq
,b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
,b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b1_threshold_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b1_threshold_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b1_threshold_sinr
,b2_threshold1_rsrp
,b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b1_threshold_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b1_threshold_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrp
,b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold1_rsrq
andb2_threshold1_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold1_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold1_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold1_sinr
is ignored.b2_threshold1_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold1_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
b2_threshold2_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrp
Optional integer, range from -140 to -43. RSRP threshold value in dBm. If set,
b2_threshold2_rsrq
andb2_threshold2_sinr
are ignored.b2_threshold2_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold2_rsrq
Optional integer, range from -40 to -6. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. If set,
b2_threshold2_sinr
is ignored.b2_threshold2_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.b2_threshold2_sinr
Optional integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps.
hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. B1 or B2 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps.
time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_handover.time_to_trigger
Optional enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the B1 or B2 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
eutra_rsrp_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_rsrp_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRP layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
eutra_rsrq_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_rsrq_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the RSRQ layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
eutra_sinr_filter_coeffnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.eutra_sinr_filter_coeff
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 11, 13, 15, 17 or 19 (default = 4). Coefficient used for the SINR layer 3 filtering done in RRC (see 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 5.5.3.2 for details).
nr_dc_setupnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup
Optional object. If set, it defines an A4 event to trigger NR-DC activation. It contains the following fields:
a4_report_typenr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_report_type
Enumeration, rsrp, rsrq or sinr. Defines the measurement type requested for the A4 report.
a4_rsrpnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_rsrp
Integer, range from -156 to -30. RSRP threshold value in dBm. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to rsrp.a4_rsrqnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_rsrq
Integer, range from -87 to 40. RSRQ threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to rsrq.a4_sinrnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_sinr
Integer, range from -46 to 81. SINR threshold value in 0.5dB steps. Used if
a4_report_type
is set to sinr.a4_hysteresisnr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_hysteresis
Integer, range from 0 to 30. A4 hysteresis in 0.5dB steps used for the measurement report triggering condition.
a4_time_to_triggernr_cell_list.meas_config_desc.nr_dc_setup.a4_time_to_trigger
Enumeration: 0, 40, 64, 80, 100, 128, 160, 256, 320, 480, 512, 640, 1024, 1280, 2560 or 5120. Time in ms during which the A4 event condition must be met before triggering the measurement report.
meas_gap_confignr_cell_list.meas_gap_config
Optional object allowing to configure gaps for a SA UE (MR-DC UE uses the measurement gap configuration coming from MCG). If the object it not present, no measurement gap is defined.
It contains the following fields:pattern_idnr_cell_list.meas_gap_config.pattern_id
Integer, range 0 to 23. Measurement gap pattern identity as defined in 3GPP TS 38.133 table 9.1.2-1.
use_gap_frnr_cell_list.meas_gap_config.use_gap_fr
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB tries to use gapFR1 or gapFR2 instead of gapUE if the UE is having only FR1 or FR2 serving and neighbor cells and is not using NR-DC.
forced_meas_gap_offsetnr_cell_list.forced_meas_gap_offset
Optional integer. Forces the gap offset sent to the UE in the GapConfig ASN.1 object. -1 means that the gNB allocates the value automatically.
ho_from_measnr_cell_list.ho_from_meas
Optional boolean (default = true). If true, when
meas_config
is used the gNodeB triggers a handover (for SA) or a NR PSCell change (for MR-DC) when an A3 or A5 RRC measurement event is received from the UE; whenmeas_config_desc
is used the gNodeB triggers a handover or NR PSCell change when the event defined innr_handover
is reported. It is also used for the event defined ineutra_handover
triggering an inter RAT handover towards a LTE cell.reconf_sync_cfranr_cell_list.reconf_sync_cfra
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any reconfiguration with sync towards this cell (e.g SCG configuration in NSA or handover in SA) will use contention-free random access if there is a contention-free preamble still available.
ho_force_full_confignr_cell_list.ho_force_full_config
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, any handover towards this cell will use full configuration.
t304nr_cell_list.t304
Optional enumeration: 50, 100, 150, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 10000 (default = 1000). T304 timer for reconfiguration with sync.
sib1_delivery_during_honr_cell_list.sib1_delivery_during_ho
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the target cell SIB1 is sent in the RRC reconfiguration with sync message.
8.7.3.3 Carrier Aggregation
scell_listnr_cell_list.scell_list
Optional array of objects. List the cells of the same gNB which can be used for carrier aggregation. There is no restriction concerning TDD/FDD mode, UL/DL configuration or subcarrier spacing across the serving cells. Each object contains the following fields:
cell_idnr_cell_list.scell_list.cell_id
Range: 0 to 1023 (depending on the
gnb_id_bits
value). Cell identifierul_allowednr_cell_list.scell_list.ul_allowed
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable uplink for this serving cell for PUSCH only. PUCCH on SCell is not supported.
rrc_configurationnr_cell_list.scell_list.rrc_configuration
Optional enumeration:
initial
,measurement
orapi_only
(default =initial
). Desscribes the conditions under which the SCell is configured.
If set toinitial
, the SCell is added right away after the RRC connection establishment.
If set tomeasurement
, the SCell can be dynamically added and released based on measurement reports configured in thescell_config
element of themeas_config_desc
object, see meas_config_desc_nr.
If set toapi_only
, the SCell can only be added through therrc_cnx_reconf
API, see rrc_cnx_reconf.
Note that therrc_cnx_reconf
API can still add or release any SCell irrespective of itsrrc_configuration
value.individual_offsetnr_cell_list.scell_list.individual_offset
Optional integer, in dB. Relevant only when
rrc_configuration
is set tomeasurement
. Individual offset used in A4 criteria evaluation for SCell addition.a6_candidatesnr_cell_list.scell_list.a6_candidates
Optional array of integers. Defines the list of intra frequency cells candidates for SCell handover. Each entry of the array contains the
cell_id
value of the target cell that must also be defined inscell_list
array.
scells_activationnr_cell_list.scells_activation
Optional enumeration:
always
oroff
(default =always
). Selects how the gNB activates (with MAC Control element) the secondary cells once they are configured. Whenoff
is selected, cells won’t be activated unless an API call toscells_act_deact
is performed. Whenalways
is selected, all the SCells are activated right after their configuration.nr_dc_scg_cell_listnr_cell_list.nr_dc_scg_cell_list
Optional array of objects. Defines the list of other NR cells that can be used by the current NR cell for NR-DC (similar to the scell_list array).
Each objet must contain the following parameters:cell_idnr_cell_list.nr_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id
Integer. cell_id as configured in the
nr_cell_list
object entry of the gNB configuration object.
8.7.3.4 Radio bearers
srb_confignr_cell_list.srb_config
Optional array of objects. Allows to override some parameters of the default configuration specified in 3GPP TS 38.331 chapter 9.2.1.
Each object contains the following fields:idnr_cell_list.srb_config.id
Integer: 1, 2 or 3. Contains the SRB identity.
t_PollRetransmitnr_cell_list.srb_config.t_PollRetransmit
Optional enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000 (default 45). t-PollRetransmit timer value in ms.
pollPDUnr_cell_list.srb_config.pollPDU
Optional enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 6144, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 40960, 49152, 57344, 65536, 0 (default 0). pollPDU parameter. 0 means infinity.
pollBytenr_cell_list.srb_config.pollByte
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000, 15000, 16000, 17000, 18000, 20000, 25000, 30000, 40000, 0 (default 0). pollByte parameter in kBytes. 0 means infinity.
maxRetxThresholdnr_cell_list.srb_config.maxRetxThreshold
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32 (default 8). maxRetxThreshold value.
t_Reassemblynr_cell_list.srb_config.t_Reassembly
Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 340, 350, 550, 1100, 1650, 2200 (default 35). t-Reassembly timer value in ms.
t_StatusProhibitnr_cell_list.srb_config.t_StatusProhibit
Optional enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400 (default 0). Duration of the t-StatusProhibit timer in ms.
drb_confignr_cell_list.drb_config
String or Array. Array of objects containing the DRB configuration for each QCI/5QI value. There must be at least one definition for QCI = 9 which is the default QCI/5QI. If a string is given, the array is read from the corresponding filename. If must contain the following parameters.
qcinr_cell_list.drb_config.qci
Integer (range 0 to 255). QCI/5QI value.
use_for_mr_dc_scgnr_cell_list.drb_config.use_for_mr_dc_scg
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to false, this QCI/5QI value is not used for the SCG of a MR-DC UE.
ims_dedicated_bearernr_cell_list.drb_config.ims_dedicated_bearer
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, it indicates that this QCI/5QI is used for IMS dedicated bearers (VoNR, ...)
trigger_eps_fallbacknr_cell_list.drb_config.trigger_eps_fallback
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true and if EPS fallback is indicated as supported by the 5GC, trying to establish this 5QI will trigger an EPS fallback procedure.
Note that an EPS fallback procedure is also triggered if the UE does not declare supporting voice over NR in its NR capability and the 5QI hasims_dedicated_bearer
set to true.pdcp_confignr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config
Object. PDCP configuration. It must contain the following parameters.
discardTimernr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.discardTimer
Enumeration: 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 75, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 500, 750, 1500, 2000 or 0. Duration of the discard timer in ms. 0 means infinity.
discardTimerExt_r16nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.discardTimerExt_r16
Optional enumeration: 0.5, 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 or 0 (default = 0). Duration of the extended discard timer. 0 means disabled.
pdcp_SN_SizeULnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeUL
Enumeration: 12 or 18. Uplink SN size in bits.
pdcp_SN_SizeDLnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.pdcp_SN_SizeDL
Enumeration: 12 or 18. Downlink SN size in bits.
headerCompressionnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression
Optional object. If not present or
null
, header compression is disabled.maxCIDnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.maxCID
Range: 1 to 16383.
profile0x0001nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0001
Boolean. If true, enable RTP v1 ROHC profile.
profile0x0002nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0002
Boolean. If true, enable UDP v1 ROHC profile.
profile0x0004nr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.headerCompression.profile0x0004
Boolean. If true, enable IP v1 ROHC profile.
statusReportRequirednr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.statusReportRequired
(AM only) Boolean. Indicates if status reports must be generated or not.
outOfOrderDeliverynr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.outOfOrderDelivery
Boolean. Indicates if out of order delivery must be activated or not.
t_Reorderingnr_cell_list.drb_config.pdcp_config.t_Reordering
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 80, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 220, 240, 260, 280, 300, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2250, 2500, 2750, 3000. Duration of the t-Reordering timer in ms.
nr_dc_splitnr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split
Optional object. It defines if the current 5QI can be used for NR-DC split bearers or not.
It contains the following items:typenr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split.type
Enumeration: mcg, scg. Defines which cell group is the primary path.
If thenr_dc_split
configuration object is absent or if the same 5QI is not defined in the SCG cell DRB configuration object, the bearer will not be split.ul_data_thresholdnr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split.ul_data_threshold
Optional enumeration: 0, 100, 200, 400, 800, 1600, 3200, 6400, 12800, 25600, 51200, 102400, 204800, 409600, 819200, 1228800, 1638400, 2457600, 3276800, 4096000, 4915200, 5734400, 6553600, -1 (default = -1). Defines the PDCP ul-DataSplitThreshold parameter in bytes. -1 means infinity.
secondary_path_dl_rationr_cell_list.drb_config.nr_dc_split.secondary_path_dl_ratio
Optional number between 0 and 1 (default = -1). Experimental feature trying to force data ratio between both bearers, -1 disables it. Note that the ratio cannot be sustained if the
force_dl_schedule
option is activated in one of the cells used for the traffic, or if multiple bearers with different priorities are used, or if the traffic pushed is higher than the maximum physical bitrate.
Example: if 10Mbps is sent and ratio is set to 0.75, primary path will schedule 2.5Mbps and secondary 7.5Mbps.
rlc_confignr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config
Object. RLC configuration. If UM (Unacknowledged Mode) is used, the ul_um and/or dl_um objects must be present. If AM (Acknowledged Mode) is used, ul_am and dl_am objects must be present.
ul_umnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um
Optional object. UL UM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.
sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_um.sn_FieldLength
Enumeration: 6 or 12. Uplink SN size in bits.
dl_umnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um
Optional object. DL UM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.
sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.sn_FieldLength
Enumeration: 6 or 12. Downlink SN size in bits.
t_Reassemblynr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_um.t_Reassembly
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 340, 350, 550, 1100, 1650, 2200. Duration of the t-Reassembly timer in ms.
ul_amnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am
Optional object. UL AM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.
sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.sn_FieldLength
Enumeration: 12 or 18. Uplink SN size in bits.
t_PollRetransmitnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.t_PollRetransmit
Enumeration: 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000. Duration of the t-PollRetransmit timer in ms.
t_PollRetransmit_v1610nr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.t_PollRetransmit_v1610
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = 0). Duration of the t-PollRetransmit timer in ms when using v1610 extension. 0 means deactivated.
pollPDUnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollPDU
Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 6144, 8192, 12288, 16384, 20480, 24576, 28672, 32768, 40960, 49152, 57344, 65536, 0. pollPDU parameter. 0 means infinity.
pollBytenr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.pollByte
Enumeration: 1, 2, 5, 8, 10, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100, 125, 250, 375, 500, 750, 1000, 1250, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, 4500, 5000, 5500, 6000, 6500, 7000, 7500, 8000, 9000, 10000, 11000, 12000, 13000, 14000, 15000, 16000, 17000, 18000, 20000, 25000, 30000, 40000, 0. pollByte parameter in kBytes. 0 means infinity.
maxRetxThresholdnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.ul_am.maxRetxThreshold
Enumeration: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32. maxRetxThreshold parameter.
dl_amnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am
Optional object. DL AM configuration. It must contain the following parameters.
sn_FieldLengthnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.sn_FieldLength
Enumeration: 12 or 18. Downlink SN size in bits.
t_Reassemblynr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_Reassembly
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 110, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 210, 220, 340, 350, 550, 1100, 1650, 2200. Duration of the t-Reassembly timer in ms.
t_StatusProhibitnr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_StatusProhibit
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 105, 110, 115, 120, 125, 130, 135, 140, 145, 150, 155, 160, 165, 170, 175, 180, 185, 190, 195, 200, 205, 210, 215, 220, 225, 230, 235, 240, 245, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 2400. Duration of the t-StatusProhibit timer in ms.
t_StatusProhibit_v1610nr_cell_list.drb_config.rlc_config.dl_am.t_StatusProhibit_v1610
Optional enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 (default = 0). Duration of the t-StatusProhibit-v1610 timer in ms. 0 means deactivated.
logical_channel_confignr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config
Object. Logical channel configuration. It must contain the following parameters.
prioritynr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.priority
Integer (range 1 to 16). Logical channel priority.
prioritisedBitRatenr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.prioritisedBitRate
Enumeration: 0, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048, 4096, 8192, 16384, 32768, 65536, -1. Prioritised bit rate in kBps. -1 means infinity.
bucketSizeDurationnr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.bucketSizeDuration
Enumeration: 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 150, 300, 500, 1000. Duration of the bucket in ms.
logicalChannelGroupnr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelGroup
Integer (range 0 to 7). Logical channel group.
logicalChannelSR_Masknr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_Mask
Optional boolean (default = false). Activates SR masking for this logical channel.
logicalChannelSR_DelayTimerAppliednr_cell_list.drb_config.logical_channel_config.logicalChannelSR_DelayTimerApplied
Optional boolean (default = false). The
logical_channel_sr_delay_timer
parameter must also be configured.
need_spsnr_cell_list.drb_config.need_sps
Optional enumeration:
dl, ul
orboth
. If present, defines whether the radio bearer needs a SPS/CG configuration. Currently only UL CG are supported, so the valuedl
has no effect.If a corresponding configuration exists in the eNB (See Configured Grant) and if the UE supports CG, a CG will be configured when the bearer is established.
sdt_allowednr_cell_list.drb_config.sdt_allowed
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE supports SDT, the corresponding bearer will be configured for SDT upon the suspension of the RRC connection. See rrc_inactive.
5qi_qosnr_cell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos
Object. Default 5QI QoS characteristics to be used for this 5QI.
priority_levelnr_cell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.priority_level
Integer (range 1 to 127).
averaging_windownr_cell_list.drb_config.5qi_qos.averaging_window
Optional integer (range 1 to 4095). Averaging window for GBR bearers.
unsupported_5qi_fallbacknr_cell_list.unsupported_5qi_fallback
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true and if the core network requests the establishment of un unsupported 5QI value, the parameters from 5QI 9 are used instead. Otherwise the establishment is rejected.
srb3_supportnr_cell_list.srb3_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE supports SRB3, the gNodeB will activate it.
gbr_ul_rationr_cell_list.gbr_ul_ratio
Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the uplink resources that can be reserved for GBR QoS flows.
gbr_dl_rationr_cell_list.gbr_dl_ratio
Optional float (default = 0.8). Maximum ratio of the downlink resources that can be reserved for GBR QoS flows.
gbr_init_ul_bits_per_renr_cell_list.gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re
Optional float (default = 2.0). The GBR QoS flow resources are measured in terms of resource elements (RE) per second. Each RE can be assigned a given number of bits depending on the exact radio conditions. This parameter gives the initial number of bits per uplink RE when the UE is connecting (in this case no reliable radio quality measurement is available).
gbr_init_dl_bits_per_renr_cell_list.gbr_init_dl_bits_per_re
Optional float (default = 2.0). Same as
gbr_init_ul_bits_per_re
for downlink.gbr_congestednr_cell_list.gbr_congested
Optional boolean (default = false). Option that simulates a congestion once at least one GBR bearer is active in the cell. Any new GBR request will be rejected or will trigger a preemption depending on the QoS flow ARP parameters.
ignore_gbr_congestionnr_cell_list.ignore_gbr_congestion
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, no GBR congestion check is performed.
drb_count_maxnr_cell_list.drb_count_max
Optional integer (default = 1500). Maximum number of DRBs (for this cell).
8.7.3.5 Other RRC parameters
inactivity_timernr_cell_list.inactivity_timer
Integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.
scg_failure_information_behaviornr_cell_list.scg_failure_information_behavior
Optional enum (auto, release, reestablish, default = auto). Defines the behavior when the MCG primary cell receives a RRC SCG failure information message for this SCG primary cell.
If set toauto
, the SCG is released if the cause is set to T310 expiry and a measurement reporting configuration is defined to trigger the SCG addition. Otherwise the SCG is reestablished.
If set torelease
, SCG is always released.
If set toreestablish
, a RRC message is always sent to reestablish SCG.cipher_algo_prefnr_cell_list.cipher_algo_pref
Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC and User Plane encryption in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then NEA0 (no encryption) is selected. List of supported algorithms:
Value Algorithm 1 NEA1 (Snow 3G) 2 NEA2 (128 bit AES) 3 NEA3 (ZUC) If encryption is necessary, for best performance use AES (NEA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the
hwcaps
monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (NEA1) or ZUC (NEA3).
Note that ciphering is subject to export rules depending on your country.integ_algo_prefnr_cell_list.integ_algo_pref
Array of integers. Set the preferred algorithms for RRC integrity (and optionally User Plane integrity) check in decreasing order of preference. If none match the UE capabilities, then NIA0 (no integrity check) is selected. List of supported algorithms:
Value Algorithm 1 NIA1 (Snow 3G) 2 NIA2 (128 bit AES) 3 NIA3 (ZUC) For best performance, use AES (NIA2) as first choice if your CPU supports the AES NI Intel instruction set (use the
hwcaps
monitor command and see if AES is displayed). Otherwise use Snow3G (NIA1) or ZUC (NIA3).rrc_inactivenr_cell_list.rrc_inactive
Optional object. If present, the cell will support UEs in RRC Inactive mode and will be able to suspend/resume RRC connection and perform RAN paging.
Note that RRC connection suspend is possible only if the 5GC sends the ’Core Network Assistance Information For Inactive’ during initial context setup of the UE.
RAN paging and RRC resume procedure is currently limited to cells belonging to the same gNB.use_full_resume_idnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.use_full_resume_id
Optional boolean (default = false). Sets the useFullResumeId flag in SIB1.
rna_cell_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_cell_list
Optional array of objects.
If absent, the ran-NotificationAreaInfo of the SuspendConfig will be set as a PLMN-RAN-AreaConfigList covering the full registration area given by the 5GC in the Core Network Assistance Information, unlessrna_ranac_list
is present.
If present, sets the ran-NotificationAreaInfo of the SuspendConfig as a PLMN-RAN-AreaCellList.
Each element has the following parameters:plmnnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_cell_list.plmn
String. PLMN (5 or 6 digits).
cell_id_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_cell_list.cell_id_list
Array of integer. Each value is a full 28 bits cell identity, concatenation of
enb_id
andcell_id
.
rna_ranac_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_ranac_list
Optional array of objects.
If present, the list or RAN Area Code defined for the Tracking Area Code will be sent in the RAN-AreaConfig field of the PLMN-RAN-AreaConfig item.
Each element has the following parameters:tacnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_ranac_list.tac
Integer. Tracking Area Code.
ranac_listnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.rna_ranac_list.ranac_list
Array of 1 to 32 integers. List of RAN Area Code.
ran_paging_cyclenr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.ran_paging_cycle
Enumeration (32, 64, 128, 256). RAN paging cycle, in frames.
t380_minsnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.t380_mins
Optional enumeration (5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 120, 360, 720). Value for T380 (Periodic RNA update timer) in minutes.
If absent, the timer will take the value of the periodic registration update timer given by the 5GC in the Core Network Assistance Information.inactivity_timernr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Overrides the top-level value of
inactivity_timer
for UEs supporting RRC Inactive mode. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.release_timer_minsnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.release_timer_mins
Optional integer (range 0 to 1440, default 0). Duration of total UE inactivity after which the UE will be actually released and no longer suspended. The expiry is evaluated during each RNA update procedure.
If 0, the UE won’t be released due to UE inactivity but will keep being suspended.sdtnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt
Optional object. If present, it configures the Small Data Transmission feature.
Only RA-SDT is currently supported so theprach_feature_preambles_list
should contain at least one preamble withsdt
. See prach_feature_preambles.
SDT shall also be enabled per DRB basis. See NR DRB configuration.
It contains the following parameters:rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.rsrp_threshold
Optional integer (range -156 to -29, default = -29). sdt-RSRP-Threshold-r17 parameter: RSRP threshold above which a UE can initiate a SDT session. Value -29 means the threshold is not advertised in SIB1.
logical_channel_sr_delay_timernr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.logical_channel_sr_delay_timer
Optional enumeration (20, 40, 64, 128, 512, 1024, 2560, 0, default = 0). sdt-LogicalChannelSR-DelayTimer-r17: logicalChannelSR-DelayTimer applied during SDT for logical channels configured with SDT. Value 0 means the timer is not advertized in SIB1.
ul_data_volume_thresholdnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.ul_data_volume_threshold
Enumeration (32, 100, 200, 400, 600, 800, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, 9000, 10000, 12000, 24000, 48000, 96000). sdt-DataVolumeThreshold-r17 parameter: maximum number of bytes pending for transmission on the SDT bearers to initiate a SDT session.
t319anr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.t319a
Enumeration (100, 200, 300, 400, 600, 1000, 2000, 3000, 4000). t319a-r17 parameter: value in ms for the T319a timer.
session_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.session_inactivity_timer
Optional integer (range 10ms to 80% of T319A, default = 20% T319A). Inactivity timer for the SDT session. If there is no transmission during this value, the eNB will suspend the RRC connection.
session_max_durationnr_cell_list.rrc_inactive.sdt.session_max_duration
Optional integer (range 10ms to 80% of T319A, default = 80% T319A). If the SDT session lasts longer than this value, the eNB will resume the RRC connection.
rrc_reject_waitTimenr_cell_list.rrc_reject_waitTime
Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC reject wait time in seconds.
rrc_release_waitTimenr_cell_list.rrc_release_waitTime
Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC release wait time in seconds.
rrc_release_deprioritisationnr_cell_list.rrc_release_deprioritisation
Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq field is added to the RRC Release message.
The object must contain the following fields:typenr_cell_list.rrc_release_deprioritisation.type
Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "nr").
timernr_cell_list.rrc_release_deprioritisation.timer
Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if
type
is not none.
rrc_redirectnr_cell_list.rrc_redirect
Array of ASN.1 properties. Each entry is the ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo redirection information.
These will define the redirection parameter within the RRC Release sent by the gNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 38.331).
Below is an example of the ASN.1 file content:nr: { carrierFreq 518910, ssbSubcarrierSpacing kHz15 }
rrc_release_cell_reselection_prioritiesnr_cell_list.rrc_release_cell_reselection_priorities
Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a cellReselectionPriorities information. It will define the cellReselectionPriorities parameter within the RRC Release sent by the gNB to the UE (cf 3GPP TS 38.331).
Below is an example of the ASN.1 file content:{ freqPriorityListNR { { carrierFreq 391970, cellReselectionPriority 3 }, { carrierFreq 427970, cellReselectionPriority 7 } }, t320 min10 }
rrc_procedure_filternr_cell_list.rrc_procedure_filter
Optional object. Allows to define the eNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported arerrc_setup_request
,rrc_reestablishment_request
,rrc_resume_request
andscg_failure_information
.
Each property value is an enum:treat
(UE message is processed),ignore
(UE message is ignored) orreject
(UE message is rejected).
By default all procedures are treated.
Example:
rrc_procedure_filter: { rrc_setup_request: "treat", rrc_reestablishment_request: "reject" }
ue_cap_rat_typenr_cell_list.ue_cap_rat_type
Optional array of strings. List the RAT types (
nr
,eutra-nr
,eutra
,utra-fdd
) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message,nr
is always included whatever the array content.requested_freq_bands_nrnr_cell_list.requested_freq_bands_nr
Optional array of objects of the same type than
requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc
, See requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.
Force the frequencyBandListFilter element of the UE-CapabilityRequestFilterNR when requesting UE capabilities in SA mode.
By default, the frequencyBandListFilter contains the bands of all the NR cells defined innr_cell_list
and EUTRA cells defined incell_list
.requested_eutra_freq_bandsnr_cell_list.requested_eutra_freq_bands
Optional array of 1 to 16 integers. Defines the list of EUTRA bands the gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedFrequencyBands-r11 information element).
requested_eutra_max_ccs_dlnr_cell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl
Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA DL CCs the gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 information element).
requested_eutra_max_ccs_ulnr_cell_list.requested_eutra_max_ccs_ul
Optional integer (range = 2 to 32). Sets the maximum number of UL CCs the gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsUL-r13 information element).
request_reduced_formatnr_cell_list.request_reduced_format
Optional boolean. If set, the gNB will request the UE to provide EUTRA CA combinations using supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of supportedBandCombination-r10 in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedFormat-r13 information element).
request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_combnr_cell_list.request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb
Optional boolean. If set, the gNB will request an EUTRA reduced intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 information element).
mr_dc_request_nr_dcnr_cell_list.mr_dc_request_nr_dc
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the includeNR-DC bit is set to true in the UE capability enquiry message so as to retrieve NR-DC band combinations. Note that it is automatically set if there is at least once cell configured for NR-DC.
rrc_ul_segmentation_supportnr_cell_list.rrc_ul_segmentation_support
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the gNB indicates that RRC UL segmentation is allowed in the RRC UE capability enquiry message.
single_ue_cap_enquirynr_cell_list.single_ue_cap_enquiry
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE and gNB supports R16 uplink RRC segmentation feature, NR, EUTRA and MRDC capabilities are requested in a single message.
srs_switching_time_requestnr_cell_list.srs_switching_time_request
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB sets the srs-SwitchingTimeRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.
uplink_tx_switch_requestnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch_request
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB sets the uplinkTxSwitchRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.
ue_assistance_informationnr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information
Optional object containing the UE assistance information procedure configuration. It can contain the following properties:
overheating_assistancenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance
Optional object for the overheatingAssistanceConfig ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the gNB when receiving the overheatingAssistance information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.overheating_assistance.prohibit_timer
Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 90, 120, 300, 600, -1). Sets the overheatingAssistanceConfig value. -1 means no overheatingAssistanceConfig is configured.
max_bw_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_bw_preference
Optional object for the maxBW-PreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters.
Note that no action will be taken by the gNB when receiving the maxBW-Preference-r16 information. Its purpose is only to test the UE message sending.
It contains the following properties:prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_bw_preference.prohibit_timer
Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, -1). Sets the maxBW-PreferenceConfig-r16 value. -1 means no maxBW-PreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.
max_cc_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_cc_preference
Optional object for the maxCC-PreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters.
It contains the following properties:prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_cc_preference.prohibit_timer
Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, -1). Sets the maxCC-PreferenceConfig-r16 value. -1 means no maxCC-PreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.
max_mimo_layer_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_mimo_layer_preference
Optional object for the maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters.
It contains the following properties:prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.max_mimo_layer_preference.prohibit_timer
Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, -1). Sets the maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig-r16 value. -1 means no maxMIMO-LayerPreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.
release_preferencenr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.release_preference
Optional object for the releasePreferenceConfig-r16 ASN.1 parameters. It contains the following properties:
prohibit_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.release_preference.prohibit_timer
Enumeration (0, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 20, 30, infinity, -1). Sets the releasePreferenceProhibitTimer-r16 value. -1 means no releasePreferenceConfig-r16 is configured.
delay_timernr_cell_list.ue_assistance_information.release_preference.delay_timer
Optional integer (default = 0). Defines the delay between releasePreference-r16 reception and its treatment. If the value is greater than 0, connectedReporting ASN.1 parameter is set to true.
high_speed_confignr_cell_list.high_speed_config
Optional object. If present, it should contain the following configuration parameters.
high_speed_meas_flagnr_cell_list.high_speed_config.high_speed_meas_flag
Boolean. If true, highSpeedMeasFlag is advertised in the cell.
8.7.4 PHY/L1 - Downlink parameters
8.7.4.1 SSB
ssb_pos_bitmapnr_cell_list.ssb_pos_bitmap
String. SSB position bitmap in bits (4, 8 or 64 bits depending on the DL frequency).
ssb_periodnr_cell_list.ssb_period
Enumeration (5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160). SSB periodicity in ms.
ssb_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.ssb_subcarrier_spacing
Optional integer (15, 30, 120, 240). Set the SSB subcarrier spacing in kHz. By default it is the same as
subcarrier_spacing
.ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. Set the NR ARFCN of the SSB carrier. If not set, its value depends on
gscn
.gscnnr_cell_list.gscn
Optional integer (default = 0). Set the SSB GSCN (=SSB carrier frequency). The special default value 0 indicates to automatically set it. It is computed so that the SSB is at the lowest possible frequency in the cell bandwidth.
ssb_precodingnr_cell_list.ssb_precoding
Optional complex matrix. Array of N vectors of
n_antenna_dl
elements where N is the number of ’1’ bits inssb_pos_bitmap
. Set the precoding vector for each SSB. By default all the elements are set to one.ssb_power_offsetnr_cell_list.ssb_power_offset
Optional float (default = 0). Power offset (in dB) added to the SS PBCH block power in SIB1.
ssb_offsetnr_cell_list.ssb_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Offset in ms of the start of the SSB half-frame in the SSB period. It must be a multiple of 5 and less than the SSB period.
ssb_case_cnr_cell_list.ssb_case_c
Optional boolean. For the 30 kHz subcarrier spacing, select between SSB block pattern case B (false) or case C (true). The default value depends on the selected frequency band (see 3GPP TS 38.101-1 table 5.4.3.3-1).
8.7.4.2 PDCCH
pdcchnr_cell_list.pdcch
Object. Contains the PDCCH parameters defined below.
common_coresetnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset
Optional object. Define the common CoReSet. For backward compatibility, the common CoReSet properties can be in the
pdcch
object if no dedicated CoReSet is defined.The CoReSet definition accepts the following properties:
coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.coreset_id
Optional integer. Force the CoReSet ID. If the parameter is absent, the CoReSet IDs are automatically assigned.
rb_startnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.rb_start
Optional integer (default = -1). PDCCH start position in number of RBs relative to the start of the BWP. rb_start + BWP_rb_start must be a multiple of 6. -1 means to select the value to maximize the bandwidth based on the BWP and CoReSet #0 configurations.
l_crbnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.l_crb
Optional integer (default = -1). PDCCH length in number of RBs. Must be a multiple of 6 or -1. -1 means to use the maximum number of RBs compatible with the DL bandwidth.
rb_listnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.rb_list
Optional array of objects. If present, a list of resource blocks is provided instead of
rb_start
andl_crb
. The syntax of the list is similar to the rate match patternresource_blocks
parameter.durationnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.duration
Optional integer (0 to
dmrs_type_a_pos
value, default = 0). PDCCH duration. The special value 0 indicates to automatically set it from the CoReSet bandwidth.interleavednr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.interleaved
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable interleaved mapping.
reg_bundle_sizenr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.reg_bundle_size
Optional enumeration: 2, 3, 6. Must be present for interleaved mapping.
interleaver_sizenr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.interleaver_size
Optional enumeration: 2, 3, 6. Must be present for interleaved mapping.
shift_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.shift_index
Optional integer. Range: -1 to 274. Must be present for interleaved mapping. -1 is a shortcut for the physical cell ID.
precoder_granularitynr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.precoder_granularity
Optional enum (sameAsREG_bundle, allContiguousRBs, default = sameAsREG_bundle).
dmrs_scidnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.dmrs_scid
Optional integer (default = -1). Range: -1 to 65535. DMRS scrambling ID. -1 is a shortcut for the physical cell ID.
tci_states_pdcchnr_cell_list.pdcch.common_coreset.tci_states_pdcch
Optional array of integers. TCI state IDs for the PDCCH.
dedicated_coresetnr_cell_list.pdcch.dedicated_coreset
Optional object or array of objects. Define UE dedicated CoReSets. At least one should be defined for best performance in standalone mode. The properties are the same as for
common_coreset
.cssnr_cell_list.pdcch.css
Object or array of objects. PDCCH common search space configuration. Each object defines a search space with the parameters defined below.
search_space_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.search_space_id
Optional integer. Force the Search space ID. If not present, IDs are assigned in BWP order and then search space definition order.
n_candidatesnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.n_candidates
Optional array of 5 integers, mandatory for the DL BWP #0. Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. nrofCandidates parameters for each aggregation level (1, 2, 4, 8, 16).
start_symbnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.start_symb
Optional integer (default = 0). range: 0 to 3. First symbol of the search space.
coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.css.coreset_id
Optional integer to force the CoReSet ID. If the parameter is absent and if the cell has a CoReSet 0, CoReSet 0 is used. Otherwise, the default CoReSet is the one defined by
common_coreset
.
ussnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss
Object or array of objects. PDCCH UE dedicated search space configuration. Each object defines a search space with the parameters defined below.
search_space_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.search_space_id
Optional integer. Force the Search space ID. If not present, IDs are assigned in BWP order and then search space definition order.
n_candidatesnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.n_candidates
Optional array of 5 integers, mandatory for the DL BWP #0. Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8. nrofCandidates parameters for each aggregation level (1, 2, 4, 8, 16).
start_symbnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.start_symb
Optional integer (default = 0). range: 0 to 3. First symbol of the search space.
coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.coreset_id
Optional integer to force the CoReSet ID. It is set by default to the first UE dedicated CoReSet ID if present otherwise to the first common CoReSet ID.
cssnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.css
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, a common search space is defined. Otherwise a UE specific search space is defined.
dci_0_1_and_1_1nr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.dci_0_1_and_1_1
Optional boolean (default = true). It defines whether DCI 0_1 and 1_1 are used for PDCCH in the search space. It is relevant only if
css
is false.slot_periodnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.slot_period
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560 (default = 1). Monitoring periodicity of the search space, in slots.
slot_durationnr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.slot_duration
Optional integer, 1 to slot_period-1 (default = 1). Monitoring duration of the search space, in slots.
force_cce0nr_cell_list.pdcch.uss.force_cce0
Optional boolean (default = false). Force the CCE index 0 (only useful to implement test models).
rar_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.rar_search_space
Optional integer. Set the RAR search space ID. It is set by default to the first common search space of the BWP. It is relevant only in DL BWPs having a corresponding UL BWP with a PRACH configuration.
rar_al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.rar_al_index
Integer (range 0 to 4). Aggregation level for Random Access Response.
dl_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.dl_search_space
Optional integer (default = -1). If >= 0, force the search space ID used when scheduling DL data. If set to -1, the first UE dedicated search space compatible with the
force_dci_1_0
parameter is used. If no suitable UE dedicated search space is found, then the first common search space is used.force_dci_1_0nr_cell_list.pdcch.force_dci_1_0
Optional boolean (default = false). Force the use of DCI 1_0 if both DCI 0_1 and 1_1 are possible. It is relevant only if
dl_search_space
is set to -1.ul_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.ul_search_space
Optional integer (default = -1). If >= 0, force the search space ID used when scheduling UL data. If set to -1, the first UE dedicated search space compatible with the
force_dci_0_0
parameter is used. If no suitable UE dedicated search space is found, then the first common search space is used.force_dci_0_0nr_cell_list.pdcch.force_dci_0_0
Optional boolean (default = false). Force the use of DCI 0_0 if both DCI 0_1 and 1_1 are possible. It is relevant only if
ul_search_space
is set to -1.al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.al_index
Integer (range 0 to 4). Aggregation level for PDCCH.
precoding_from_csinr_cell_list.pdcch.precoding_from_csi
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, precode the UE specific PDCCH using the CSI reports. Otherwise, use the SSB precoding.
other_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.other_search_space
Optional integer. Set the other SI search space ID. It is set by default to the first common search space of the BWP. It is relevant in the initial BWPs of a SA cell.
paging_search_spacenr_cell_list.pdcch.paging_search_space
Optional integer. Set the paging search space ID. It is set by default to the first common search space of the BWP. It is relevant in the initial BWPs of a SA cell. It is not possible to have several initial BWPs mixing
paging_search_space
set to zero and not set to zero.
The following parameters must be present in the DL BWP#0 for a SA cell:
coreset0_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.coreset0_index
Optional integer (range 0 to 15). CORESET0 index.
n_rb_coreset0nr_cell_list.pdcch.n_rb_coreset0
Optional integer (24, 48 or 96). Number of resource blocks for CORESET0. Only meaningful if
coreset0_index
is absent. The default value is set from the DL bandwidth.n_symb_coreset0nr_cell_list.pdcch.n_symb_coreset0
Optional integer (range 1 to 3). Number of symbols for CORESET0. Only meaningful if
coreset0_index
is absent. The default value is set from the DL bandwidth.offset_rbs_coreset0nr_cell_list.pdcch.offset_rbs_coreset0
Optional integer (range -42 to 97). Recource block offset for CORESET0. Used if present and if
coreset0_index
is absent.search_space0_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.search_space0_index
Integer (range 0 to 15). Search space index for SIBs.
si_al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.si_al_index
Integer (range 2 to 4). Aggregation level for SIBs.
paging_al_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch.paging_al_index
Optional integer (range 2 to 4, default = 2). Aggregation level for paging.
8.7.4.3 PDSCH
pdsch_harq_ack_maxnr_cell_list.pdsch_harq_ack_max
Optional integer. Set the maximum number of PDSCH scheduled having their HARQ ACK information in a given uplink slot.
pdschnr_cell_list.pdsch
Object. Contains the PDSCH parameters defined below.
mapping_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.mapping_type
Enumeration (typeA or typeB). Select the mapping type.
start_symbnr_cell_list.pdsch.start_symb
Optional Integer (range 0 to 3 for mapping type A, 0 to 13 for mapping type B). PDSCH start symbol. If not provided it is set the maximum CoReSet duration.
n_symbnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_symb
Optional Integer. Number of symbols for PDSCH. If not provided it is set to 14 - start_symb for mapping type A.
dmrs_mapping_type_anr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_a
dmrs_mapping_type_bnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b
Optional object. Set the DMRS mapping type A and/or type B configuration. If neither the
dmrs_mapping_type_a
nor thedmrs_mapping_type_b
objects are present, the DMRS configuration properties are directly in thepdsch
object and the DMRS mapping is determined bymapping_type
. The DMRS parameters are the following:dmrs_add_posnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_add_pos
Otional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2). dmrs-AdditionalPosition parameter.
dmrs_max_lennr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_max_len
Optional integer (range 1 to 2, default = 1). DMRS maxLength parameter.
dmrs_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_type
Optional integer (1 or 2, default = 1). dmrs-Type parameter.
dmrs_scid0nr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid0
Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 0. -1 means default value (PCI).
dmrs_scid1nr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid1
Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 1. -1 means default value (PCI).
ptrsnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs
Optional object. PDSCH PT-RS parameters. If the object is present, the PT-RS are enabled regardless of the UE capabilities. The following PT-RS parameters are available:
frequency_densitynr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.frequency_density
Optional array of integers (range: 1 to 276) of 2 elements.
time_densitynr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.time_density
Optional array of integers (range: 0 to 29) of 3 elements.
epre_rationr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.epre_ratio
Optional integer (range: 0 to 1, default = 0).
resource_element_offsetnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.resource_element_offset
Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0).
When
n_layer
is forced, the following additional DMRS parameters are available:dmrs_lennr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_len
Optional integer (range 1 to dmrs_max_len, default = 1). Set the DMRS length (only used in DCI 1_1).
n_dmrs_cdm_groupsnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.n_dmrs_cdm_groups
Optional integer (range 1 to 3, default = 1). Number of DMRS CDM groups (only used in DCI 1_1).
dmrs_portsnr_cell_list.pdsch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_ports
Optional array of integers. DMRS port for each layer. By default
dmrs_ports[i] = i
.
k0nr_cell_list.pdsch.k0
Optional integer (0 to 3, default = 0). Delay in slots from DCI to PDSCH. Support for k0 != 0 is experimental.
bwp_switch_k0nr_cell_list.pdsch.bwp_switch_k0
Optional integer (range -1 to 3*2^\mu, default = 0). Delay in slots from DCI 1_1 to PDSCH when doing a DCI downlink BWP switch. DCI downlink BWP switch is only possible if
bwp_switch_k0
is non zero. When set to -1, the eNB will adjust the value based on UE capability (bwp-SwitchingDelay type1 or type2).k1nr_cell_list.pdsch.k1
Optional integer or array of integers (range
k_min
to 15 or -1). Delay in slots from PDSCH to ACK/NACK. In FDD a single value is provided. In TDD, an array is provided with one entry per downlink slot in the TDD period. At least one slot must have a k1 value <= 8 to allow the use of DCI 1_0. The special value -1 indicates that no acknowledged PDSCH is scheduled in the slot (but PDSCH for SI, RAR or paging can still be scheduled).
If the field is absent, and ifk2
in the PUSCH configuration (See pusch) is also absent, the gNB automatically computes valid values.slot_enablenr_cell_list.pdsch.slot_enable
Optional array of integers (0 or 1). Enable (1) or disable (0) the scheduling on a given slot. Each element corresponds to a slot number modulo the array length. The array length must divide the number of slots in 20 ms.
n_harq_processnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_harq_process
Optional enumeration: 2, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 32 (default = 16). nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPDSCH parameter. The value 32 will be applied only on NTN cells and if the UE supports it, and will default to 16 otherwise.
harq_process_disablednr_cell_list.pdsch.harq_process_disabled
Optional boolean or string (default = false). Controls the NTN HARQ disabling feature.
If set to true, it disables HARQ feedback on all processes.
If set to a string, it should be a 32 bits bitmap of the HARQ processes to disable. Like the RRC IE DownlinkHARQ-FeedbackDisabled-r17, a bit set to ’1’ disables HARQ feedback and HARQ process 0 is represented by the MSB.
The boolean valuetrue
is equivalent to the bitstring with 32 1’s.mcs_tablenr_cell_list.pdsch.mcs_table
Optional enum (
qam64
,qam256
,qam64LowSE
,qam1024
, default =qam64
). Selected MCS table.
If set to1024qam
, and if a UE doesn’t support it, the configuration will fallback to 256QAM for this UE.n_layernr_cell_list.pdsch.n_layer
Optional integer (0 to
n_antenna_dl
, default = 0). The default value 0 indicates that the number of layers in DCI 1_1 is computed from the CSI reports. Otherwise, the number of layers is forced and the following additional parameter may be provided:precoding_matrixnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_layer.precoding_matrix
Optional complex matrix with
n_antenna_dl
rows andn_layer
columns. Force the PDSCH precoding matrix.
Additional DMRS parameters may be provided too.
fixed_rb_allocnr_cell_list.pdsch.fixed_rb_alloc
Optional boolean or array of booleans (default = false). Allows to force the PDSCH allocations. If an array is provided, its length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.
rb_startnr_cell_list.pdsch.rb_start
Optional integer or array of integers. PDSCH allocation starting position in number of RBs. Must be present if
fixed_rb_alloc
is true.l_crbnr_cell_list.pdsch.l_crb
Optional integer or array of integers. PDSCH allocation length in number of RBs. Must be present if
fixed_rb_alloc
is true. If set to 0, PDSCH scheduling is disabled on the slot.mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.mcs
Optional integer (range -1 to 28, default = -1). PDSCH MCS. -1 means autonomous DL MCS adaptation by the gNB scheduler.
data_scidnr_cell_list.pdsch.data_scid
Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). PDSCH data scrambling ID. -1 means default value (PCI).
n_scidnr_cell_list.pdsch.n_scid
Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default = 0). Forces the DMRS sequence scrambling ID (only used in DCI 1_1).
x_overheadnr_cell_list.pdsch.x_overhead
Optional enumeration (0, 6, 12, 18, default = 0). Corresponds to the
xOverhead
RRC parameter.max_mimo_layers_enablednr_cell_list.pdsch.max_mimo_layers_enabled
Optional boolean (default = true). If enabled, the RRC serving cell parameter
maxMIMO_Layers
is set.max_mimo_layers_r16nr_cell_list.pdsch.max_mimo_layers_r16
Optional integer (default = 0). If the UE declares supporting maxLayersMIMO-Indication and a value other than 0 is set, this value is sent in the maxMIMO-Layers-r16 field.
ra_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.ra_type
Optional enumeration (type0, type1, dynamic_switch, default = type1). Set the RB resource allocation type. Note:
fixed_rb_alloc
= true cannot be used with resource allocation type 0.rbg_sizenr_cell_list.pdsch.rbg_size
Optional enumeration (config1, config2, default = config1). Set the RBG size configuration for resource allocation type 0.
vrb_to_prb_interleavernr_cell_list.pdsch.vrb_to_prb_interleaver
Optional enumeration (0, 2, 4, default = 0). Set the VRB to PRB interleaver size or 0 to disable it.
rar_mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.rar_mcs
Integer (range 0 to 9). MCS used for RAR.
rar_tb_scalingnr_cell_list.pdsch.rar_tb_scaling
Optional integer (range 0 to 2, default = 0).
fernr_cell_list.pdsch.fer
Optional float (range 0 to 1). If present, simulates a PDSCH Frame Error Rate of
fer
. It is mainly useful in test mode (see thetest_mode
parameter).cqi_adapt_fernr_cell_list.pdsch.cqi_adapt_fer
Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.1). DL FER target for gNB DL MCS adaptation algorithm. Applied for all MCS tables but 64QAMLowSE.
cqi_adapt_fer_lowsenr_cell_list.pdsch.cqi_adapt_fer_lowse
Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.00001). DL FER target for gNB DL MCS adaptation algorithm. Applied for MCS table 64QAMLowSE. enabled when
mcs
is absent or set to -1.power_256qamnr_cell_list.pdsch.power_256qam
Optional float (default = 0). PDSCH power offset in dB when using 256QAM.
power_1024qamnr_cell_list.pdsch.power_1024qam
Optional float (default = 0). PDSCH power offset in dB when using 1024QAM.
initial_cqinr_cell_list.pdsch.initial_cqi
Optional integer (range 1 to 15, default = 5). This CQI value is assumed when none has been received from the UE.
tci_statesnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states
Optional array of objects. If not present, a single TCI state of ID 0 is defined with the first SSB index as reference signal and QCL type D. Otherwise, the following parameters must be present:
tci_state_idnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.tci_state_id
Integer (range 0 to 127).
qcl_type1nr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1
Object. The following parameters are available:
reference_signalnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.reference_signal
Enumeration: csi_rs, ssb.
csi_rs_indexnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.csi_rs_index
Integer. Must be present if
reference_signal
is csi_rs.ssb_indexnr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.ssb_index
Integer. Must be present if
reference_signal
is ssb. The special value -1 selects the SSB that the UE is listening to.qcl_typenr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type1.qcl_type
Enumeration: typeA, typeB, typeC, typeD.
qcl_type2nr_cell_list.pdsch.tci_states.qcl_type2
Optional object. Same parameters as
qcl_type1
.
rate_match_patternnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern
Optional array of objects. BWP level PDSCH rate match patterns (see
cell_rate_match_pattern
for cell level rate match patterns). Each object has the following properties:rate_match_pattern_idnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.rate_match_pattern_id
Optional integer (range: 0 to 3). Rate match pattern ID. They are assigned by default by using consecutive integers starting from 0.
coreset_idnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.coreset_id
Optional integer. If set, the rate match pattern consists in the corresponding Control Resource Set and the associated search spaces. In this case, the following properties are disabled. This property is only valid for BWP level rate match patterns.
resource_blocksnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks
Array of objects. Each object defines a range of resource blocks with the following properties:
startnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks.start
Integer. Index of the first resource block.
lennr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks.len
Optional integer. Number of resource blocks. Either
len
orend
must be present.endnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.resource_blocks.end
Optional integer. Ending resource block hence the number of resource blocks is
end
-start
.
The ranges must be non overlapping and sorted by increasing resource block indexes.
symbols_in_resource_blocknr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.symbols_in_resource_block
Array of array of integers (range: 0 to 13). Each array provides the rate matched symbols in the even (resp. odd) slots. The symbols for one or two slots are provided.
periodnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.period
Integer (range: 1 to 40). period in slots (or double slots if symbols_in_resource_block contains the symbols for two slots).
patternnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.pattern
Array of integer (range: 0 to
period
- 1). Corresponding slot offsets (in slot or double slot unit) in the period.subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern.subcarrier_spacing
Optional integer (default = cell subcarrier spacing). Only applies to cell level rate match patterns. The rate match pattern only applies to the BWP using this subcarrier spacing.
rate_match_pattern_group1nr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern_group1
rate_match_pattern_group2nr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern_group2
Optional array of objects. Definition of the rate match pattern groups. Each object contains either the integer property
cell_level
orbwp_level
giving the corresponding rate match pattern ID.rate_match_pattern_dcinr_cell_list.pdsch.rate_match_pattern_dci
Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0). When rate match pattern groups are defined, this property forces the
rate_match
DCI 1_1 field to select the rate match pattern groups.aggregation_factornr_cell_list.pdsch.aggregation_factor
Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default = 1). If greater than 1 and if the UE supports it, pdsch-AggregationFactor will be configured for PDSCH in this BWP.
Ifrepetition_scheme
is also configured and if the UE supports both features, the parameter is ignored.repetition_schemenr_cell_list.pdsch.repetition_scheme
Optional object to define the Rel-16 repetitionSchemeConfig-r16 IE. Contains the following parameters:
slot_based_repetitionnr_cell_list.pdsch.repetition_scheme.slot_based_repetition
Optional enumeration (2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 16). Configures a slot based repetition scheme for PDSCH if the UE supports it and sets the value for the repetitionNumber field in the TimeDomain resource allocation.
The following parameters must be present for a SA cell:
si_mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.si_mcs
Integer (range 0 to 9). MCS used for SIBs.
paging_mcsnr_cell_list.pdsch.paging_mcs
Optional integer (range 0 to 9, default = 3). MCS used for paging.
paging_tb_scalingnr_cell_list.pdsch.paging_tb_scaling
Optional integer (range 0 to 2, default = 0). Transport block scaling for paging.
8.7.4.4 CSI-RS - PRS
csi_rsnr_cell_list.csi_rs
Optional Object. Allows to define CSI-RS resources and CSI reporting. CSI-RS resources can be configured:
- either automatically with the
resource_auto
parameter, - either explicitly with the
nzp_csi_rs_resource
,nzp_csi_rs_resource_set
,csi_im_resource
,csi_im_resource_set
,zp_csi_rs_resource
,p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set
andcsi_resource_config
parameters. In that case, the parameters are directly mapped to the corresponding RRC parameters, unless otherwise specified.
resource_autonr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto
Optional object. Contains the following parameters:
nzp_csi_rs_periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.nzp_csi_rs_period
Integer. Period for NZP CSI-RS resources, in slots.
n_portsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.n_ports
Optional integer (defaults to the value of
n_antenna_dl
). Number of ports for NZP CSI-RS.trs_presencenr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.trs_presence
Optional boolean (default = true). Add NZP CSI-RS resources for TRS.
trs_periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.trs_period
Optional integer (defaults to the value of
nzp_csi_rs_period
). Period of TRS resources when present, in slots.exclude_slot_sib1nr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.exclude_slot_sib1
Optional boolean (defaults to false when
n_ports <= 2
, true otherwise). Excludes CSI-RS presence in slots used for SIB1 scheduling.exclude_slot_ssbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.exclude_slot_ssb
Optional boolean (defaults to true). Excludes CSI-RS presence in slots where SSB is present.
power_control_offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.power_control_offset
Optional integer (range -8 to 15, default = 0). Power control offset value for NZP CSI-RS.
dl_bwp_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.resource_auto.dl_bwp_list
Optional array of integer. List of IDs of the DL BWPs on which CSI RS resources are configured. When absent, CSI RS resources are configured on all DL BWPs.
nzp_csi_rs_resourcenr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource
Optional array of objects. Mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present. NZP CSI-RS resource definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:csi_rs_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.csi_rs_id
Integer.
n_portsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.n_ports
Integer.
frequency_domain_allocationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.frequency_domain_allocation
Enumeration: row1, row2, row4, other.
bitmapnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.bitmap
Bit string.
cdm_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.cdm_type
Enumeration: no_cdm, fd_cdm2, cdm4_fd2_td2, cdm8_fd2_td4.
densitynr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.density
Enumeration: 0.5, 1, 3.
odd_prbsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.odd_prbs
Optional integer.
first_symbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb
Integer.
first_symb2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb2
Optional Integer.
rb_startnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.rb_start
Integer.
l_crbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.l_crb
Integer. -1 means the whole bandwidth.
power_control_offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.power_control_offset
Integer.
power_control_offset_ssnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.power_control_offset_ss
Optional integer.
scrambling_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.scrambling_id
Optional integer (-1 to 1023, default = -1). -1 indicates to use n_id_cell.
periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.period
Integer.
offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.offset
Integer.
qcl_info_periodic_csi_rsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.qcl_info_periodic_csi_rs
Integer.
precoding_matrixnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource.precoding_matrix
Optional complex matrix with
n_antenna_dl
rows andn_ports
columns. Set the NZP CSI-RS precoding matrix. Otherwise, the antenna i is associated with the NZP CSI-RS port i\pmod{n_{ports}}.
nzp_csi_rs_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set
Optional array of objects. Mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present. NZP CSI-RS resource set definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:csi_rs_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.csi_rs_set_id
Integer.
nzp_csi_rs_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.nzp_csi_rs_resources
Array of integers.
repetitionnr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.repetition
Boolean.
trs_infonr_cell_list.csi_rs.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set.trs_info
Boolean.
csi_im_resourcenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource
Optional array of objects. Mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present. CSI-IM resource definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:csi_im_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.csi_im_id
Integer.
patternnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.pattern
Integer.
subcarrier_locationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.subcarrier_location
Integer.
symbol_locationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.symbol_location
Integer.
rb_startnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.rb_start
Integer.
l_crbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.l_crb
Integer. -1 means the whole bandwidth.
periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.period
Integer.
offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource.offset
Integer.
csi_im_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource_set
Optional array of objects. Mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present. CSI-IM resource set definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:csi_im_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource_set.csi_im_set_id
Integer
csi_im_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_im_resource_set.csi_im_resources
Array of integer.
csi_ssb_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_ssb_resource_set
Optional array of objects. CSI-SSB resource set definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:
csi_ssb_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_ssb_resource_set.csi_ssb_set_id
Integer
csi_ssb_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_ssb_resource_set.csi_ssb_resources
Array of integer. Each element is a SSB index.
zp_csi_rs_resourcenr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource
Optional array of objects. Mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present. ZP CSI-RS resource definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:csi_rs_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.csi_rs_id
Integer.
frequency_domain_allocationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.frequency_domain_allocation
Enumeration: row1, row2, row4, other.
bitmapnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.bitmap
Bit string.
n_portsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.n_ports
Integer.
cdm_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.cdm_type
Enumeration: no_cdm, fd_cdm2, cdm4_fd2_td2, cdm8_fd2_td4.
densitynr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.density
Enumeration: 0.5, 1, 3.
odd_prbsnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.odd_prbs
Optional integer.
first_symbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb
Integer.
first_symb2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.first_symb2
Optional Integer.
rb_startnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.rb_start
Integer.
l_crbnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.l_crb
Integer. -1 means the whole bandwidth.
periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.period
Integer. For aperiodic ZP CSI-RS resources, the period must also be provided and is used by the gNB to generate the corresponding DCI 1_1 ZP CSI-RS trigger bits.
offsetnr_cell_list.csi_rs.zp_csi_rs_resource.offset
Integer.
p_zp_csi_rs_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set
Optional array of objects. ZP CSI-RS resource set definitions. At most one element must be present. Each object contains the following parameters:
csi_rs_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.csi_rs_set_id
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 15 (default = 0).
zp_csi_rs_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.p_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.zp_csi_rs_resources
Array of integers.
aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_setnr_cell_list.csi_rs.aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set
Optional array of objects. Aperiodic ZP CSI-RS resource sets. At most 3 objects must be present. Each object contains the following parameters:
csi_rs_set_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.csi_rs_set_id
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 15. It is set by default to (i + 1) where i is the object index in the
aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set
array.zp_csi_rs_resourcesnr_cell_list.csi_rs.aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set.zp_csi_rs_resources
Array of integers.
csi_resource_confignr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config
Optional array of objects. Mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present. CSI resource configuration definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:csi_rsc_config_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.csi_rsc_config_id
Integer.
nzp_csi_rs_resource_set_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.nzp_csi_rs_resource_set_list
Optional array of integer.
csi_ssb_resource_set_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.csi_ssb_resource_set_list
Optional array of integer.
csi_im_resource_set_listnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.csi_im_resource_set_list
Optional array of integer.
resource_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.resource_type
Enumeration: aperiodic, semi_persistent, periodic. Only periodic is currently supported.
bwp_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_resource_config.bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). Cell downlink BWP ID for the CSI resources. Mandatory if several downlink BWPs are defined.
csi_report_confignr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config
Array of objects. CSI report definitions. Each object contains the following parameters:
resources_for_channel_measurementnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.resources_for_channel_measurement
Optional integer, mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present.csi_im_resources_for_interferencenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.csi_im_resources_for_interference
Optional integer, mandatory if
resource_auto
is not present.nzp_csi_rs_resources_for_interferencenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.nzp_csi_rs_resources_for_interference
Optional integer.
dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.dl_bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). Specifies the cell DL BWP for the resources to use, when
resource_auto
is configured.report_config_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.report_config_type
Enumeration: periodic, aperiodic.
periodnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.period
Integer. Period in UL slots of periodic reports. For aperiodic reports, gives approximately the period (in UL slots) at which the gNB will schedule CSI requests, as long as DL traffic is ongoing.
ul_bwp_idnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.ul_bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). ID of the cell uplink BWP containing the periodic CSI reports. When carrier aggregation is configured, it refers to the uplink BWP of the primary cell.
report_quantitynr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.report_quantity
Optional enumeration (default = CRI_RI_PMI_CQI): none, CRI_RI_PMI_CQI, CRI_RI_i1, CRI_RI_i1_CQI, CRI_RI_CQI, CRI_RSRP, ssb_Index_RSRP, CRI_RI_LI_PMI_CQI. none is not supported.
codebook_confignr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config
Optional object. A default configuration matching the number of ports of the CSI RS will be provided if absent. The object contains the following properties:
codebook_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.codebook_type
Optional enumeration (default = type1): type1.
sub_typenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.sub_type
Optional enumeration (default = typeI_SinglePanel): typeI_SinglePanel.
n1nr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.n1
Optional integer, mandatory for more than 2 CSI RS ports.
n2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.n2
Optional integer, mandatory for more than 2 CSI RS ports.
codebook_modenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.codebook_mode
Optional integer (range 1 or 2, default = 1).
ri_restrictionnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.ri_restriction
Optional bit string.
subset_restriction.
Optional bit string.
subset_restriction_i2nr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.codebook_config.subset_restriction_i2
Optional bit string.
non_pmi_port_indicationnr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.non_pmi_port_indication
Optional array of array of array of integers. May be present only if
report_quantity
is set toCRI_RI_CQI
. Indicate the port indexes for each possible rank. The first dimension corresponds to the NZP-CSI-RS resource. The second to the rank. The third to the layer for a given rank. The third array can be null if no ports are defined for a given rank.cqi_tablenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.cqi_table
Optional integer (range 1 to 4, default is based on the
pdsch.mcs_table
of the BWP where the resources belong to).subband_sizenr_cell_list.csi_rs.csi_report_config.subband_size
Optional enumeration (default = value1): value1, value2.
Only wideband CQI and PMI reports are currently supported.
- either automatically with the
prsnr_cell_list.prs
Optional object. Contains the Positioning Reference Signals (PRS) configuration. PRS parameters are defined in 3GPP TS 38.211 section 7.4.1.7, 3GPP TS 38.214 section 5.1.6.5 and 3GPP TS 37.355 section 6.4.3.
prs_resource_setnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set
Array of objects. Each object corresponds to one PRS resource set:
periodnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.period
Enumeration. Periodicity in slots. The allowed periods correspond to 2^\mu multiplied by [4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 32, 40, 64, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560, 5120, 10240].
offsetnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.offset
Integer (0 to
period
- 1). Offset in slots inside the PRS period.time_tapnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.time_tap
Integer: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32.
dl-PRS-ResourceTimeGap
parameter.repetition_factornr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.repetition_factor
Integer: 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 16, 32.
dl-PRS-ResourceRepetitionFactor
parameter.prs_muting_option1nr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_muting_option1
Optional bit string.
dl-PRS-MutingOption1
parameter.muting_bit_repetition_factornr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.muting_bit_repetition_factor
Optional integer. Must be present when
prs_muting_option1
is present.dl-prs-MutingBitRepetitionFactor
parameter.prs_muting_option2nr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_muting_option2
Optional bit string.
dl-PRS-MutingOption2
parameter.rb_startnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.rb_start
Optional Integer (default = 0). First PRB index of the PRS. The origin is the same as the carrier data. The SCS is the same as the carrier data SCS.
l_crbnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.l_crb
Optional Integer (default = -1). Number of PRBs of the PRS. -1 indicates to use the largest possible value.
comb_sizenr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.comb_size
Integer: 2, 4, 6, 12. PRS comb size. part of the
dl-PRS-CombSizeN-AndReOffset
parameter.n_symbnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.n_symb
Integer: 2, 4, 6, 12.
dl-PRS-NumSymbols
parameter.power_prsnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.power_prs
Optional float (default = 0). Power of the PRS relative to the SSB in dB.
precoding_matrixnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.precoding_matrix
Optional complex matrix. Precoding matrix of
n_antenna_dl
rows and 1 column.prs_resourcenr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource
Array of objects. Each object corresponds to one PRS resource:
sequence_idnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.sequence_id
Optional integer (0 to 4095, default = physical cell ID).
dl-PRS-SequenceID
parameter.re_offsetnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.re_offset
Integer (0 to
comb_size
- 1). part of thedl-PRS-CombSizeN-AndReOffset
parameter.slot_offsetnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.slot_offset
Integer (0 to
period
- 1).dl-PRS-ResourceSlotOffset
parameter.start_symbnr_cell_list.prs.prs_resource_set.prs_resource.start_symb
Integer (0 to 12).
dl-PRS-ResourceSymbolOffset
parameter.
8.7.4.5 Other downlink parameters
dmrs_type_a_posnr_cell_list.dmrs_type_a_pos
Enumeration: 2 or 3. dmrs-TypeA-Position parameter.
channel_dlnr_cell_list.channel_dl
Optional object. Set the cell specific channel simulator configuration. See Cell specific channel simulator.
lte_crsnr_cell_list.lte_crs
Optional object or string. If present, the RRC element lte-CRS-ToMatchAround is added and the PDSCH data is rate matched against the LTE CRS. The string value
auto
automatically sets the configuration from the LTE cell having the same center frequency as the NR cell. Otherwise, the following properties are available:carrier_freq_dlnr_cell_list.lte_crs.carrier_freq_dl
Integer.
carrierFreqDL
RRC field.carrier_bandwidth_dlnr_cell_list.lte_crs.carrier_bandwidth_dl
Enumeration: 6, 15, 25, 50, 75, 100.
carrierBandwidthDL
RRC field.nr_of_crs_portsnr_cell_list.lte_crs.nr_of_crs_ports
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4.
nrofCRS-Ports
RRC field.v_shiftnr_cell_list.lte_crs.v_shift
Integer. Range: 0 to 5.
v-Shift
RRC field.mbsfn_subframe_config_listnr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list
Optional array of object.
mbsfn-SubframeConfigList RRC
field. Each object has the following properties:radio_frame_allocation_periodnr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.radio_frame_allocation_period
Integer.
radioframeAllocationPeriod
RRC field.radio_frame_allocation_offsetnr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.radio_frame_allocation_offset
Integer.
radioframeAllocationOffset
RRC field.subframe_allocation1nr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.subframe_allocation1
Bit string of length 6 or 24.
subframeAllocation1
RRC field.subframe_allocation2nr_cell_list.lte_crs.mbsfn_subframe_config_list.subframe_allocation2
Optional bit string of length 2 or 8.
subframeAllocation2 RRC
field.
cell_rate_match_patternnr_cell_list.cell_rate_match_pattern
Optional array of objects. Cell level PDSCH rate match patterns. See the
rate_match_pattern
description.reserved_dl_prbsnr_cell_list.reserved_dl_prbs
Optional array of integers. List of PRB indexes in which no PDSCH and PDCCH will be allocated.
blanked_scsnr_cell_list.blanked_scs
Optional array of integers. List of blanked DL subcarrier ranges. Each range is defined by a pair of integers. The first integer gives the subcarrier index (starting from 0). The second integer gives the number of subcarriers. The SSB subcarriers are not blanked if the SSB subcarrier spacing is not the same as the data subcarrier spacing.
8.7.5 PHY/L1 - Uplink parameters
8.7.5.1 PRACH
prachnr_cell_list.prach
Object. Contains the PRACH parameters defined below.
prach_config_indexnr_cell_list.prach.prach_config_index
Integer (range 0 to 262). prach-ConfigurationIndex parameter.
msg1_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.prach.msg1_subcarrier_spacing
Optional integer. msg1-SubcarrierSpacing parameter. Must be present for PRACH format above 3.
l_ranr_cell_list.prach.l_ra
Optional enumeration: 139, 571, 1151 (default = 139). For PRACH format above 3, select the length of the root sequence. Only
139
is available for release 15 UEs.msg1_fdmnr_cell_list.prach.msg1_fdm
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. msg1-FDM parameter.
msg1_frequency_startnr_cell_list.prach.msg1_frequency_start
Integer. msg1-FrequencyStart parameter. The special value -1 indicates to automatically select the PRACH frequency.
zero_correlation_zone_confignr_cell_list.prach.zero_correlation_zone_config
Integer (range 0 to 15). zeroCorrelationZoneConfig parameter.
preamble_received_target_powernr_cell_list.prach.preamble_received_target_power
Integer (range -202 to -60). preambleReceivedTargetPower parameter, in dBm.
preamble_trans_maxnr_cell_list.prach.preamble_trans_max
Enumeration: 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200. preambleTransMax parameter.
power_ramping_stepnr_cell_list.prach.power_ramping_step
Enumeration: 0, 2, 4, 6. powerRampingStep parameter.
ra_response_windownr_cell_list.prach.ra_response_window
Enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 40, 80. ra-ResponseWindow parameter.
restricted_set_confignr_cell_list.prach.restricted_set_config
Enumeration: unrestricted_set, restricted_set_type_a, restricted_set_type_b. restrictedSetConfig parameter.
ra_contention_resolution_timernr_cell_list.prach.ra_contention_resolution_timer
Enumeration: 8, 16, 24, 32, 40, 48, 56, 64. ra-ContentionResolutionTimer parameter.
ssb_per_prach_occasionnr_cell_list.prach.ssb_per_prach_occasion
Enumeration: 1/8 1/4 1/2 1 2 4 8 16. ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB parameter.
cb_preambles_per_ssbnr_cell_list.prach.cb_preambles_per_ssb
Integer (1 to 64). ssb-perRACH-OccasionAndCB-PreamblesPerSSB parameter.
total_number_of_ra_preamblesnr_cell_list.prach.total_number_of_ra_preambles
Optional integer (1 to 64, default = 64). totalNumberOfRA-Preambles parameter.
prach_detect_thresholdnr_cell_list.prach.prach_detect_threshold
Optional float. Set the PRACH SNR detection threshold in dB. The default value depends on the cell and PRACH parameters.
sul_prachnr_cell_list.sul_prach
Optional array of objects. Each object of the array defines a PRACH resource to be used for supplementary uplink PRACH by other cells.
The array is only relevant whenserve_as_sul
is set to true. See serve_as_sul.
Each object of the array contains the following parameters:msg1_frequency_startnr_cell_list.sul_prach.msg1_frequency_start
Optional integer. msg1-FrequencyStart parameter
msg1_fdmnr_cell_list.sul_prach.msg1_fdm
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, 8. msg1-FDM parameter.
root_sequence_indexnr_cell_list.sul_prach.root_sequence_index
Optional integer (range 0 to 837 for PRACH format up to 3, 0 to 137 otherwise). prach-RootSequenceIndex parameter.
zero_correlation_zone_confignr_cell_list.sul_prach.zero_correlation_zone_config
Optional integer (range 0 to 15). zeroCorrelationZoneConfig parameter.
restricted_set_confignr_cell_list.sul_prach.restricted_set_config
Optional enumeration: unrestricted_set, restricted_set_type_a, restricted_set_type_b. restrictedSetConfig parameter.
When they are not present, the parameters defaults to the value defined in the cell’s
prach
configuration. However, each SUL PRACH resource should not overlap with the cell PRACH resource, either through frequency separation or sequence separation or both.two_steps_prachnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach
Optional object for the support of two steps (or type2) RACH procedure.
The current version only supports shared RACH occasions with the 4-steps RACH. It contains the following parameters:shared_ronr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.shared_ro
Object for the configuration for shared RACH occasions. It contains the following parameters:
cb_preambles_per_ssb_per_sronr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.shared_ro.cb_preambles_per_ssb_per_sro
Integer (range 1 to 60). msgA-CB-PreamblesPerSSB-PerSharedRO-r16 parameter. Actual range will depend on
cb_preambles_per_ssb
,ssb_per_prach_occasion
andtotal_number_of_ra_preambles
parameters of the 4-steps RACHssb_mask_indexnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.shared_ro.ssb_mask_index
Optional integer (range 0 to 15). msgA-SSB-SharedRO-MaskIndex-r16 parameter. The value is ignored if
ssb_per_rach_occasion
is greater or equal than "1".
msga_rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_rsrp_threshold
Integer (range -156 to -30). Value in dB for parameter msgA-RSRP-Threshold-r16.
msga_puschnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch
Object containing configuration of the PUSCH of the MSGA.
Time multiplexing of MsgA PO is not supported, i.e. nrofMsgA-PO-PerSlot-r16 and nrofSlotsMsgA-PUSCH-r16 are set to ’1’.
It contains the following parameters:time_domain_offsetnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.time_domain_offset
Integer (range 4 to 32). msgA-PUSCH-TimeDomainOffset-r16 parameter. Values shorter than 4 are not supported.
mcsnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.mcs
Integer (range 0 to 15). msgA-MCS-r16 parameter.
l_crbnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.l_crb
Integer (range 1 to 32). nrofPRBs-PerMsgA-PO-r16 parameter.
guard_bandnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.guard_band
Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default 0). guardBandMsgA-PUSCH-r16 parameter.
po_fdmnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.po_fdm
Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default = 1). nrofMsgA-PO-FDM-r16 parameter.
rb_startnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.rb_start
Optional integer (range -1 to UL BWP bandwidth, default = -1). frequencyStartMsgA-PUSCH-r16 parameter. If omitted or set to -1, it is automatically allocated by the eNB.
mapping_typenr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.mapping_type
Optional enumeration (typeA, typeB, default =
mapping_type
of thepusch
configuration). mappingTypeMsgA-PUSCH-r16 parameter.n_symbnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.n_symb
Optional integer (range 1 to 14). Number of symbols for a MsgA PO.
start_symbnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.start_symb
Optional integer (range 0 to 14-n_symb). Mandatory if
mapping_type
is set totypeB
, ignored otherwise. Starting symbol of the MsgA PO in a slot.data_scrambling_indexnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.data_scrambling_index
Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). msgA-DataScramblingIndex-r16 parameter. Value -1 conveys the absence of the parameter.
tf_precodingnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.tf_precoding
Optional boolean (default =
msg3_tf_precoding
of thepusch
configuration). msgA-TransformPrecoder-r16 parameter.dmrs_scrambling_id_0nr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_scrambling_id_0
Optional integer (range -1 to 65535, default = -1). msgA-ScramblingID0-r16 parameter if not set to -1.
Only a single DMRS sequence is supported.dmrs_add_posnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_add_pos
Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2). msgA-DMRS-AdditionalPosition-r16 parameter.
dmrs_max_lennr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_max_len
Optional integer (range 1 to 2, default = 1). msgA-MaxLength-r16 parameter.
dmrs_cdm_groupnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_cdm_group
Optional enumeration (0, 1, "both", default = "both"). msgA-PUSCH-DMRS-CDM-Group-r16 parameter.
dmrs_n_portsnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch.dmrs_n_ports
Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, default = 2 or 4). msgA-PUSCH-NrofPorts parameter. Value 4 is possible only if
dmrs_max_len
is set to 2.
msgb_response_windownr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msgb_response_window
Enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320). msgB-ResponseWindow-r16 parameter in slots. Cannot represent a duration bigger than 40 ms.
msgb_mcsnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msgb_mcs
Optional integer (range 0 to 16, default =
rar_mcs
). MCS used for MSGB transmission.msgb_tb_scalingnr_cell_list.two_steps_prach.msgb_tb_scaling
Optional integer (range 0 to 2, default =
rar_tb_scaling
). TB scaling to apply to MSGB to reduce coderate.
prach_feature_preambles_listnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list
Optional array to configure one or several partitions of the PRACH preambles corresponding to a combination of features. AdditionalRACH-Config is not supported.
Each element of the array contains the following parameters :feature_combinationnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.feature_combination
List of enumeration (
redcap
,msg3_rep
orsdt
). The combination of features associated to this PRACH preambles partition.preamble_startnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.preamble_start
Optional integer (range 0 to 64, defaults to cb_preambles_per_ssb + two_steps_rach.cb_preambles_per_ssb_per_sro). Starting preamble of the partition. Overriding the default value can be useful when the whole PRACH resource can be reserved to a certain feature, typically RedCap in a RedCap-only BWP.
preambles_per_ssbnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.preambles_per_ssb
Integer (actual range depends on preamble_start and total_number_of_ra_preambles). Number of preambles per SSB in this partition.
rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.rsrp_threshold
Optional integer (range -156 to -30). rsrp-ThresholdSSB to restrict beam selection when using this partition.
two_steps_prachnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.two_steps_prach
Optional object. If present, this PRACH partition will be configured with 2 steps RACH and will inherit the configuration of the global
two_steps_prach
object. See two_steps_prach.
The object contains the following parameters :msga_puschnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.two_steps_prach.msga_pusch
Optional object with the same parameters than
msga_pusch
of the globaltwo_steps_prach
configuration. All parameters are optional and default to the value given by the global configuration.
To avoid MSGA collision, it is preferable to separate (in time, frequency or code) this MSGA configuration from the global MSGA configuration.
sul_prach_index_listnr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.sul_prach_index_list
Optional array of integers. If the cell defines SUL PRACH resources with
sul_prach
, this PRACH preamble partition will also apply to the SUL PRACH resources of the given indices. See sul_prach.
The source cells refering to those SUL PRACH resource indices need to have a configuration suitable for thefeature_combination
.sul_prach_onlynr_cell_list.prach_feature_preambles_list.sul_prach_only
Optional boolean (default = false). When set to true, this PRACH preamble partition doesn’t apply to the cell’s own PRACH, but only to the SUL PRACH resources.
feature_prioritiesnr_cell_list.feature_priorities
Optional object to configure the feature priorities. The object is mandatory when at least one of the BWP contains a
prach_feature_preambles_list
. It contains the following parameters:redcapnr_cell_list.feature_priorities.redcap
Optional integer (range 0 to 7). Priority for the RedCap feature.
msg3_repnr_cell_list.feature_priorities.msg3_rep
Optional integer (range 0 to 7). Priority for the MSG3 repetition feature.
sdtnr_cell_list.feature_priorities.sdt
Optional integer (range 0 to 7). Priority for the SDT feature.
pdcch_order_prachnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach
Optional object to support PDCCH order PRACH.
PDCCH order is triggered when a UE reachesul_max_consecutive_retx
ordl_max_consecutive_retx
, or via a call thepdcch_order_prach
API or monitor command.
It contains the following parameters:preamble_typenr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.preamble_type
Enumeration (
cb_random, cb_given, cf_given
). Defines the type of RACH triggered by the eNB: random contention-based preamble chosen by UE (ra-PreambleIndex = 0), dedicated contention-based preamble or dedicated contention-free preamble. If set tocb_random
, all the other parameters are irrelevant.sul_indnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.sul_ind
Optional enumeration (
last, normal_ul, sul
, default =normal_ul
). Defines on which UL carrier is performed the access.last
corresponds to the UL carrier used by the UE for the last random access.ssb_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.ssb_index
Optional integer (range -1 to length of
ssb_pos_bitmap
minus 1, default = -1). The index should correspond to a ’one’ bit inssb_pos_bitmap
. SSB index used by the UE to determine RACH occasion. The special value -1 selects the SSB that the UE is listening to.prach_mask_indexnr_cell_list.pdcch_order_prach.prach_mask_index
Optional integer (range 0 to 15, default = 0). PRACH mask index to further restrict PRACH occasions.
root_sequence_indexnr_cell_list.root_sequence_index
Integer (range 0 to 837 for PRACH format up to 3, 0 to 137 otherwise). prach-RootSequenceIndex parameter. It must be different for each neighbour cell operating on the same frequency and sharing the same PRACH configuration.
rar_backoff_indexnr_cell_list.rar_backoff_index
Optional integer (range -1 to 15, default = -1). Sets the backoff indicator sent in the RAR message. -1 means that the BI is not transmitted.
8.7.5.2 PUCCH
pucchnr_cell_list.pucch
Object. Contains the PUCCH parameters defined below. Either the
pucch0
orpucch1
object must be defined. Either thepucch2
,pucch3
orpucch4
object must be defined.pucch_resource_commonnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch_resource_common
Optional integer (range -1 to 15, default = -1). pucch_ResourceCommon parameter, -1 if not present. This parameter is normally not needed for NSA. For SA, -1 means that it is automatically set.
pucch_group_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch_group_hopping
Optional enumeration: neither, enable, disable (default = neither). pucch-GroupHopping parameter.
hopping_idnr_cell_list.pucch.hopping_id
Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). hoppingId parameter. -1 means disabled.
p0_nominalnr_cell_list.pucch.p0_nominal
Integer (range -202 to 24). p0-nominal parameter.
dpc_snr_targetnr_cell_list.pucch.dpc_snr_target
Optional float (range -10 to 40). When set, closed-loop power control is enabled for PUCCH and gNB will send TPC commands in DCI 1_0/1_1 to make the PUCCH SNR converge to the specified value.
dpc_p_maxnr_cell_list.pucch.dpc_p_max
Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUCCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers. Only used when
dpc_snr_target
is present.dpc_epre_maxnr_cell_list.pucch.dpc_epre_max
Optional float. Set the PUCCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present,
dpc_p_max
is used instead. Seerx_epre_in_dbfs
if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs. Only used whendpc_snr_target
is present.n_rb_maxnr_cell_list.pucch.n_rb_max
Optional integer (range 2 to
n_rb_ul
). Set the maximum number of resource blocks which can be allocated for PUCCH.short_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.short_pucch_an_rsc_count
Optional integer (range 1 to 1024, default = 8). Number of short PUCCH (format 0 or 1) allocated for HARQ/ACK in the cell.
long_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.long_pucch_an_rsc_count
Optional integer (range 0 to 1024, default = 4). Number of long PUCCH (format 2, 3 or 4) allocated for HARQ/ACK in the cell.
ue_short_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.ue_short_pucch_an_rsc_count
Optional integer (range 1 to 8, default = min(8,
short_pucch_an_rsc_count
)). Number of short PUCCH for HARQ/ACK per UE.ue_long_pucch_an_rsc_countnr_cell_list.pucch.ue_long_pucch_an_rsc_count
Optional integer (range 0 to 8, default = min(8,
long_pucch_an_rsc_count
)). Number of long PUCCH for HARQ/ACK per UE.pucch02_min_start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch02_min_start_symb
Optional integer (range 0 to 13, default = 0). Force the PUCCH format 0 and 2 to be allocated in symbols starting from
pucch02_min_start_symb
.multi_csinr_cell_list.pucch.multi_csi
Optional boolean (default = false). When set to true, the eNB uses the same PUCCH resource for all the CSI reports and configures multi-CSI-PUCCH-ResourceList.
pucch0nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0
Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 0 and enable its use for short ACK/NACK/SR report.
initial_cyclic_shiftnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.initial_cyclic_shift
Integer (range 0 to 11). Initial cyclic shift.
n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.n_symb
Integer (range 1 to 2). Number of symbols.
freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.freq_hopping
Optional boolean (default = true when n_symb = 2). Enable intra slot frequency hopping (only possible with n_symb = 2).
sr_detect_thresholdnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch0.sr_detect_threshold
Optional float. Scheduling Request detection threshold in dB.
pucch1nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1
Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 1 and enable its use for short ACK/NACK/SR report.
n_csnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.n_cs
Integer (range 2 to 4). Cyclic shift.
n_occnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.n_occ
Integer (range 2 to 4). Number of time orthogonal codes.
freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.freq_hopping
Optional boolean (default = true). Enable intra slot frequency hopping.
start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.start_symb
Optional integer (range 0 to 10, default = 0). Starting symbol.
n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.n_symb
Optional integer (range 4 to 14, default = 14). Number of symbols.
sr_detect_thresholdnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch1.sr_detect_threshold
Optional float. Scheduling Request detection threshold in dB.
pucch2nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2
Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 2 and enable its use for long ACK/NACK report.
n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.n_symb
Integer (range 1 to 2). Number of symbols.
freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.freq_hopping
Optional boolean (default = true when n_symb = 2). Enable intra slot frequency hopping (only possible with n_symb = 2).
max_code_ratenr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.max_code_rate
Optional enumeration: 0.08, 0.15, 0.25, 0.35, 0.45, 0.6, 0.8. (default = 0.25). Set the maxCodeRate PUCCH RRC parameter.
simultaneous_harq_ack_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.simultaneous_harq_ack_csi
Optional boolean (default = false).
n_prbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.n_prb
Integer (range 1 to 16). Maximum number of PRBs for HARQ-ACK PUCCH. It must be of the form 2^a 3^b 5^c.
n_prb_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch2.n_prb_csi
Optional integer (range 0 to 16, default = 0). Number of PRBs for CSI reports. The default value 0 indicates that it is automatically computed from the number of estimated CSI bits and
max_code_rate
.
pucch3nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3
Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 3 and enable its use for long ACK/NACK report.
bpsknr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.bpsk
Boolean. Use BPSK instead of QPSK.
additional_dmrsnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.additional_dmrs
Boolean. Use additional DMRS symbols.
freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.freq_hopping
Boolean. Enable intra slot frequency hopping.
start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.start_symb
Optional integer (range 0 to 10, default = 0). Starting symbol.
n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.n_symb
Optional integer (range 4 to 14, default = 14). Number of symbols.
max_code_ratenr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.max_code_rate
Optional enumeration: 0.08, 0.15, 0.25, 0.35, 0.45, 0.6, 0.8. (default = 0.25). Set the maxCodeRate PUCCH RRC parameter.
simultaneous_harq_ack_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.simultaneous_harq_ack_csi
Optional boolean (default = true).
n_prbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.n_prb
Integer (range 1 to 16). Maximum number of PRBs for HARQ-ACK PUCCH. It must be of the form 2^a 3^b 5^c.
n_prb_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch3.n_prb_csi
Optional integer (range 0 to 16, default = 0). Number of PRBs for CSI reports. The default value 0 indicates that it is automatically computed from the number of estimated CSI bits and
max_code_rate
.
pucch4nr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4
Object. Contains the parameters for PUCCH 4 and enable its use for long ACK/NACK report.
bpsknr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.bpsk
Boolean. Use BPSK instead of QPSK.
additional_dmrsnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.additional_dmrs
Boolean. Use additional DMRS symbols.
occ_lennr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.occ_len
Integer (2 or 4). Select the orthogonal code length.
freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.freq_hopping
Boolean. Enable intra slot frequency hopping.
start_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.start_symb
Optional integer (range 0 to 10, default = 0). Starting symbol.
n_symbnr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.n_symb
Optional integer (range 4 to 14, default = 14). Number of symbols.
max_code_ratenr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.max_code_rate
Optional enumeration: 0.08, 0.15, 0.25, 0.35, 0.45, 0.6, 0.8. (default = 0.25). Set the maxCodeRate PUCCH RRC parameter.
simultaneous_harq_ack_csinr_cell_list.pucch.pucch4.simultaneous_harq_ack_csi
Optional boolean (default = true).
sr_periodnr_cell_list.sr_period
Enumeration: 0, 1, 2, 4, 5, 8, 10, 16, 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640. Scheduling Request periodicity. 0 means no Sheduling Request configuration.
forced_sr_offsetnr_cell_list.forced_sr_offset
Optional integer: range -1 to
sr_period
-1 (default = -1). Forces the scheduling request slot offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the gNB allocates the value automatically.
8.7.5.3 SRS
srsnr_cell_list.srs
-
Optional object. Contains the SRS configuration.
If not present a default aperiodic SRS configuration with one antenna port is selected ifuse_dci_0_1_and_1_1
is set to true, and no SRS configuration is selected otherwise.
SRS can be configured:- either automatically with the
resource_auto
parameter. The object takes a high level description and the actual SRS configuration will depend on the UE capabilities. - either explicitly with the
srs_symbols
,srs_resource
andsrs_resource_set
parameters.
The following parameters are available:
resource_autonr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto
Optional object. Contains high level configuration for one or two SRS resource sets, based on their usage. At least one of
codebook
,non_codebook
orantenna_switching
set needs to be defined.codebook
andnon_codebook
shall not be defined simultaneously.codebooknr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook
Optional object. Configures the SRS resource set for codebook usage. It contains the following parameters:
resource_typenr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.resource_type
Optional enumeration: aperiodic, periodic (default = aperiodic).
periodnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.period
Integer (range 1 to 2560). SRS period in slots. For an aperiodic resource, it indicates the approximate period for SRS scheduling via DCI.
widebandnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.wideband
Optional boolean (default = false). Whether the SRS resource is wideband or not. The cell can accomodate less UEs with wideband resources.
n_portsnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.n_ports
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 4. Maximum number of SRS antenna ports allowed. The actual number of ports will depend on UE capability.
p0nr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.p0
Optional integer (range -202 to 24). If not provided the
p0_nominal_with_grant
andalpha
values from the PUSCH configuration are used.alphanr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.codebook.alpha
Optional enumeration: 0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1.
non_codebooknr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.non_codebook
Optional object. Configured the SRS resource set for non-codebook usage. It contains the same parameters than
codebook
object, except thatn_ports
is forced to 1. It also contains the following additional parameter:rsc_countnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.non_codebook.rsc_count
Optional integer (range 1 to 4, default = 4). Maximum number of SRS resources in the non-codebook set. For aeriodic resources, the value is limited to 2. The actual number of resources will depend on UE capability.
Ifpusch.ncb_sri_bitmap
is set, it will also adapt based on UE capability.
antenna_switchingnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.antenna_switching
Optional object. Configures the SRS resource sets for antenna switching usage. It contains the same parameters than
codebook
object plus the following additional parameter:allow_xTyRnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.antenna_switching.allow_xTyR
Optional boolean (default = true). Set to true when UE with antena switching capabilities like xTyR (with x \neq y) are expected. It reserves more slots and symbols for SRS resources in the cell.
n_symbnr_cell_list.srs.resource_auto.n_symb
Optional integer (range 1 to 4). Force the number of symbols reserved for SRS. If the parameter is absent, a default value is chosen depending on cell bandwidth and
allow_xTyR
value.
srs_symbolsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_symbols
Optional array of integer. Each element gives the number of trailing symbols reserved for SRS in the corresponding slot. The length of the array must divide 20*2^\mu. PUSCH in slots with reserved SRS symbols are automatically shortened. PUCCH format 0 and 2 are allocated so that they don’t collide with the SRS Symbols. The number of symbols for PUCCH formats 1, 3 and 4 must be chosen so that they don’t overlap with SRS.
srs_resourcenr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource
Array of objects. Each object defines a SRS resource:
srs_resource_idnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.srs_resource_id
Integer: 0 to 63. RRC SRS resource ID.
n_portsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.n_ports
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 1. Select the number of SRS antenna ports. The maximum rank for PUSCH cannot be larger.
transmission_combnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.transmission_comb
Optional enumeration: 2, 4, default = 2.
cyclic_shiftnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.cyclic_shift
Optional integer: -1 to 11, default = -1. -1 indicates a random per UE cyclic shift.
n_symbnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.n_symb
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 1.
repetition_factornr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.repetition_factor
Optional enumeration: 1, 2, 4, default = 1.
c_srsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.c_srs
Optional integer (range 0 to 63). SRS bandwidth configuration index. The default value is chosen depending on the BWP bandwidth.
freq_domain_shiftnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.freq_domain_shift
Optional integer (range 0 to 268). The default value is chosen so that the SRS bandwidth is centered in the BWP bandwidth.
b_srsnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.b_srs
Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2).
b_hopnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.b_hop
Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 0).
group_or_sequence_hoppingnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.group_or_sequence_hopping
Optional enumeration: neither, group, sequence (default = neither).
n_idnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.n_id
Optional integer (range 0 to 1023, default = n_id_cell).
resource_typenr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.resource_type
Optional enumeration: aperiodic, periodic (default = aperiodic).
periodnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource.period
Integer (range 1 to 2560). SRS period in slots.
Whenresource_type
isperiodic
, the parameter is mandatory.
Whenresource_type
isaperiodic
, the parameter is optional and indicates the approximate period for SRS scheduling via DCI. If the parameter is absent or set to 0, the aperiodic SRS is still configured but never scheduled.
srs_resource_setnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set
Array of objects. Each object defines a SRS resource set:
srs_resource_set_idnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.srs_resource_set_id
Optional integer (range 0 to 15). The default value is set to the array element index.
srs_resource_id_listnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.srs_resource_id_list
Array of integer. Each element must be a valid SRS resource ID. All the SRS resources must have the same
resource_type
.aperiodic_srs_triggernr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.aperiodic_srs_trigger
Optional integer (range 1 to 3, default = 1). aperiodic SRS parameter.
slot_offsetnr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.slot_offset
Optional integer (range 0 to 32, default = 7). aperiodic SRS paramer.
usagenr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.usage
Optional enumeration: beam_management, codebook, non_codebook, antenna_switching, default = codebook.
p0nr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.p0
Optional integer (range -202 to 24). If not provided the
p0_nominal_with_grant
andalpha
values from the PUSCH configuration are used.alphanr_cell_list.srs.srs_resource_set.alpha
Optional enumeration: 0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1.
srs_carrier_switchingnr_cell_list.srs.srs_carrier_switching
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable SRS carrier switching when the containing cell is used as primary cell. It can be used when SRS is configured explicitly or with
resource_auto
. The SRS resources sets withusage
set asantenna_switching
are configured on the secondary cells with no uplink.
- either automatically with the
8.7.5.4 PUSCH
puschnr_cell_list.pusch
Object. Contains the PUSCH parameters defined below.
mapping_typenr_cell_list.pusch.mapping_type
Optional enumeration (typeA or typeB, default = typeA). Select the mapping type for the full UL slots
n_symbnr_cell_list.pusch.n_symb
Optional integer (range 4 to 14 for mapping type A, 1 to 14 for mapping type B). Number of symbols for PUSCH. Defaults to the maximum possible.
start_symbnr_cell_list.pusch.start_symb
Optional integer. Only required for mapping type B as it is set to 0 for mapping type A. Defaults to the smallest possible.
partial_slotsnr_cell_list.pusch.partial_slots
Optional boolean. (default = false). If set to true, partial UL slots will also be allocated if they have more than 2 symbols not taken by SRS.
dmrs_mapping_type_anr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_a
dmrs_mapping_type_bnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b
Optional object. Set the DMRS mapping type A and/or type B configuration. If neither the
dmrs_mapping_type_a
nor thedmrs_mapping_type_b
objects are present, the DMRS configuration properties are directly in thepusch
object and the DMRS mapping is determined bymapping_type
. The DMRS parameters are the following:dmrs_add_posnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_add_pos
Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 2). dmrs-AdditionalPosition parameter.
dmrs_max_lennr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_max_len
Optional integer (range 1 to 2, default = 1). maxLength parameter.
dmrs_typenr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_type
Optional integer (1 or 2, default = 1). dmrs-Type parameter.
dmrs_scid0nr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid0
Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 0. -1 means default value (PCI).
dmrs_scid1nr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_scid1
Optional integer (-1 to 65535, default = -1). DMRS for scrambling ID 1. -1 means default value (PCI).
n_id_rsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.n_id_rs
Optional integer (range -1 to 1024, default = -1). PUSCH identity for transform precoding. -1 means default value (PCI).
group_hopping_disablednr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.group_hopping_disabled
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, set uplink DMRS transformPrecodingEnabled.sequenceGroupHopping to disabled.
sequence_hoppingnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.sequence_hopping
Optional boolean (default = false).
ptrsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs
Optional object. PUSCH PT-RS parameters. If the object is present, the PT-RS are enabled regardless of the UE capabilities. The following PT-RS parameters are available:
frequency_densitynr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.frequency_density
Optional array of integers (range: 1 to 276) of 2 elements.
time_densitynr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.time_density
Optional array of integers (range: 0 to 29) of 3 elements.
powernr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.power
Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0).
resource_element_offsetnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.resource_element_offset
Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0).
ptrs_dmrs_assocnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.ptrs_dmrs_assoc
Optional integer (range: 0 to 3, default = 0). Force the value of the PTRS-DMRS association DCI 0_1 field when present.
sample_density_tpnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.sample_density_tp
Optional array of integers (range: 1 to 276) of 5 elements. If present, PT-RS with transform precoding are enabled.
time_density_tpnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.ptrs.time_density_tp
Option integer (range: 1 to 2, default = 1).
When
n_layer
is forced, the following additional DMRS parameters are available:dmrs_lennr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_len
Optional integer (range 1 to
dmrs_max_len
, default = 1) (only used in DCI 0_1).n_dmrs_cdm_groupsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.n_dmrs_cdm_groups
Optional integer (range 1 to 3, default = 1) (only used in DCI 0_1).
dmrs_portsnr_cell_list.pusch.dmrs_mapping_type_b.dmrs_ports
Optional array of integers. DMRS port for each layer. By default
dmrs_ports[i] = i
.
tf_precodingnr_cell_list.pusch.tf_precoding
Optional boolean (default = false). Enable transform precoding for PUSCH (only used in DCI 0_1).
msg3_tf_precodingnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_tf_precoding
Optional boolean (default =
tf_precoding
value). msg3-transformPrecoder parameter.group_hoppingnr_cell_list.pusch.group_hopping
Optional boolean (default = false). Corresponds to pusch-ConfigCommon.groupHoppingEnabledTransformPrecoding.
mcs_tablenr_cell_list.pusch.mcs_table
Enumeration (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE). Select the MCS Table when transform precoding is disabled.
mcs_table_tpnr_cell_list.pusch.mcs_table_tp
Enumeration (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE). Select the MCS Table when transform precoding is enabled.
tp_pi2_bpsknr_cell_list.pusch.tp_pi2_bpsk
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the UE uses pi/2 BPSK for some MCS when transform precoding is enabled (only used in DCI 0_1).
ldpc_max_itsnr_cell_list.pusch.ldpc_max_its
Optional integer (range 1 to 50, default = 5). Maximum number of iterations for the LDPC decoder.
ra_typenr_cell_list.pusch.ra_type
Optional enumeration (type0, type1, dynamic_switch, default = type1). Set the RB resource allocation type. Note:
fixed_rb_alloc
= true or transform precoding cannot be used with resource allocation type 0.rbg_sizenr_cell_list.pusch.rbg_size
Optional enumeration (config1, config2, default = config1). Set the RBG size configuration for resource allocation type 0.
fixed_rb_allocnr_cell_list.pusch.fixed_rb_alloc
Optional boolean or array of booleans (default = false). Allows to force the PUSCH allocations. If an array is provided, its length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.
rb_startnr_cell_list.pusch.rb_start
Optional integer or array of integers. PUSCH allocation starting position in number of RBs. Must be present if
fixed_rb_alloc
is true.l_crbnr_cell_list.pusch.l_crb
Optional integer or array of integers. PUSCH allocation length in number of RBs. Must be present if
fixed_rb_alloc
is true.
If set to 0, PUSCH scheduling is disabled on the slot.tx_confignr_cell_list.pusch.tx_config
Optional enumeration: codebook, non_codebook (default = codebook). PUSCH TX configuration.
codebook_subsetnr_cell_list.pusch.codebook_subset
Optional enumeration: fully_and_partial_and_non_coherent, partial_and_non_coherent, non_coherent (default = non_coherent). Codebook subset when
tx_config
=codebook
.max_ranknr_cell_list.pusch.max_rank
Optional integer (default = 1). Maximum rank for DCI 0_1. For
codebook
configuration, the maximum value is the number of SRS antenna ports of the SRS resource with codebook usage.
Fornon_codebook
configuration, the maximum value is the number of SRS resources in the SRS set with non-codebook usage.n_layernr_cell_list.pusch.n_layer
Optional integer (range 0 to
max_rank
, default = 0). The default value 0 indicates that the number of layers in DCI 0_1 is computed from the SRS reports. Otherwise, the number of layers is forced and the following additional parameter may be provided:tpminr_cell_list.pusch.n_layer.tpmi
Optional integer (default = 0). Forced TPMI for PUSCH in
codebook
configuration. Only meaningful iftx_config
=codebook
and if more than one SRS antenna port.ncb_sri_bitmapnr_cell_list.pusch.n_layer.ncb_sri_bitmap
Optional string of ’0’ or ’1’. Mandatory if
tx_config
=non_codebook
, ignored otherwise. The length of the bitstring should equal the number of SRS resources in the SRS set with non-codebook usage. Indicates the SRS resources to use for PUSCH transmission innon_codebook
configuration, there should ben_layer
bits set to 1.
Additional DMRS parameters may be provided too.
mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.mcs
Optional integer (range -1 to 28, default = -1). PUSCH MCS. -1 means autonomous UL MCS adaptation by the gNB scheduler.
max_mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.max_mcs
Optional. Range: 0 to 28 (default = 28). CPU load limitation: maximum MCS allocated by the gNodeB for PUSCH. Smaller MCS give a smaller bitrate and a smaller CPU load.
k2nr_cell_list.pusch.k2
Optional integer or array of integer (range
k_min
to 32). Delay in slots from DCI to PUSCH. In FDD a single value is provided. In TDD, an array is provided with one entry per uplink slot in the TDD period. The k2 value for a given UL slot must be less or equal than all k1 values leading to a HARQ ACK/NACK in this slot.
If the field is absent, and ifk1
is also absent in the PDSCH configuration, the gNB automatically computes valid values.msg3_k2nr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_k2
Optional integer (range
k_min
to 32). Delay in slots from DCI to Msg3 PUSCH. If the field is absent, and ifk1
andk2
are absent, the gNB automatically computes a valid value.msg3_delta_powernr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_delta_power
Integer (range -6 to 8). TPC command for Msg3 PUSCH.
msg3_mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_mcs
Integer (range 0 to 15). MCS for Msg3 PUSCH.
msg3_alphanr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_alpha
Optional enumeration (0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1). Power control alpha value for Msg3.
p0_nominal_with_grantnr_cell_list.pusch.p0_nominal_with_grant
Integer (range -202 to 24). p0-NominalWithGrant parameter.
alphanr_cell_list.pusch.alpha
Optional enumeration (0, 0.4, 0.5, 0.6, 0.7, 0.8, 0.9, 1, default = 1). Power control alpha value.
dpc_snr_targetnr_cell_list.pusch.dpc_snr_target
Optional float (range -5 to 40). When set, closed-loop power control is enabled for PUSCH and gNB will send TPC commands in DCI 0_0/0_1 to make the PUSCH SNR converge to the specified value.
dpc_p_maxnr_cell_list.pusch.dpc_p_max
Optional float (default = -15). Set the PUSCH maximum power in dBFS for the dynamic power control. The corresponding maximum EPRE is computed by dividing it by the number of subcarriers. Only used when
dpc_snr_target
is present.dpc_epre_maxnr_cell_list.pusch.dpc_epre_max
Optional float. Set the PUSCH maximum EPRE in dBFS for the dynamic power control. If not present,
dpc_p_max
is used instead. Seerx_epre_in_dbfs
if you want to display the EPRE in dBFS instead of dBm in the logs. Only used whendpc_snr_target
is present.data_scidnr_cell_list.pusch.data_scid
Optional integer (range -1 to 1023, default = -1). dataScramblingIdentityPUSCH parameter. -1 means disabled.
n_scidnr_cell_list.pusch.n_scid
Optional integer (range 0 to 1, default = 0). Allows to force the DMRS for scrambling ID used (only used in DCI 0_1).
x_overheadnr_cell_list.pusch.x_overhead
Optional enumeration (0, 6, 12, 18, default = 0). Corresponds to the
xOverhead
RRC parameter.dynamic_beta_offsetsnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets
Optional array of 4 objects. If present, enable the dynamic beta offsets. Each object contains the following properties:
beta_offset_ack_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index
Optional integer (range 0 to 15). Set the 3 fields
beta_offset_ack_index1
,beta_offset_ack_index2
,beta_offset_ack_index3
to the same value. Otherwise, each field must be set separately.beta_offset_ack_index1nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index1
Optional integer (range 0 to 15).
beta_offset_ack_index2nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index2
Optional integer (range 0 to 15).
beta_offset_ack_index3nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_ack_index3
Optional integer (range 0 to 15).
beta_offset_csi_part1_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part1_index
Optional integer (range 0 to 18). Set
beta_offset_csi_part1_index1
andbeta_offset_csi_part1_index2
to the same value.beta_offset_csi_part1_index1nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part1_index1
Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default =
beta_offset_csi_part1_index
).beta_offset_csi_part1_index2nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part1_index2
Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default =
beta_offset_csi_part1_index
).beta_offset_csi_part2_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part2_index
Optional integer (range 0 to 18). Set
beta_offset_csi_part2_index1
andbeta_offset_csi_part2_index2
to the same value.beta_offset_csi_part2_index1nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part2_index1
Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default =
beta_offset_csi_part2_index
).beta_offset_csi_part2_index2nr_cell_list.pusch.dynamic_beta_offsets.beta_offset_csi_part2_index2
Optional integer (range 0 to 18, default =
beta_offset_csi_part2_index
).
The semi-static beta offset index properties are directly set in the
pusch
object.dci_beta_offset_indicatornr_cell_list.pusch.dci_beta_offset_indicator
Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 0). When dynamic beta offsets are enabled, set the value of the DCI 0_1 beta_offset_indicator field.
uci_scalingnr_cell_list.pusch.uci_scaling
Optional enumeration (0.5, 0.65, 0.8, 1, default = 1). Set the RRC UCI-OnPUSCH scaling field value.
fernr_cell_list.pusch.fer
Optional float (range 0 to 1). If present, simulates a PUSCH Frame Error Rate of
fer
. It is mainly useful in test mode (see thetest_mode
parameter).ul_snr_adapt_fernr_cell_list.pusch.ul_snr_adapt_fer
Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.1). UL FER target for gNB UL MCS adaptation algorithm, enabled when
mcs
is absent or set to -1. Applied for all MCS tables but 64QAMLowSE.ul_snr_adapt_fer_lowsenr_cell_list.pusch.ul_snr_adapt_fer_lowse
Optional float (range 0 to 1, default = 0.00001). UL FER target for gNB UL MCS adaptation algorithm, enabled when
mcs
is absent or set to -1. Applied for MCS table 64QAMLowSE.skip_uplink_tx_snr_thresholdnr_cell_list.pusch.skip_uplink_tx_snr_threshold
Optional float (default = -8.0). SNR threshold on the PUSCH for skip uplink detection on a dynamic grant when
enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_enabled
is set to true. If the received signal is below the threshold, the grant is considered skipped by the UE and will not be requested for retransmission.aggregation_factornr_cell_list.pusch.aggregation_factor
Optional enumeration (1, 2, 4, 8, default = 1). If greater than 1 and if the UE supports it, pusch-AggregationFactor will be configured for PUSCH multi-slots transmission in this BWP.
Iftdra_repetition_number
is also configured and if the UE supports both features, the parameter is ignored.tdra_repetition_numbernr_cell_list.pusch.tdra_repetition_number
Optional enumeration (1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 12, 16, 20, 24, 28, 32, default = 1). Configure TDRA based PUSCH multi-slots transmission via the field numberOfRepetitions-r16 if the value is less or equal than 16 or numberOfRepetitionsExt-r17 otherwise, if the UE supports it.
available_slot_countingnr_cell_list.pusch.available_slot_counting
Optional boolean (default = false). Enables availableSlotCounting-r17 if the UE supports it, to change how the UE counts the DL-only slots for the repetition mapping.
msg3_repetition_numbernr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_repetition_number
Optional enumeration (1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 12, 16, default = 1). Number of repetitions for MSG3 if the UE uses a PRACH preamble for the
msg3_rep
feature. See prach_feature_preambles.msg3_repetition_mcsnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_repetition_mcs
Optional integer (range 0 to 15, default is
msg3_mcs
). MCS for MSG3 PUSCH with repetitions.msg3_repetition_rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.pusch.msg3_repetition_rsrp_threshold
Optional integer (range -156 to -130, default is -110). RSRP threshold below which a capable UE will try to use the MSG3 repetition feature.
n_harq_processnr_cell_list.pusch.n_harq_process
Optional enumeration: 16, 32 (default = 16). nrofHARQ-ProcessesForPUSCH parameter. The value 32 will be applied only on NTN cells and if the UE supports it, and will default to 16 otherwise.
freq_hoppingnr_cell_list.pusch.freq_hopping
Optional boolean (default = false). Enables PUSCH frequency hopping with an hopping offset of half the UL BWP.
freq_hopping_offsetsnr_cell_list.pusch.freq_hopping_offsets
Optional array of integers. Frequency hopping offsets list transmitted to UE.
freq_hopping_indexnr_cell_list.pusch.freq_hopping_index
Optional integer. Index in
freq_hopping_offsets
of the actually used frequency offset, which must be equal to the half of the UL BWP.
configured_grantnr_cell_list.configured_grant
Optional object. Defines UL configured grant parameters used when at least one bearer with
need_sps
equal toul
orboth
is established and if the UE supports Configured Grant. See NR DRB configuration.
Both Configured Grant Type 1 and Type 2 are supported.
It contains a subset of parameters defined in thepusch
object, with the same meaning. See pusch.
All those parameters are optional and default to the value defined in thepusch
object of the same BWP, unless stated otherwise.
Those PUSCH parameters are:tf_precodingnr_cell_list.configured_grant.tf_precoding
Optional boolean
mcs_tablenr_cell_list.configured_grant.mcs_table
Optional enumeration (qam64, qam256, qam64LowSE).
rbg_sizenr_cell_list.configured_grant.rbg_size
Optional enumeration (config1, config2)
ra_typenr_cell_list.configured_grant.ra_type
Optional enumeration (type0, type1, dynamic_switch)
dynamic_beta_offsetsnr_cell_list.configured_grant.dynamic_beta_offsets
Optional array of 4 objects.
dmrsnr_cell_list.configured_grant.dmrs
Optional object
tpminr_cell_list.configured_grant.tpmi
Optional integer.
mcsnr_cell_list.configured_grant.mcs
Optional integer (range 0 to 28). If absent and if the corresponding value is set to -1 in the
pusch
object (dynamic behaviour), the value defaults to 4.n_layernr_cell_list.configured_grant.n_layer
Optional integer (range 1 to
pusch.max_rank
). If absent and if the corresponding value is set to 0 in thepusch
object (dynamic behaviour), the value defaults to 1.skip_uplink_tx_snr_thresholdnr_cell_list.configured_grant.skip_uplink_tx_snr_threshold
Optional float (default = -8.0). SNR threshold on the PUSCH for skip uplink detection on a configured grant if
enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_configured_enabled
is set to true. If the received signal is below the threshold, the grant is considered skipped by the UE and will not be requested for retransmission.
In addition to the above parameters, the
configured_grant
contains the following additional parameters:l_crbnr_cell_list.configured_grant.l_crb
Integer. Configured Grant size in number of RBs. Must be a multiple of the RBG size if
ra_type
is set totype0
.periodicitynr_cell_list.configured_grant.periodicity
Integer. Periodicity of the CG in slots
configuration_typenr_cell_list.configured_grant.configuration_type
Enumeration (type1, type2_immediate, type2_dynamic). Configuration type1 is a semi-static grant configured via RRC while type2 is activated/released by an UL DCI.
type2_immediate
will send an activation DCI right after RRC configuration.
type2_dynamic
will send activation/release DCI based on the UL trafic on the bearers flagged withneed_sps
.type2_deact_no_data_thresholdnr_cell_list.configured_grant.type2_deact_no_data_threshold
Optional integer (default = 3). Number of consecutive Configured Grants without any UL data on bearers flagged with
need_sps
after which CG will be released via DCI. This parameter is only meaningful whenconfiguration_type
is set totype2_dynamic
.max_retransnr_cell_list.configured_grant.max_retrans
Optional integer (range 0 to 3, default = 1). Maximum number of HARQ retransmission for a Configured Grant.
l_crb_maxnr_cell_list.configured_grant.l_crb_max
Optional integer (defaults to 1/4 of available bandwidth in the BWP). Maximum number of RBs used for Configured Grants in a slot.
rb_startnr_cell_list.configured_grant.rb_start
Optional integer (defaults to -1). Start RB for Configured Grants allocation. If absent or set to -1, Configured Grants are placed automatically in the high part of the BWP bandwidth.
p0_nominal_without_grantnr_cell_list.configured_grant.p0_nominal_without_grant
Optional integer (range -202 to 24). p0-NominalWithoutGrant parameter. If not present, the value
p0_nominal_with_grant
in thepusch
object is used.
8.7.5.5 Other uplink parameters
ul_frequency_shift_7p5_khznr_cell_list.ul_frequency_shift_7p5_khz
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, a 7.5 kHz offset is added to the NR UL frequency.
reserved_ul_prbsnr_cell_list.reserved_ul_prbs
Optional array of integers. List of PRB indexes in which no PUSCH and PUCCH will be allocated. In TDD, it is set by default to the same as
reserved_dl_prbs
.sulnr_cell_list.sul
Optional object. Controls the configuration of Supplementary Uplink (SUL) for this cell.
The supplementary uplink uses the uplink of another NR cell that should have set theserve_as_sul
parameter and belong to a band compatible with SUL operation. See serve_as_sul.
The object contains the following properties:cell_idnr_cell_list.sul.cell_id
Integer. Cell identifier of the cell which uplink will be used as SUL.
prach_indexnr_cell_list.sul.prach_index
Optional integer, default -1. Index of the PRACH configuration in SUL cell’s
sul_prach
array. If set to -1, there is no setting for PRACH in SUL configuration.prach_rsrp_thresholdnr_cell_list.sul.prach_rsrp_threshold
Optional integer, mandatory if
prach_index
>= 0. Parameter rsrp-ThresholdSSB-SUL, in dB.channelsnr_cell_list.sul.channels
Object. Describes how the PUCCH, PUSCH and SRS are configured for UEs accessing the cell via NUL PRACH or in NSA.
It contains the following properties:pucchnr_cell_list.sul.channels.pucch
Optional enumeration: normal_only, sul_only (default = normal_only). Choose if PUCCH is configured in the uplinkConfig or in supplementaryUplink.
puschnr_cell_list.sul.channels.pusch
Optional enumeration: normal_only, sul_only, both (default = normal_only). Choose if PUSCH is configured in the uplinkConfig, or in supplementaryUplink, or in both. When set to
both
, the choice to schedule on NUL or SUL is based on the received SNR and the configuration ofpusch_switch_snr_threshold
.srsnr_cell_list.sul.channels.srs
Optional enumeration: normal_only, sul_only, both (default = normal_only). Choose if SRS is configured in the uplinkConfig or in supplementaryUplink, or in both.
SRS should be configured in all the possible UL carriers for PUSCH.
channels_prach_on_sulnr_cell_list.sul.channels_prach_on_sul
Optional object. Describes how the channels are configured for UEs accessing the cell via a SUL PRACH resource. If the object is not defined, it defaults to the same configuration than
channels
.
It contains the same properties thanchannels
.pusch_switch_snr_thresholdnr_cell_list.sul.pusch_switch_snr_threshold
Float (range -6.0 to 50.0). Mandatory if at least one of
channels.pusch
orchannels_prach_on_sul.pusch
is set toboth
, unused otherwise. If the received SNR for the PUSCH is below the threshold, PUSCH will be scheduled on SUL.pusch_switch_hysteresisnr_cell_list.sul.pusch_switch_hysteresis
Optional float (range 1.0 to 20.0, default 9.0). Hysteresis used when comparing SNR to
pusch_switch_snr_threshold
.
serve_as_sulnr_cell_list.serve_as_sul
Optional boolean (default = false). When set to true, and if the cell belong to a suitable band (namely band 1, 3, 5, 8, 20, 24, 28, 34, 39, 40 or 66), the cell’s uplink can be used as supplementary uplink by other cells. To do so, the other cells need to have a
sul
configuration referencing this cell.
If the cell’s uplink is also to be used for supplementary PRACH, thesul_prach
array needs to be specified. See sul_prach.uplink_tx_switchnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch
Optional object. Controls the configuration of the R16 Uplink Tx Switch feature for this cell.
Uplink Tx Switch is currently supported only in CA configuration with exactly two serving cells. Uplink Tx Switch will be enabled if the two cells have anuplink_tx_switch
configuration with oppositerole
andperiod_location
, and if the UE supports it.
The object contains the following properties:rolenr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.role
Enumeration: carrier1, carrier2. Determines the role of this cell for UL Tx Switching operation
period_locationnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.period_location
Optional boolean (default = true if
role
iscarrier1
). Determines wether the UL Tx Switching period is located on this carrier.
If the cell is configured as
carrier2
, the following additional properties are available:carrier2_slotsnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.carrier2_slots
Optional array of booleans (default = true for all UL slots of a TDD cell, mandatory for FDD cells). Specifies the slots where UL will be fully switched to carrier 2.
The array length must divide 20*2^\mu and each element corresponds to a slot modulo the length of the array.activationnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.activation
Optional enumeration : immediate, ul_quality (default = immediate). Specifies when the UL Tx Switching operation will become effective.
immediatenr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.activation.immediate
UL Tx Switching will be activated whenever the SCell is activated
ul_qualitynr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.activation.ul_quality
UL Tx Switching will be activated when the signal on carrier 2 (as measured by SRS) has an UL rank greater than 1 and an UL CQI above
ul_quality_ri2_cqi_threshold
ul_quality_ri2_cqi_thresholdnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.ul_quality_ri2_cqi_threshold
Optional integer (range 1 to 15, default = 5). UL CQI value measured on SRS of carrier 2 above wich UL Tx switching will be activated, if UL rank is greater than 1 and
activation
is set toul_quality
.
If the cell is configured with
period_location
set totrue
, the following additional property is available:max_allowed_periodnr_cell_list.uplink_tx_switch.max_allowed_period
Optional enumeration : 35, 140, 210 (default = 210 for 15kHz SCS, 140 for 30kHz SCS). Gives a limit on the length of the allowed UL Tx Switching period to avoid cropping too much PUSCH allocations and PUCCH resources.
8.7.6 PHY/L1 - Other parameters
tdd_ul_dl_confignr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config
Optional object. Define the TDD UL/DL configuration. If present, it contains the following properties:
ref_subcarrier_spacingnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.ref_subcarrier_spacing
Optional integer. Reference subcarrier spacing for pattern1 and pattern2. The default value is the same as the data subcarrier spacing.
pattern1nr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1
Object. Definition of the first TDD pattern. The following properties must be present:
periodnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.period
Enumeration: 0.5, 0.625, 1, 1.25, 2, 2.5, 3, 4, 5, 10. DL/UL transmission periodicity in ms.
dl_slotsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.dl_slots
Integer. Number of downlink slots.
ul_slotsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.ul_slots
Integer. Number of uplink slots.
dl_symbolsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.dl_symbols
Integer (0-13). Number of downlink symbols after the last complete downlink slot.
ul_symbolsnr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern1.ul_symbols
Integer (0-13). Number of uplink symbols before the first complete uplink slot.
pattern2nr_cell_list.tdd_ul_dl_config.pattern2
Optional object. Optional second TDD pattern. It contains the same properties as
pattern1
.
n_timing_advance_offsetnr_cell_list.n_timing_advance_offset
Optional enumeration: 0, 25600, 39936. UL/DL timing advance offset in multiples of T=1/(16*64*1920000) seconds for FR1. The default timing advance offset is 25600. The RRC field n-TimingAdvanceOffset is updated accordingly.
subframe_offsetnr_cell_list.subframe_offset
Optional integer (default = 0). Normally all cells have their subframe number temporally aligned. This parameters adds a cell specific subframe offset. It is useful to align the LTE and NR TDD patterns while keeping the uplink slots at the end of the NR TDD pattern.
k_minnr_cell_list.k_min
Optional integer (range 1 to 16, default = 4). Minimum value for PDSCH k1 and PUSCH k2 and msg3_k2.
rx_to_tx_latencynr_cell_list.rx_to_tx_latency
Optional integer. Minimum allowed latency in slots between RX and TX.
Its range is from 2 slots to 4ms (The value depends on subcarrier spacing). If the latency is too high, the gNB scheduler may not be able to use all the PDSCH transmission occasions with subcarrier spacings larger or equal to 30 kHz. Increasing the value will improve performances, especially in case of radio frontend underflows. If LTE and NB-IoT cells are present on the RF port, only 4ms is allowed.alternate_retx_schemenr_cell_list.alternate_retx_scheme
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the gNB always perform HARQ retransmissions using MCS >= 29. Otherwise it indicates the initial MCS in the DCI if possible.
8.7.7 Bandwidth parts (BWP)
dl_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.dl_bwp_rb_start
Optional integer (default = 0) First PRB of the initial downlink BWP (DL BWP #0).
dl_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.dl_bwp_l_crb
Optional integer (default = all the carrier bandwidth) Number of PRBs of the initial downlink BWP.
ul_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.ul_bwp_rb_start
Optional integer (default = 0) First PRB of the initial uplink BWP (UL BWP #0).
ul_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.ul_bwp_l_crb
Optional integer (default = all the carrier bandwidth) Number of PRBs of the initial uplink BWP.
first_active_dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.first_active_dl_bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). Set the ID of the first active cell downlink BWP. This parameter is ignored if the UE cannot be configured with this BWP by
dl_bwp_access
.first_active_ul_bwp_idnr_cell_list.first_active_ul_bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). Set the ID of the first active cell uplink BWP. This parameter is ignored if the UE cannot be configured with this BWP by
ul_bwp_access
.dl_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.dl_bwp_access
Optional enumeration
all_ue
,normal_only
orredcap_only
(default =all_ue
ornormal_only
based ondl_bwp_l_crb
). Restrict configuration and access to this DL BWP depending on UE type.
The initial BWP cannot beredcap_only
.ul_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.ul_bwp_access
Optional enumeration
all_ue
,normal_only
orredcap_only
(default =all_ue
ornormal_only
based onul_bwp_l_crb
). Restrict configuration and access to this UL BWP depending on UE type.
The initial BWP cannot beredcap_only
.bwp_inactivity_timernr_cell_list.bwp_inactivity_timer
Optional enumeration. If present, set the value of the BWP inactivity timer.
default_dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.default_dl_bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). Set the ID of the default cell downlink BWP.
allow_rrc_bwp_switchnr_cell_list.allow_rrc_bwp_switch
Optional boolean (default = true if several non-redcap BWPs are defined). Allows a robust operation of RRC-based BWP switch. The requirements on the source and destination BWP for a RRC-based BWP switch in a SA cell are:
- BWP access isall_ue
ornormal_only
.
- UL BWPs must have some RBs in common on one edge of the cell spectrum.
- DL BWPs must share the same common search space.
dl_bwpnr_cell_list.dl_bwp
Optional array of objects. If present, downlink BWPs are defined in addition to the initial downlink BWP. Each object contains the following properties:
bwp_idnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.bwp_id
Optional integer. Set the ID to identify the BWP in the cell. Note that the BWP ID sent to the UE migth differ from the one set here.
dl_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.dl_bwp_rb_start
dl_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.dl_bwp_l_crb
dl_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.dl_bwp_access
Same meaning as for the initial BWP.
ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.ssb_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. Specify the NCD-SSB ARFCN. Available only if BWP contains RedCap UEs (
dl_bwp_access
is configured toall_ue
orredcap_only
) and if BWP does not contain CD-SSB.
If set to -1, NCD-SSB is not activated.
If set to 0, NCD-SSB is placed automatically at the lowest position of the BWP.
If set to a positive value, specify the NCD-SSB ARFCN.
Default value is 0 whendl_bwp_access
isredcap_only
and -1 whendl_bwp_access
isall_ue
.pdcchnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.pdcch
Object. Contains a subset of the
pdcch
object properties in the initial BWP. The contents of thecss
,uss
objects andrar_al_index
,al_index
parameters defaults to those of DL BWP #0.
The following properties are available only in the initial BWP:coreset0_index
,n_rb_coreset0
,n_symb_coreset0
,offset_rbs_coreset0
,search_space0_index
,si_al_index
andpaging_al_index
.pdschnr_cell_list.dl_bwp.pdsch
Object. Contains a subset of the
pdsch
object properties in the initial BWP.
The following properties are available only in the initial BWP:mapping_type
,start_symb
,n_symb
,k0
,bwp_switch_k0
,k1
,slot_enable
,n_harq_process
,rar_mcs
,si_mcs
,paging_mcs
,paging_tb_scaling
,x_overhead
,initial_cqi
,cqi_adapt_fer
,tci_states
,max_mimo_layers_enabled
.
All the other properties can be redefined and defaults to the value of those of DL BWP #0.
ul_bwpnr_cell_list.ul_bwp
Optional array of objects. If present, uplink BWPs are defined in addition to the initial uplink BWP. Each object contains the following properties:
bwp_idnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.bwp_id
Optional integer. Set the ID to identify the BWP in the cell. Note that the BWP ID sent to the UE migth differ from the one set here.
ul_bwp_rb_startnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ul_bwp_rb_start
ul_bwp_l_crbnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ul_bwp_l_crb
ul_bwp_accessnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.ul_bwp_access
Same meaning as for the initial BWP. In TDD, each uplink BWP is paired with the downlink BWP of identical ID. They must have the same center frequency and same access restriction.
pucchnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.pucch
-
Object. Contains a subset of the
pucch
object properties in the initial BWP. Each property is optional and defaults to the value defined in thepucch
of the initial BWP.
The following properties are available:
pucch_group_hopping
,hopping_id
,n_rb_max
,short_pucch_an_rsc_count
,long_pucch_an_rsc_count
,ue_short_pucch_an_rsc_count
,ue_long_pucch_an_rsc_count
. puschnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.pusch
-
Object. Contains a subset of the
pusch
object properties in the initial BWP.
The following properties are available only in the initial BWP:mapping_type
,n_symb
,ldpc_max_its
,x_overhead
,msg3_k2
,k2
,p0_nominal_with_grant
,alpha
,msg3_alpha
,dpc_snr_target
,dpc_p_max
,dpc_epre_max
,msg3_delta_power
,ul_snr_adapt_fer
,n_harq_process
.
All the other properties can be redefined and defaults to the value of those of UL BWP #0. prachnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.prach
-
Optional object. Contains a subset of the
prach
object properties in the initial BWP. Each property is optional and defaults to the value defined in theprach
of the initial BWP. However, at least one property should differ so that the PRACH defined in this BWP doesn’t overlap the PRACH of the initial BWP, either through frequency separation or sequence separation or both.
The following properties are available:
msg1_frequency_start
,msg1_fdm
,root_sequence_index
,zero_correlation_zone_config
,restricted_set_config
. prach_feature_preambles_listnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.prach_feature_preambles_list
-
Optional object, valid only if a
prach
object is present in the BWP. Contains the same properties than theprach_feature_preamble_list
list in the initial BWP. srsnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.srs
-
Object. Contains a subset of the
srs
object properties in the initial BWP. The following property is available only in the initial BWP:srs_symbols
. configured_grantnr_cell_list.ul_bwp.configured_grant
-
Optional object. Contains the same properties than the
configured_grant
object in the initial BWP.
bwp_dynamic_switchnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch
Optional object. Provide parameters to configure the dynamic BWP switching based on bit rate. In TDD, both the DL and UL BWP are switched using DCI 0_1. In FDD, the DL and UL BWP switch are independent. The DL BWP is switched using DCI 1_1 and UL BWP is switched using DCI 0_1. Note that the UE must be in the
bwp_id_low
orbwp_id_high
BWP to trigger the dynamic switch. The object contains the following properties:dl_high_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.dl_high_rate_threshold
Integer. DL high bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the high BWP.
dl_low_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.dl_low_rate_threshold
Optional integer. DL low bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the low BWP. It is set by default to
dl_high_rate_threshold / 2
.ul_high_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.ul_high_rate_threshold
Optional integer, defaults to
dl_high_rate_threshold
. UL high bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the high BWP. In TDD, since DL and UL BWP are coupled, the switch is performed when one of the DL or UL bit rate is above the high threshold.ul_low_rate_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.ul_low_rate_threshold
Optional integer. UL low bit rate threshold in bit/s to switch to the low BWP. It is set by default to
ul_high_rate_threshold / 2
. In TDD, the switch is performed when both the DL and UL bit rate are below the low threshold.bwp_id_highnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.bwp_id_high
bwp_id_lownr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.bwp_id_low
Integer. Cell BWP ID for the high (resp. low) BWP.
probe_intervalnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.probe_interval
Optional integer (default = 50). Probe interval for the bit rate in ms.
probe_counter_thresholdnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.probe_counter_threshold
Optional integer (default = 3). The BWP switching is initiated if the bit rate is higher (resp. lower) than the selected thresholds over
probe_counter_threshold
consecutive probe intervals.rrc_based_bwp_switchnr_cell_list.bwp_dynamic_switch.rrc_based_bwp_switch
Optional boolean (default = false). If true and if
allow_rrc_bwp_switch
is set and the constraints on the BWP are respected, the BWP switching will be performed via RRC reconfiguration.
8.7.8 Reduced Capability parameters (RedCap)
The following parameters configure the cell to allow the connection of Reduced Capability UEs (RedCap).
All the parameters must be put in a redcap_ue
object in the NR cell object.
allow_1rx_uenr_cell_list.allow_1rx_ue
Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if 1Rx UE access is allowed in the cell or not.
allow_2rx_uenr_cell_list.allow_2rx_ue
Optional boolean (default = true). Defines if 2Rx UE access is allowed in the cell or not.
half_duplexnr_cell_list.half_duplex
Optional object. If present, half duplex support is activated in the cell. For each BWPs where half duplex is enabled, the DCI format 0_1/1_1 will be larger. It contains the following properties. The gNB defines default values that can be overwritten if needed:
dl_k1_maxnr_cell_list.half_duplex.dl_k1_max
Optional integer (range
k_min
to min betweenk_min
+7 and PDSCHn_harq_process
). Maximum k1 value for half duplex PDSCH.dl_k2_maxnr_cell_list.half_duplex.dl_k2_max
Optional integer (range
k_min
to mink_min
+6). Maximum k2 value for half duplex PUSCH.dl_ul_guard_symbnr_cell_list.half_duplex.dl_ul_guard_symb
Optional integer (range 1 to 6, default = 1). Number of guard symbols when switching from DL to UL.
ul_dl_guard_symbnr_cell_list.half_duplex.ul_dl_guard_symb
Optional integer (range 0 to 6, default = 1). Number of guard symbols when switching from UL to DL.
dl_bwp_listnr_cell_list.half_duplex.dl_bwp_list
Optional array of integers. List of the DL BWP IDs where half duplex is enabled. If the parameter is absent, half duplex is supported on all DL BWPs.
ul_bwp_listnr_cell_list.half_duplex.ul_bwp_list
Optional array of integers. List of the UL BWP IDs where half duplex is enabled. If the parameter is absent, half duplex is supported on all UL BWPs.
initial_dl_bwp_idnr_cell_list.initial_dl_bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). Defines a RedCap specific initial cell DL BWP.
This DL BWP should contain CoReSet #0 and its common search space should use CoReSet #0.
This DL BWP should also have a bandwidth smaller than 20MHz anddl_bwp_access
set toall_ue
orredcap_only
.
If different from the DL BWP #0, the DL BWP#0 must be unsuitable for RedCap UE.initial_ul_bwp_idnr_cell_list.initial_ul_bwp_id
Optional integer (default = 0). Defines a RedCap specific initial cell UL BWP.
This UL BWP should feature a PRACH configuration, have a bandwidth smaller than 20MHz andul_bwp_access
set toall_ue
orredcap_only
.
If different from the UL BWP #0, the UL BWP#0 must be unsuitable for RedCap UE.
8.7.9 Miscellaneous and Test parameters
cell_gainnr_cell_list.cell_gain
Optional float (default = 0). Downlink cell gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included). Note: it is not taken into account to set the SS PBCH block power in SIB1.
manual_ref_signal_powernr_cell_list.manual_ref_signal_power
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the SS PBCH block power must be set manually. Otherwise it is computed automatically if the RF interface provides its transmit power.
ss_pbch_block_powernr_cell_list.ss_pbch_block_power
Optional integer (range -60 to 50). Must be present if
manual_ref_signal_power
is set to true.rx_epre_in_dbfsnr_cell_list.rx_epre_in_dbfs
Optional boolean (default = false). In the logs, the EPRE (Energy Per Resource Element) is displayed in dBm if the RF interface provides its reference receive power and if
rx_epre_in_dbfs
= false. Otherwise it is displayed in dBFS (Decibels relative to Full Scale).rx_epre_offsetnr_cell_list.rx_epre_offset
Optional float (default = 0). Offset in dB applied to all the receive EPRE measurements.
force_full_bsrnr_cell_list.force_full_bsr
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the gNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PUSCH transmission.
force_dl_schedulenr_cell_list.force_dl_schedule
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the gNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PDSCH transmission.
rach_ignore_countnr_cell_list.rach_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the gNB.
mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countnr_cell_list.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the gNB.
dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idnr_cell_list.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id
Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.
ue_count_maxnr_cell_list.ue_count_max
Optional integer (default = 500). Maximum number of UEs (for this cell).
labelnr_cell_list.label
Optional string. Helper available in monitor (
cell
), remote API (config_get
) and logs.
The following cell parameters are only useful when the gNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment. They cannot normally be used with normal UEs.
test_modenr_cell_list.test_mode
Optional object. Enable specific test modes where UE contexts are automatically created when starting the gNodeB. They are only useful when the gNodeB is connected to a specific measurement equipment.
Thetype
property selects the test mode:puschnr_cell_list.test_mode.pusch
-
Enables continuous reception of PUSCH. DCI are transmitted. The following additional properties are available:
rntinr_cell_list.test_mode.pusch.rnti
Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PUSCH RNTI.
pdschnr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch
-
Enables continuous transmission of PDSCH. The PDSCH payload contains valid data with PDCP packets of constant length. DCI are transmitted according to the selected transmission mode. PUCCH are received. The following additional properties are available:
rntinr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch.rnti
Integer. Range 0 to 65535. Select the PDSCH RNTI.
pdsch_harq_ack_disablenr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch.pdsch_harq_ack_disable
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, no HARQ ACK/NACK is received for the PDSCH. It is useful to make sure a PDSCH is sent in all DL slots in case the gNodeB is latency limited.
random_datanr_cell_list.test_mode.pdsch.random_data
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.
loadnr_cell_list.test_mode.load
-
CPU load test. Several UEs are instanciated and all are transmitting and receiving at the same time. The following additional properties are available:
ue_countnr_cell_list.test_mode.load.ue_count
Integer. Set the number of UE contexts. The upper bound is set to
ue_count_max
value.pdsch_harq_ack_disablenr_cell_list.test_mode.load.pdsch_harq_ack_disable
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, no HARQ ACK/NACK is received for the PDSCH. It is useful to make sure a PDSCH is sent in all DL slots in case the gNodeB is latency limited.
random_datanr_cell_list.test_mode.load.random_data
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, send random data instead of zeros in the PDCP payload.
no_ssb_allowednr_cell_list.no_ssb_allowed
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, allow a zero SSB bitmap for the cell (can be used to implement test models from 3GPP TS 38.141).
tm_pdschnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch
Optional object. Define one or two additional PDSCHs using a fixed configuration to implement test models from 3GPP TS 38.141-1 section 4.9.2.2. The following properties are available:
rb_startnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.rb_start
Integer. Position of the first resource block.
l_crbnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.l_crb
Optional integer. Number of contiguous resource blocks. The default value corresponds to the whole carrier.
mcsnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.mcs
Integer. MCS using the MCS table from the initial BWP.
boosted_rationr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.boosted_ratio
Optional float (default = 0). If non zero, boost the power of some of the resource block groups inside the PRB range by adding a second PDSCH.
boosted_powernr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.boosted_power
Optional float. Specify the relative power in dB of the boosted PRBs.
deboosted_mcsnr_cell_list.tm_pdsch.deboosted_mcs
Optional integer. Set the MCS of the PRBs which are not power boosted.
sib_enablenr_cell_list.sib_enable
Optional boolean (default = true). If false, disable the transmission of the SIBs.
8.8 Channel simulator
8.8.1 RF port specific channel simulator
The channel simulator applies after the DL modulator(s) on each RF
port using the configured sample rate. It takes
cell.n_antenna_dl
channels as inputs (n_input) and may
output a different number of channels (n_output) (see the global
n_antenna_dl
parameter).
It applies a number of delay paths with a configurable gain and phase for each n_input x n_output antenna combination. Each path can also appply a Rayleigh fading (Jakes or Gaussian fading model). In case of MIMO channels, a configurable MIMO correlation matrix is applied for each path. Then a white Gaussian noise is added (AWGN).
/--------\ DL output >-----| Path 1 |-->-+--------+--------> RF output | \--------/ | | | | | | /--------\ | | |--| Path 2 |-->-+ AWGN . \--------/ . . . . /--------\ . \--| Path N |-->-/ \--------/
Preconfigured path configurations are available for common 3GPP channel models. Preconfigured 3GPP MIMO correlation matrixes are also available.
When the channel simulator is enabled with fading channels, it may be
necessary to lower tx_gain_offset
(digital gain) to allow a
larger dynamic range without saturation. Use the t spl
monitor
command to check that no overflow is present at the RF output. The
tx_gain_offset
value of -21 dB should be safe for all channel
types.
The CPU usage of the channel simulator increases with the sample rate,
number of MIMO channels and the number of paths. If the CPU load is
too high (see the t cpu
monitor command to estimate it), you
can reduce the RF bandwidth (i.e. n_rb_dl
), reduce the number
of MIMO channels or use a simpler channel model with a smaller number
of paths.
The channel_dl
object contains the downlink channel simulator
parameters:
typerf_ports.channel_dl.type
Optional. Must be present if no
paths
property. Set the predefined channel type:Type Description awgn Additive White Gaussian Noise channel. It is equivalent to specifying a single zero delay unit gain constant path: paths: [{ type: "constant", gain: 0.0, delay: 0, channel_matrix: [[ 1 ]], }]
When there are more than one input or output antennas, the channel matrix a_{i,j} is set such as a_{i,i \bmod n_{tx}} = 1. In this case, it is usually better to manually specify a
paths
configuration to select an explicit channel matrix.epa Extended Pedestrian A model from 3GPP TS 36.101. eva Extended Vehicular A model from 3GPP TS 36.101. etu Extended Typical Urban model from 3GPP TS 36.101. mbsfn MBSFN channel from 3GPP TS 36.101. tdla30 TDLA30 channel from 3GPP TS 38.141 (TDLA with 30 ns delay spread). tdlb100 TDLB100 channel from 3GPP TS 38.141 (TDLB with 100 ns delay spread). tdlc300 TDLC300 channel from 3GPP TS 38.141 (TDLC with 300 ns delay spread). tdla, tdlb, tdlc, tdld or tdle TDL channels from 3GPP TS 38.901 section 7.7.2. Note that the TDL channels from 3GPP TS 38.141 slightly differ from the ones defined in 3GPP TS 38.901 when using the same delay spread. freq_dopplerrf_ports.channel_dl.freq_doppler
For non AWGN channels, sets the doppler frequency, in Hz.
delay_spreadrf_ports.channel_dl.delay_spread
Set the delay spread in ns for TDL channels (
tdla
,tdlb
,tdlc
,tdld
andtdle
).mimo_correlationrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation
Optional enumeration or matrix. The default value is
low
.MIMO correlation matrix. Allowed values:
lowrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.low
Low correlation matrix (identity matrix) (3GPP TS 36.101 section B.2.3.2).
mediumrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.medium
Medium correlation matrix with uniform linear array (3GPP TS 36.101 section B.2.3.2).
highrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.high
High correlation matrix with uniform linear array (3GPP TS 36.101 section B.2.3.2).
cross_pol_mediumrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.cross_pol_medium
Medium correlation matrix with cross polarized antennas (3GPP TS 38.101-4 section B.2.3.2).
cross_pol_highrf_ports.channel_dl.mimo_correlation.cross_pol_high
High correlation matrix with cross polarized antennas (3GPP TS 38.101-4 section B.2.3.2).
Alternatively, an explicit complex matrix of
n
rows andn
columns can be provided wheren
is the product of the number n_input and n_output antennas. The matrix must be Hermitian positive.pathsrf_ports.channel_dl.paths
Optional array of objects. Set user defined paths. If present the
type
parameter is ignored. Each path has the following fields:typerf_ports.channel_dl.paths.type
-
Enumeration. Type of path.
constant
for constant path,rayleigh
for Rayleigh fading with the Jakes model,rayleigh_gauss
for Rayleigh fading with the Gaussian model. gainrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.gain
Relative path gain, in dB.
delayrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.delay
Path delay, in ns. Note: the delay is internally rounded to an integer number of samples.
channel_matrixrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.channel_matrix
Only necessary for
constant
path. Complex matrix of n_output rows and n_input columns giving the channel coefficients.freq_shiftrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_shift
Provides an optional frequency shift in Hz for
constant
paths. Aconstant
path with frequency shift coupled with arayleigh
path can be used to implement Ricean fading.freq_dopplerrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_doppler
Only needed for Rayleigh paths. Doppler frequency in Hz.
mimo_correlationrf_ports.channel_dl.paths.mimo_correlation
Only needed for Rayleigh paths. Path specific correlation matrix (same definition as the global
channel.mimo_correlation
property). If not present, the globalchannel.mimo_correlation
matrix is used for this path.
freq_shiftrf_ports.channel_dl.freq_shift
Optional float (default = 0). Apply a global frequency shift (in Hz) after the paths.
high_speed_trainrf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train
-
Optional object. Parameters for the high speed train model (see 3GPP TS 36.141 section B.3 or 3GPP TS 38.141 section G.3). This model applies a variable global frequency shift after the paths. In this case the
freq_shift
parameter is ignored.d_srf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train.d_s
Float. d_s / 2 is the initial distance of the train from BS in meters.
d_minrf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train.d_min
Float. BS - railway track distance in meters.
v
Float. Speed of the train in km/h.
f_drf_ports.channel_dl.high_speed_train.f_d
Float. Maximum Doppler frequency in Hz.
noise_levelrf_ports.channel_dl.noise_level
Float or array of floats. Set the noise level in dB relative to the PDSCH data level. If an array is provided, each element sets the noise level for the corresponding output antenna. Otherwise the same noise level is applied to all the output antennas. The Gaussian noise is generated with a constant power density over the whole generated bandwidth. A large negative value such as -200 can be used to completely suppress the noise generation.
Note: the
noise_level
corresponds to the SNR measured on the PDSCH data RE on OFDM symbols without Cell Reference Signal. For LTE, there is no need to takep-a
into account as in the previous releases of the software.The noise level can be interactively modified with the
noise_level
monitor command.Warning: the reference signal level is not modified when the
cell_gain
monitor command is used. So you can monitor the noise level on a spectrum analyzer by suppressing the DL signal with a near zero cell gain (e.g.cell_gain 1 -200
).snrrf_ports.channel_dl.snr
Float or array of floats. Deprecated. Set the SNR defined as the opposite of
noise_level
.dump_pathsrf_ports.channel_dl.dump_paths
Optional boolean (default = false). Print on the standard output the path delays and relative powers.
It only applies when the
paths
property is not set.max_pathsrf_ports.channel_dl.max_paths
Optional integer. Set the maximum number of paths. The paths with the smallest power are removed. It can be used to reduce the CPU load at the expense of the precision of the simulated impulse response. The default value depends on the sample rate.
It only applies when the
paths
property is not set.
Note: the channel simulator only supports a sample rate which is an
even multiple of 1.92 MHz (more precisely, sample_rate_num
must
be even). So the sample rate should be manually set with the
sample_rate
option for the following bandwidths:
Bandwidth (MHz) | Sample rate (MHz) |
---|---|
1.4 | 3.84 |
5 | 7.68 |
15 | 23.04 |
8.8.2 Cell specific channel simulator
In addition to the RF port specific channel simulator, it is possible to set cell specific channel simulators. They are useful to have a different channel model for cells sharing the same RF port. They are also faster so they can be used with a larger number of antennas or larger bandwidths.
The cell specific channel simulator assumes a constant channel impulse response during each OFDM symbol, so it is less accurate than the RF port specific channel simulator when the Doppler frequency becomes non negligible compared to the OFDM symbol frequency. For example, for LTE, Doppler frequencies up to 200 Hz give a negligible loss of accuracy.
The cell specific channel simulator uses the same parameters as the RF port specific channel simulator with the following modifications:
- When specifying explicit paths, the delay should be smaller than
the cyclic prefix duration. Moreover, the
rayleigh_gauss
path type is not supported. - Global
freq_shift
and high speed train model are not supported. Per-pathfreq_shift
is supported. -
noise_level
andsnr
are not supported. The Gaussian noise should be added with the RF port specific channel simulator. If a different SNR is required for the different cells, the cell levels should be modified withcell_gain
.
8.9 Non Terrestrial Network
This eNB supports the Release-17 NTN feature for NB-IoT cells and NR cells. It supports all the orbit configuration (LEO, MEO and GEO).
The following ntn
configuration object allows the cell in a NTN band to operate a NTN configuration.
To simulate the large RTT delay and optionnally doppler shift and large attenuation induced by NTN operation,
the RF port channel simulator channel_dl
may be used. See RF port specific channel simulator.
The satellite ephemeris can be configured either with a TLE file, a StateVector file or with explicit orbital elements.
If nothing is specified, a default ephemeris is generated according to the default_ephemeris
parameter.
ntnnb_cell_list.ntn nr_cell_list.ntn
Optional object to describe the NTN configuration. Contains the following parameters:
sv_filenamenb_cell_list.ntn.sv_filename nr_cell_list.ntn.sv_filename
Optional string to configure satellite state vectors from a file according to the file format specified with
sv_filetype
.
When the parameter is present,tle_filename
andephemeris
are ignored, anduse_state_vectors
is forced to true.sv_filetypenb_cell_list.ntn.sv_filetype nr_cell_list.ntn.sv_filetype
Optional enumeration:
ccsds-oem
,custom-1
. Default iscustom-1
.
Describe the file format used to parse the state vectors file defined bysv_filename
.
ccsds-oem
corresponds to the ORBIT EPHEMERIS MESSAGE specified by The Consultative Committee for Space Data Systems (CCSDS) in document CCSDS 502.0-B-2.
custom-1
is a proprietary format.tle_filenamenb_cell_list.ntn.tle_filename nr_cell_list.ntn.tle_filename
Optional string to configure satellite ephemeris from a Two Line Elements (TLE) file.
The file shall contain only the two lines of data and optionally a title line.
When the parameter is present,ephemeris
is ignored.default_ephemerisnb_cell_list.ntn.default_ephemeris nr_cell_list.ntn.default_ephemeris
Optional enumeration:
geo
,meo
,leo
. Default isgeo
.
Ifephemeris
is absent, a default satellite ephemeris is generated so that the satellite is overhead the eNB ground position at eNB startup. The GEO and MEO satellite will be placed on the equatorial plane (zero inclination) at the longitude of the eNB ground position.
The LEO satellite will be initially placed at the zenith of the eNB position.default_smanb_cell_list.ntn.default_sma nr_cell_list.ntn.default_sma
Optional float, range 6500e3 to 42300e3. If
default_ephemeris
is used and set tomeo
orleo
, this parameter (in meters) allows to override the semi-major axis of the chosen orbit.
The parameter is ignored otherwise. The default values are 6928e3 (altitude 650km) forleo
and 14441e3 formeo
.default_elevation_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.default_elevation_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.default_elevation_offset
Optional float, range -90 to 90, default = 0. If
default_ephemeris
is used and set toleo
, this parameter (in degrees) allows to adjust the initial elevation of the satellite compared to the zenith position.
The parameter is ignored otherwise. Negative values will place the satellite before its zenith pass and positive values after the zenith.ephemerisnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris
Optional object to configure satellite ephemeris in the form of orbital parameters.
The epehemeris configuration is understood in a fixed ECI reference frame aligned with the J2000 vernal equinox, like a TLE configuration, irrespective of theeci_reference
parameter. If absent and iftle_filename
andsv_filename
are also absent, a default ephemeris is generated.
Contains the following parameters:eccentricitynb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.eccentricity nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.eccentricity
Float value. Range 0 to 0.99. Eccentricity, unitless
inclinationnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.inclination nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.inclination
Float value. Range 0 to \pi. Inclination, in radians. Value between \pi/2 and \pi will be encoded as -\pi/2 to -1 in RRC ASN.1 representation.
semi_major_axisnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.semi_major_axis nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.semi_major_axis
Float value. Semi-major axis, in meters.
longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.longitude
Float value. Range 0 to 2\pi. Longitude of the ascending node, in radians.
periapsisnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.periapsis nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.periapsis
Float value. Range 0 to 2\pi. Argument of periapsis, in radians.
anomalynb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.anomaly nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.anomaly
Float value. Range 0 to 2\pi. Mean anomaly of the satellite on its orbit at
epoch
, in radians.epochnb_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.epoch nr_cell_list.ntn.ephemeris.epoch
Optional integer or string. Epoch for the
anomaly
parameter, given as UTC time.
If given as an integer, it represents a timestamp in 10ms unit of Unix time (UTC time since 1970-01-01).
If given as a string, it should be a date with the following format:"YYYY/MM/DD HH:MM:SS.mmm"
.
If absent, the eNB startup time is used.
use_state_vectorsnb_cell_list.ntn.use_state_vectors nr_cell_list.ntn.use_state_vectors
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the satellite position is converted to ECEF coordinates and broadcast as EphemerisStateVectors-r17 in SIB31. If false, EphemerisOrbitalParameters-r17 is used.
eci_referencenb_cell_list.ntn.eci_reference nr_cell_list.ntn.eci_reference
Optional enumeration:
vernal_point
,ecef_greenwich
. Default isvernal_point
.
Defines the ECI reference frame X axis when broadcasting the orbital parameters, which serves as origin for the longitude of ascending node measurement.
vernal_point
corresponds to the standard J2000 vernal equinox.
ecef_greenwich
corresponds to the Greenwich meridian at epoch, so that the ECI and ECEF reference frame coincide.ground_positionnb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position
Optional object to configure the geographical ground position of the eNB in order to automatically compute NTA-Common, NTA-CommonDrift and NTA-CommonDriftVariation.
In case theephemeris
parameter is absent, the default geostationnary satellite will be instantiated at the configuredlongitude
. Contains the following parameters:same_as_ap_positionnb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.same_as_ap_position nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.same_as_ap_position
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the position configured by
access_point_position
is used andlatitude
,longitude
andaltitude
are ignored.
If false,latitude
andlongitude
are mandatory.latitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.latitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.latitude
Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.
longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.longitude
Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.
altitudenb_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.altitude nr_cell_list.ntn.ground_position.altitude
Optional float value (default = 0). Range -1000m to 20km. Altitude in meters.
n_ta_commonnb_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common nr_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_common
Optional float value, mandatory if
ground_position
is absent. Force the value of NTA-Common, in us. If the parameter is absent, then the NTA-Common value is automatically computed based onground_position
and current satellite position.n_ta_driftnb_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift nr_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift
Optional float value (default = 0). Force the value of NTA-CommonDrift, in us/s.
n_ta_drift_varnb_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift_var nr_cell_list.ntn.n_ta_drift_var
Optional float value (default = 0). Force the value of NTA-CommonDriftVariation, in us/s/s.
feeder_doppler_compensationnb_cell_list.ntn.feeder_doppler_compensation nr_cell_list.ntn.feeder_doppler_compensation
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNB will precompensate the doppler effect present on the feeder link. This parameters needs
ground_position
to be set. This option is available for NR cells only.feeder_dl_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.feeder_dl_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.feeder_dl_freq
Optional integer (default = cell UL frequency). Sets the actual frequency of the satellite DL feeder link (from satellite to eNB) to compute an accurate doppler compensation. Unused if
feeder_doppler_compensation
is false.feeder_ul_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.feeder_ul_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.feeder_ul_freq
Optional integer (default = cell DL frequency). Sets the actual frequency of the satellite UL feeder link (from eNB to satellite) to compute an accurate doppler compensation. Unused if
feeder_doppler_compensation
is false.large_freq_shiftnb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift
Optional object to add a ’calibration’ phase where the eNB measures the received PRACH (without handling them) in order to compensate a large and unforeseen frequency error. This option is available for NR only.
This feature is compatible with all PRACH formats except format 0 and C0. The eNB parametercompute_freq_shift
also needs to be set.
The object contains the following parameters:prach_range_scnb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_range_sc nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_range_sc
Integer. Range 12 to 768. Range of frequency error detection in PRACH subcarrier units.
prach_n_accnb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_n_acc nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.prach_n_acc
Integer. Range 1 to 11. Number of PRACH to accumulate before deciding on a frequency measurement.
ta_tolerancenb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.ta_tolerance nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.ta_tolerance
Integer. Range 0 to 32, in TA units. Range in TA units below which the received PRACH will be assumed coming from the same UE.
average_modenb_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.average_mode nr_cell_list.ntn.large_freq_shift.average_mode
Optional boolean (default false). Defines how the frequency error is determined. When true, the error is the average of the frequency measurements performed on the
prach_nacc
PRACH sharing the same TA (in theta_tolerance
range). When false, the error is the mode of the frequency measurements.
channel_sim_controlnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control
Optional object to automatically adjust the delay (and optionally the doppler shift) of the channel simulator.
The channel simulator needs to be configured with only onepath
oftype:"constant"
.
In thepath
object, only the value fordelay
will be updated, other values will stays as initially configured. Ifue_doppler_shift
and/orfeeder_doppler_shift
is true, the values offreq_shift
andul_freq_shift
will be automatically updated.
If thechannel_sim_control
object is absent, channel simulator control is disabled.
Contains the following parameters:typenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.type nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.type
Enumeration:
disabled, auto_feeder_link, auto_feeder_service_link
. Sets the type of control of the channel simulator.
auto_feeder_link
updates the delay with only the feeder link, based on satellite ephemeris andground_position
.
auto_feeder_service_link
updates the delay with the feeder link plus the service link to simulate the overall round-trip time of a NTN system. In that mode, an estimation of the UE position needs to be configured withue_position
.
ue_positionnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position
Optional object, needed only when type is set to
auto_feeder_service_link
. Configures the expected geographical position of the UEs to simulate the global round-trip time. Contains the following parameters:latitudenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.latitude nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.latitude
Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.
longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.longitude
Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.
altitudenb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.altitude nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_position.altitude
Optional float value (default = 0). Range -1000m to 20km. Altitude in meters.
ue_doppler_shiftnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_doppler_shift nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_doppler_shift
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the doppler frequency shift of the service link is added to the channel simulator in DL and in UL.
This parameter is used only if the control type is set toauto_feeder_service_link
.ue_dl_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_freq
Optional integer (default = cell DL freq). Sets the actual DL frequency in Hz of the satellite service link to simulate accurate doppler shifts when
ue_doppler_shift
is true.ue_ul_freqnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_ul_freq nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_ul_freq
Optional integer (default = cell UL freq). Sets the actual UL frequency in Hz of the satellite service link to simulate accurate doppler shifts when
ue_doppler_shift
is true.feeder_doppler_shiftnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.feeder_doppler_shift nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.feeder_doppler_shift
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the doppler frequency shift of the feeder link is added to the channel simulator in DL and in UL.
The frequencies used for the simulation of feeder link doppler are the same than the one used forfeeder_doppler_compensation
.ue_dl_attenuationnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_attenuation nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_attenuation
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the DL attenuation of the service link is set in the DL channel simulator. The attenuation takes into account the free space loss and the atmopsheric absorption for frequencies up to 50GHz.
This parameter is used only if the control type is set toauto_feeder_service_link
.ue_dl_gain_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_gain_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.channel_sim_control.ue_dl_gain_offset
Optional float, range 0 to 100 (default = 0). Offsets the attenuation calculated by
ue_dl_attenuation
by a constant value. Typical free space loss from a satellite will range from 70 to 90 dB, so setting a value around 80 dB in a cabled setup environment is recommended. This parameter is used only ifue_dl_attenuation
is set to true.
ul_sync_validitynb_cell_list.ntn.ul_sync_validity nr_cell_list.ntn.ul_sync_validity
Enumeration 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 120, 180 or 240. ul-SyncValidationDuration in seconds.
k_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.k_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.k_offset
Optional integer. Range 0 to 1023. k-Offset value in ms. Default value is calculated based on satellite altitude.
dynamic_k_offsetnb_cell_list.ntn.dynamic_k_offset nr_cell_list.ntn.dynamic_k_offset
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enables UE-specific k_offset adjustment based on UE TA Report.
reference_locationnb_cell_list.ntn.reference_location nr_cell_list.ntn.reference_location
Optional object. Reference location of the serving cell provided via NTN quasi-Earth fixed system. It contains the following parameters:
latitudenb_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.latitude nr_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.latitude
Float value. Range -90 to 90. Degrees of latitude.
longitudenb_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.longitude nr_cell_list.ntn.reference_location.longitude
Float value. Range -180 to 180. Degrees of longitude.
t_servicenb_cell_list.ntn.t_service nr_cell_list.ntn.t_service
Optional integer or string. This parameters is suitable for NR only to send the corresponding end of service for the current cell, given as UTC time.
If set to 0, it is automatically computed by the eNB based on satellite ephemeris.neighbour_cellsnb_cell_list.ntn.neighbour_cells nr_cell_list.ntn.neighbour_cells
Optional boolean (default = false). This parameter is suitable for NR only. If set to true, intra-gNB neighbour cells defined in the
ncell_list
via thecell_id
parameter (See NR ncell_list) which have also a NTN config will be used to populate the ntn-NeighCellConfigList-r17 in SIB19.rat_typenb_cell_list.ntn.rat_type nr_cell_list.ntn.rat_type
Optional enumeration:
leo, meo, geo, othersat
. RAT Type advertised to the core network for the Tracking Area to which the cell belong. Default value is based on satellite altitude defined bysemi_major_axis
.t318nb_cell_list.ntn.t318 nr_cell_list.ntn.t318
Optional enumeration: 0, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000, 8000, default = 2000. T318 value. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.
8.9.1 NB-IoT cell
For NB-IoT, the ntn
object shall be placed inside a cell item of the nb_cell_list
or in the nb_cell_default
. See NB-IoT cell configuration.
The sib31
scheduling information also needs to be configured in the cell. See NB-IoT sib31.
8.9.2 NR cell
For NR, the ntn
object shall be placed inside a cell item of the nr_cell_list
or in the nr_cell_default
. See NR cell configuration.
The sib19
scheduling information also needs to be configured in the cell. See NR sib19.
8.10 DL synchronization
This feature allows eNB/gNB to listen to neighbour cells on same frequency
to synchronize its clock in time.
The feature is only available for NR and LTE TDD cells and is subject to license
limitation.
To enable it, please contact sales@amarisoft.com.
When enabled, the eNB/gNB will search for cells at same frequency and will synchronize in time its signal to the strongest cell found. This cell will be noted as remote cell.
Inside your LTE or NR cell configuration, place a dl_sync
object with following parameters:
snr_thresholdcell_list.snr_threshold nr_cell_list.snr_threshold
Optional number (default = 2). SNR is dB below which the synchronization is considered as lost.
When this threshold is reached, adl_sync/lost
event will be sent via remote API.snr_seqcell_list.snr_seq nr_cell_list.snr_seq
Optional number (default = 20). Defines number of consecutive low SNR found before generating unsync event.
info_delaycell_list.info_delay nr_cell_list.info_delay
Optional number (default = 5). Delay in seconds between two
dl_sync/info
event sent via remote API.sync_timeoutcell_list.sync_timeout nr_cell_list.sync_timeout
Optional number (default = 5). Maximum time in seconds for cell search. During this period, no signal will be transmitted. When a cell is found, a
dl_sync/sync
event is sent and cell signal will be sent again. If the timeout is reached, signal will be back and adl_sync/timeout
event will be sent via remote API.pci_blacklistcell_list.pci_blacklist nr_cell_list.pci_blacklist
Optional integer or array of integers. Each integer represents a Physical Cell ID that can’t be used for synchronization.
8.10.1 LTE cell
To work with a LTE cell, DL synchronization requires MBMS to be enabled.
Please refer to reserved_mbms_subframes to do it.
8.10.2 NR cell
For NR cell, dl_sync
configuration object has following additional parameters:
ssb_periodnr_cell_list.ssb_period
Enumeration (5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160). SSB periodicity in ms of the remote cell.
Should be lesser or equal to the real remote cell periodicity.
Note that gNB will stop sending signal when listening to remote cell SSB.gscnnr_cell_list.gscn
Optional integer (default = 0). Set the SSB GSCN of the remote (=SSB carrier frequency). The special default value 0 indicates to automatically set it. It is computed so that the SSB is at the lowest possible frequency in the cell bandwidth.
ssb_nr_arfcnnr_cell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. If set, forces remote cell SSB arfcn.
Note that ssb_pos_bitmap of the cell should be defined to avoid collision with remote cell SSB.
9 CPU/Cores configuration
For optimal performances LTEENB will use multiple cores. Those cores can be spread
on multiple CPUs (Multi socket) as long as Linux operating system makes them available.
By default, LTEENB will try to find the most suitable amount of necessary cores depending on the total number of available cores and the desired radio configuration (Mainly depending on number of cells, on their bandwidth and number of antenna).
For optimization purpose, this can be manually defined as explained in this chapter.
9.1 Hyperthreading
We strongly recommend to disable CPU hyperthreading.
The main reason is that LTEENB is memory intensive and any process running
on a twin of a core used by the process may steal its cache resources, leading to
performance degradation.
If you use Amarisoft automatic installation, you should disable it
during the installation process.
For optimal performances, you may disable hyperthreading in the BIOS.
If you want to keep hyperthreading on for other processes, you may configure Linux to avoid scheduling other processes on the twin of the cores used by LTEENB using core isolation.
9.2 Core restriction cores
LTEENB will restrict its core usage to the list of cores affected to the process
by the OS at startup.
If the process is launch with a dedicated core list, such as what tasket
program
will do, the software relies on it and will tries to use only specified cores.
In the case where cores would have been isolated by kernel at boot time, those cores won’t
be used by default.
If you want to use them, you will need to use taskset
program (or equivalent) to
prevent this restriction.
9.3 Affinity
You can force core affinity of the process externaly (Ex: using taskset program) or use
cpu_core_list
array.
Each element will represent cores to use or not, with following syntax:
Number
Represent the core index to use (Same as processor information in /proc/cpuinfo).
String
String Description <a> where <a> is a number, represents the core index to use. * all cores (excluding hyperthreaded twins) will be added to the list. numa<n> all cores related to NUMA node <n> will be added <a>-<b> all cores between core index <a> and core index <b> (included) will be added. <b> can be "last" representing the index of the last core. !<cores> remove all the cores defined by <core> where <code> can have the other string syntax defined above. By default, only non hyperthreaded cores will be used. To select hyperthreaded core twins, use number syntax or start string by
"ht:"
.
Ex:"ht:*"
will select all cores including hyperthreaded twins.
The cpu_core_list
can be defined at top level of your configuration file
to force the global affinity of the process or for dedicated sections.
Examples:
Let’s assume we have a CPU with 8 hyperthreaded cores (16 logical cores).
cpu_core_list: ["*", "!4"]
Will assign cores 0, 1, 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7
cpu_core_list: ["5-last", "ht:12-last"]
Will assign cores 5, 6, 7, 12, 13, 14, 15
9.4 Memory
On NUMA (Non Uniform Memory Access) CPU architecture, you may improve performances
by assigning NUMA nodes to different digital processing engines.
This is the case when you have multiple sockets on your motherboard or with AMD processor.
Note that by default NUMA nodes are hidden by BIOS to the OS so you may change your BIOS
configuration to use them.
For each digital processing engine, you should assign NUMA nodes for memory and for
core affinity that has the shortest path.
In other words, when you affect cores to a DSP engine, you should ensure that the assigned
cores are located on the fewest NUMA nodes possible and if needed select manually your
NUMA node for memory (See cpu_numa_list).
As the DSP engine communicates huge amount of memory to the radio frontend, you may select
same NUMA nodes as your radio frontend.
If you use Amarisoft PCIe radio frontends, you can check which NUMA node is used by checking
kernel traces (dmesg) when inserting kernel driver.
Ex:
sdr PCI device 6c:00.0 assigned to minor 5, type=RF_SDR100_Slave (rev 1) numa=1 dma:1ch 64b
10 Remote API
You can access LTEENB via a remote API.
Protocol used is WebSocket as defined in RFC 6455
(https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6455).
Note that Origin header is mandatory for the server to accept connections.
This behavior is determined by the use of nopoll
library.
Any value will be accepted.
10.1 Messages
Messages exchanged between client and LTEENB server are in strict JSON
format.
Each message is represented by an object. Multiple message can be sent to
server using an array of message objects.
Time and delay values are floating number in seconds.
There are 3 types of messages:
- Request
Message sent by client.
Common definition:messagerequest.message
String. Represent type of message. This parameter is mandatory and depending on its value, other parameters will apply.
message_idrequest.message_id
Optional any type. If set, response sent by the server to this message will have same message_id. This is used to identify response as WebSocket does not provide such a concept.
start_timerequest.start_time
Optional float. Represent the delay before executing the message.
If not set, the message is executed when received.
absolute_timerequest.absolute_time
Optional boolean (default = false). If set,
start_time
is interpreted as absolute.
You can get current clock of system usingtime
member of any response.standalonerequest.standalone
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, message will survive WebSocket disconnection, else, if socket is disconnected before end of processing, the message will be cancelled.
loop_countrequest.loop_count
Optional integer (default = 0, max = 1000000). If set, message will be repeated
loop_count
time(s) afterloop_delay
(From message beginning of event).
Response will have aloop_index
to indicate iteration number.loop_delayrequest.loop_delay
Optional number (min = 0.1, max = 86400). Delay in seconds to repeat message from its
start_time
. Mandatory whenloop_count
is set > 0.
- Response
Message sent by server after any request message as been processed.
Common definition:messageresponse.message
String. Same as request.
message_idresponse.message_id
Optional any type. Same as in request.
timeresponse.time
Number representing time in seconds since start of the process.
Usefull to send command with absolute time.utcresponse.utc
Number representing UTC seconds.
- Events
Message sent by server on its own initiative.
Common definition:messageevent.message
String. Event name.
timeevent.time
Number representing time in seconds.
Usefull to send command with absolute time.
10.2 Startup
When WebSocket connections is setup, LTEENB will send a first message with
name set to com_name
and type set to ENB.
If authentication is not set, message will be ready
:
{ "message": "ready", "type": "ENB", "name": <com_name> }
If authentication is set, message will be authenticate
:
{ "message": "authenticate", "type": "ENB", "name": <com_name>, "challenge": <random challenge> }
To authenticate, the client must answer with a authenticate
message
and a res
parameter where:
res = HMAC-SHA256( "<type>:<password>:<name>", "<challenge>" )
res
is a string and HMAC-SHA256 refers to the standard algorithm
(https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/HMAC)
If the authentication succeeds, the response will have a ready
field
set to true
.
{ "message": "authenticate", "message_id": <message id>, "ready": true }
If authentication fails, the response will have an error
field and will
provide a new challenge.
{ "message": "authenticate", "message_id": <message id>, "error": <error message>, "type": "ENB", "name: <name>, "challenge": <new random challenge> }
If any other message is sent before authentication succeeds,
the error "Authentication not done"
will be sent as a response.
10.3 Errors
If a message produces an error, response will have an error string field representing the error.
10.4 Sample nodejs program
You will find in this documentation a sample program: ws.js
.
It is located in doc
subdirectory.
This is a nodejs program that allow to send message to LTEENB.
It requires nodejs to be installed:
dnf install nodejs npm npm install nodejs-websocket
Use relevant package manager instead of NPM depending on your Linux distribution.
Then simply start it with server name and message you want to send:
./ws.js 127.0.0.1:9001 '{"message": "config_get"}'
10.5 Common messages
config_get
Retrieve current config.
Response definition:
typeconfig_get.type
Always "ENB"
nameconfig_get.name
String representing server name.
logsconfig_get.logs
Object representing log configuration.
With following elements:layersconfig_get.logs.layers
Object. Each member of the object represent a log layer configuration:
layer name
Object. The member name represent log layer name and parameters are:
levelconfig_get.logs.layers.root.level
See log_options
max_sizeconfig_get.logs.layers.root.max_size
See log_options
keyconfig_get.logs.layers.root.key
See log_options
cryptoconfig_get.logs.layers.root.crypto
See log_options
payloadconfig_get.logs.layers.root.payload
See log_options
repconfig_get.logs.layers.root.rep
Optional boolean. See log_options
csiconfig_get.logs.layers.root.csi
Optional boolean. See log_options
ntnconfig_get.logs.layers.root.ntn
Optional boolean. See log_options
signalconfig_get.logs.layers.root.signal
Optional boolean. See log_options
countconfig_get.logs.count
Number. Number of bufferizer logs.
rotateconfig_get.logs.rotate
Optional number. Max log file size before rotation.
pathconfig_get.logs.path
Optional string. Log rotation path.
bcchconfig_get.logs.bcch
Boolean. True if BCCH dump is enabled (eNB only).
mibconfig_get.logs.mib
Boolean. True if MIB dump is enabled (eNB only).
lockedconfig_get.locked
Optional boolean. If
true
, logs configuration can’t be changed withconfig_set
API.taiconfig_get.tai
Number. Absolute TAI time in s corresponding to
time
of this response.
Can be used to retrieve SFN.global_enb_idconfig_get.global_enb_id
Optional object (present if LTE or NB-IoT cells are declared) containing the following members:
plmnconfig_get.global_enb_id.plmn
String. PLMN identity part of the global eNB ID.
enb_id_typeconfig_get.global_enb_id.enb_id_type
String. eNB type (short_macro, macro, long_macro, home).
enb_idconfig_get.global_enb_id.enb_id
Integer. eNB identity part of the global eNB ID.
enb_nameconfig_get.global_enb_id.enb_name
String. eNB name
global_gnb_idconfig_get.global_gnb_id
Optional object (present if NR SA cells are declared) containing the following members:
plmnconfig_get.global_gnb_id.plmn
String. PLMN identity part of the global gNB ID.
gnb_id_bitsconfig_get.global_gnb_id.gnb_id_bits
Integer. Number of bits for the
gnb_id
.gnb_idconfig_get.global_gnb_id.gnb_id
Integer. gNB identity part of the global gNB ID.
gnb_nameconfig_get.global_gnb_id.gnb_name
String. gNB name
cellsconfig_get.cells
Object. Each member name/value represents the LTE cell ID/cell definition:
n_antenna_dlconfig_get.cells.n_antenna_dl
Integer. Downlink antenna count.
n_antenna_ulconfig_get.cells.n_antenna_ul
Integer. Uplink antenna count.
n_layer_dlconfig_get.cells.n_layer_dl
Integer. Downlink layer count.
n_layer_ulconfig_get.cells.n_layer_ul
Integer. Uplink layer count.
gainconfig_get.cells.gain
Float. Cell gain in dB.
ul_disabledconfig_get.cells.ul_disabled
Boolean. UL state.
rf_portconfig_get.cells.rf_port
Integer. RF port number index.
labelconfig_get.cells.label
Optional string. Label set in configuration file.
dl_qamconfig_get.cells.dl_qam
Enumeration: 64, 256, 1024. Maximum QAM size used in downlink.
ul_qamconfig_get.cells.ul_qam
Enumeration: 16, 64, 256. Maximum QAM size used in uplink.
ecgiconfig_get.cells.ecgi
Object containing the following information:
plmnconfig_get.cells.ecgi.plmn
String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.
eciconfig_get.cells.ecgi.eci
Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).
cell_barredconfig_get.cells.cell_barred
Boolean. Cell barred status.
cell_barred_5gcconfig_get.cells.cell_barred_5gc
Optional boolean. Cell barred status for EUTRA/5GC.
n_id_cellconfig_get.cells.n_id_cell
Integer. Physical cell ID.
n_rb_dlconfig_get.cells.n_rb_dl
Integer. Number of downlink resource blocks.
n_rb_ulconfig_get.cells.n_rb_ul
Integer. Number of uplink resource blocks.
dl_earfcnconfig_get.cells.dl_earfcn
Integer. Downlink EARFCN.
ul_earfcnconfig_get.cells.ul_earfcn
Integer. Uplink EARFCN.
bandconfig_get.cells.band
Integer. LTE frequency band indicator.
modeconfig_get.cells.mode
Enumeration: FDD, TDD. Operation mode.
uldl_configconfig_get.cells.uldl_config
Optional integer. TDD subframe assignment. Only present if
mode
is "TDD".sp_configconfig_get.cells.sp_config
Optional integer. TDD special subframe pattern. Only present if
mode
is "TDD".prach_sequence_indexconfig_get.cells.prach_sequence_index
Integer. Cell PRACH sequence index.
dl_cyclic_prefixconfig_get.cells.dl_cyclic_prefix
Enumeration: normal, extended. Downlink cyclic prefix.
ul_cyclic_prefixconfig_get.cells.ul_cyclic_prefix
Enumeration: normal, extended. Uplink cyclic prefix.
prach_config_indexconfig_get.cells.prach_config_index
Integer. PRACH configuration index.
prach_freq_offsetconfig_get.cells.prach_freq_offset
Integer. PRACH frequency offset.
delta_pucch_shiftconfig_get.cells.delta_pucch_shift
Integer. deltaPUCCH-Shift.
nrb_cqiconfig_get.cells.nrb_cqi
Integer. nRB-CQI.
n_cs_anconfig_get.cells.n_cs_an
Integer. nCS-AN.
pucch_allocationconfig_get.cells.pucch_allocation
Array of objects. Each object contains:
typeconfig_get.cells.pucch_allocation.type
Enumeration: 2/2a/2b, 3.
rbsconfig_get.cells.pucch_allocation.rbs
Integer. Number of resource blocks for this type.
n
Integer. Number of PUCCH for this type.
pucch_ack_nack_startconfig_get.cells.pucch_ack_nack_start
Integer. n1PUCCH-AN.
pucch_reserved_rbsconfig_get.cells.pucch_reserved_rbs
Array of 10 integers. Each entry gives the number of resource blocks reserved for PUCCH in the corresponding subframe.
sr_resource_countconfig_get.cells.sr_resource_count
Integer. Number of Scheduling Request resources.
cqi_resource_countconfig_get.cells.cqi_resource_count
Integer. Number of Channel Quality Indicator resources.
br_sr_resource_countconfig_get.cells.br_sr_resource_count
Optional integer. Number of Bandwidth Reduced Scheduling Request resources.
br_cqi_resource_countconfig_get.cells.br_cqi_resource_count
Optional integer. Number of Bandwidth Reduced Channel Quality Indicator resources.
srs_resourcesconfig_get.cells.srs_resources
Array containing the SRS related information:
offsetsconfig_get.cells.srs_resources.offsets
Integer. Number of possible offsets.
freqsconfig_get.cells.srs_resources.freqs
Integer. Number of possible frequencies.
totalconfig_get.cells.srs_resources.total
Integer. Total number of resources.
gbrconfig_get.cells.gbr
Object containing the GBR related information:
dl_limitconfig_get.cells.gbr.dl_limit
Integer. Downlink limit in number of resource elements per second.
ul_limitconfig_get.cells.gbr.ul_limit
Integer. Uplink limit in number of resource elements per second.
connected_mobilityconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility
Optional object. Present if
meas_config_desc
configuration object is defined for this cell. It contains the following information:scell_config_a4_a2config_get.cells.connected_mobility.scell_config_a4_a2
Boolean. Set to true if A2/A4 events are defined in
scell_config
.scell_config_a6config_get.cells.connected_mobility.scell_config_a6
Boolean. Set to true if an A6 event is defined in
scell_config
.eutra_handover_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover_intra
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_handover
oreutra_handover_intra
andho_from_meas
are true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.eutra_handover_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover_inter
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_handover
oreutra_handover_inter
andho_from_meas
are true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.eutra_handoverconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_handover
andho_from_meas
are true. Only applicable to NR cells.eutra_cell_redirect_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect_intra
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_cell_redirect
oreutra_cell_redirect_intra
is true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.eutra_cell_redirect_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect_inter
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_cell_redirect
oreutra_cell_redirect_inter
is true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.eutra_cell_redirectconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_cell_redirect
is true. Only applicable to NR cells.nr_handover_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover_intra
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_handover
ornr_handover_intra
andho_from_meas
are true. Only applicable to NR cells.nr_handover_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover_inter
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_handover
ornr_handover_inter
andho_from_meas
are true. Only applicable to NR cells.nr_handoverconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_handover
andho_from_meas
are true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.nr_cell_redirect_intraconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect_intra
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_cell_redirect
ornr_cell_redirect_intra
is true. Only applicable to NR cells.nr_cell_redirect_interconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect_inter
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_cell_redirect
ornr_cell_redirect_inter
is true. Only applicable to NR cells.nr_cell_redirectconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_cell_redirect
is true. Only applicable to EUTRA cells.en_dc_setupconfig_get.cells.connected_mobility.en_dc_setup
Boolean. Set to true if
en_dc_setup
is true.
scell_listconfig_get.cells.scell_list
Optional array of objects listing the configured LTE secondary cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:
cell_idconfig_get.cells.scell_list.cell_id
Integer. Cell identifier.
ul_allowedconfig_get.cells.scell_list.ul_allowed
Boolean. Indicates if PUSCH transmission is allowed.
cross_carrier_schedulingconfig_get.cells.scell_list.cross_carrier_scheduling
Boolean. True if cross carrier scheduling is enabled for this cell.
ncell_listconfig_get.cells.ncell_list
Optional array of objects listing the configured E-UTRA or NR cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:
ratconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.rat
String ("nr" or "eutra"). Cell type.
dl_earfcnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.dl_earfcn
Optional integer. Cell DL E-ARFCN. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
n_id_cellconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.n_id_cell
Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
ecgiconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ecgi
Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
plmnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ecgi.plmn
String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.
eciconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ecgi.eci
Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).
ssb_nr_arfcnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. SSB DL NR-ARFCN. Only applicable to NR cells.
n_id_nrcellconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.n_id_nrcell
Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to NR cells.
ncgiconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ncgi
Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to NR cells.
plmnconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ncgi.plmn
String. NR Cell Identity PLMN.
nciconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.ncgi.nci
Integer. NR Cell Identity (36 bits).
handover_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.handover_target
Boolean.
handover_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell.cell_redirect_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target
Boolean.
cell_redirect_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell.eps_fallback_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.eps_fallback_target
Boolean.
eps_fallback_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.emergency_fallback_targetconfig_get.cells.ncell_list.emergency_fallback_target
Boolean.
emergency_fallback_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
en_dc_scg_cell_listconfig_get.cells.en_dc_scg_cell_list
Optional array of objects listing the configured NR primary secondary cells (EN-DC). Each object of the array contains the following information:
cell_idconfig_get.cells.en_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id
Integer. Cell identifier.
tacconfig_get.cells.tac
Integer. Tracking Area Code.
plmn_listconfig_get.cells.plmn_list
Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
plmnconfig_get.cells.plmn_list.plmn
String. PLMN.
reservedconfig_get.cells.plmn_list.reserved
Boolean. Reserved flag.
plmn_list_5gcconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc
Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
plmn_idsconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids
Array of objects. List of PLMNs for this TAC. Each object contains the following information:
plmnconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn
String. PLMN.
reservedconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved
Boolean. Reserved flag.
tacconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.tac
Integer. Tracking Area Code.
ranacconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.ranac
Optional integer. RAN Area Code.
nssaiconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai
Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
sstconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst
Integer (range 1-255). Slice Service Type.
sdconfig_get.cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd
Optional integer (range 0-0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.
nb_cellsconfig_get.nb_cells
Object. Each member name/value represents the NB-IoT cell ID/cell definition:
n_antenna_dlconfig_get.nb_cells.n_antenna_dl
Integer. Downlink antenna count.
n_antenna_ulconfig_get.nb_cells.n_antenna_ul
Integer. Uplink antenna count.
n_layer_dlconfig_get.nb_cells.n_layer_dl
Integer. Downlink layer count.
n_layer_ulconfig_get.nb_cells.n_layer_ul
Integer. Uplink layer count.
gainconfig_get.nb_cells.gain
Float. Cell gain in dB.
ul_disabledconfig_get.nb_cells.ul_disabled
Boolean. UL state.
rf_portconfig_get.nb_cells.rf_port
Integer. RF port number index.
labelconfig_get.nb_cells.label
Optional string. Label set in configuration file.
dl_qamconfig_get.nb_cells.dl_qam
Enumeration: 4. Maximum QAM size used in downlink.
ul_qamconfig_get.nb_cells.ul_qam
Enumeration: 4. Maximum QAM size used in uplink.
ecgiconfig_get.nb_cells.ecgi
Object containing the following information:
plmnconfig_get.nb_cells.ecgi.plmn
String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.
eciconfig_get.nb_cells.ecgi.eci
Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).
cell_barredconfig_get.nb_cells.cell_barred
Boolean. Cell barred status.
cell_barred_5gcconfig_get.nb_cells.cell_barred_5gc
Optional boolean. Cell barred status for EUTRA/5GC.
cell_barred_ntnconfig_get.nb_cells.cell_barred_ntn
Optional boolean. Cell barred status for NTN.
n_id_ncellconfig_get.nb_cells.n_id_ncell
Integer. Physical cell ID.
dl_earfcnconfig_get.nb_cells.dl_earfcn
Integer. Downlink EARFCN.
ul_earfcnconfig_get.nb_cells.ul_earfcn
Integer. Uplink EARFCN.
bandconfig_get.nb_cells.band
Integer. LTE frequency band indicator.
operation_modeconfig_get.nb_cells.operation_mode
Enumeration: same_pci, diff_pci, guardband, standalone.
tacconfig_get.nb_cells.tac
Integer. Tracking Area Code.
plmn_listconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list
Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
plmnconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list.plmn
String. PLMN.
reservedconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list.reserved
Boolean. Reserved flag.
plmn_list_5gcconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc
Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
plmn_idsconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids
Array of objects. List of PLMNs for this TAC. Each object contains the following information:
plmnconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.plmn
String. PLMN.
reservedconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.plmn_ids.reserved
Boolean. Reserved flag.
tacconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.tac
Integer. Tracking Area Code.
nssaiconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai
Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
sstconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sst
Integer (range 1-255). Slice Service Type.
sdconfig_get.nb_cells.plmn_list_5gc.nssai.sd
Optional integer (range 0-0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.
nr_cellsconfig_get.nr_cells
Object. Each member name/value represents the NR cell ID/cell definition:
n_antenna_dlconfig_get.nr_cells.n_antenna_dl
Integer. Downlink antenna count.
n_antenna_ulconfig_get.nr_cells.n_antenna_ul
Integer. Uplink antenna count.
n_layer_dlconfig_get.nr_cells.n_layer_dl
Integer. Downlink layer count.
n_layer_ulconfig_get.nr_cells.n_layer_ul
Integer. Uplink layer count.
gainconfig_get.nr_cells.gain
Float. Cell gain in dB.
ul_disabledconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_disabled
Boolean. UL state.
rf_portconfig_get.nr_cells.rf_port
Integer. RF port number index.
labelconfig_get.nr_cells.label
Optional string. Label set in configuration file.
dl_qamconfig_get.nr_cells.dl_qam
Enumeration: 64, 256. Maximum QAM size used in downlink.
ul_qamconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_qam
Enumeration: 64, 256. Maximum QAM size used in uplink.
ncgiconfig_get.nr_cells.ncgi
Object containing the following information:
plmnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncgi.plmn
String. NR Cell Identity PLMN.
nciconfig_get.nr_cells.ncgi.nci
Integer. NR Cell Identity (36 bits).
cell_barredconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred
Boolean. Cell barred status.
cell_barred_redcap_1rxconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_redcap_1rx
Optional boolean. Cell barred status for RedCap UEs with 1 Rx branch.
cell_barred_redcap_2rxconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_redcap_2rx
Optional boolean. Cell barred status for RedCap UEs with 2 Rx branches.
cell_barred_ntnconfig_get.nr_cells.cell_barred_ntn
Optional boolean. Cell barred status for NTN.
n_id_nrcellconfig_get.nr_cells.n_id_nrcell
Integer. Physical cell ID.
bandconfig_get.nr_cells.band
Integer. NR frequency band indicator.
dl_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.dl_nr_arfcn
Integer. Downlink ARFCN.
ul_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_nr_arfcn
Integer. Uplink ARFCN.
n_rb_dlconfig_get.nr_cells.n_rb_dl
Integer. Number of downlink resource blocks.
n_rb_ulconfig_get.nr_cells.n_rb_ul
Integer. Number of uplink resource blocks.
ssb_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ssb_nr_arfcn
Integer. SSB ARFCN.
dl_muconfig_get.nr_cells.dl_mu
Integer. Downlink sub carrier spacing (15 * 2 ^ mu in KHz).
ul_muconfig_get.nr_cells.ul_mu
Integer. Uplink sub carrier spacing (15 * 2 ^ mu in KHz).
ssb_muconfig_get.nr_cells.ssb_mu
Integer. SSB sub carrier spacing (15 * 2 ^ mu in KHz).
modeconfig_get.nr_cells.mode
Enumeration: FDD, TDD. Operation mode.
prach_sequence_indexconfig_get.nr_cells.prach_sequence_index
Integer. Cell PRACH sequence index.
connected_mobilityconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility
Optional object. Present if
meas_config_desc
configuration object is defined for this cell. It contains the following information:scell_configconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.scell_config
Boolean. Set to true if
scell_config
is defined.nr_handoverconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.nr_handover
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_handover
is defined.nr_cell_redirectconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.nr_cell_redirect
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_cell_redirect
is defined.eutra_handoverconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.eutra_handover
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_handover
is defined.eutra_cell_redirectconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.eutra_cell_redirect
Boolean. Set to true if
eutra_cell_redirect
is defined.nr_dc_setupconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.nr_dc_setup
Boolean. Set to true if
nr_dc_setup
is defined.mr_dc_releaseconfig_get.nr_cells.connected_mobility.mr_dc_release
Boolean. Set to true if
mr_dc_release
is defined.
scell_listconfig_get.nr_cells.scell_list
Optional array of objects listing the configured NR secondary cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:
cell_idconfig_get.nr_cells.scell_list.cell_id
Integer. Cell identifier.
ul_allowedconfig_get.nr_cells.scell_list.ul_allowed
Boolean. Indicates if PUSCH transmission is allowed.
ncell_listconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list
Optional array of objects listing the configured E-UTRA or NR cells. Each object of the array contains the following information:
ratconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.rat
String ("nr" or "eutra"). Cell type.
dl_earfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.dl_earfcn
Optional integer. Cell DL E-ARFCN. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
n_id_cellconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.n_id_cell
Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
ecgiconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ecgi
Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
plmnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ecgi.plmn
String. E-UTRAN Cell Identity PLMN.
eciconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ecgi.eci
Integer. E-UTRAN Cell Identity (28 bits).
ssb_nr_arfcnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ssb_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. SSB DL NR-ARFCN. Only applicable to NR cells.
n_id_nrcellconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.n_id_nrcell
Optional integer. Cell PCI. Only applicable to NR cells.
ncgiconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ncgi
Optional object containing the following information. Only applicable to NR cells.
plmnconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ncgi.plmn
String. NR Cell Identity PLMN.
nciconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.ncgi.nci
Integer. NR Cell Identity (36 bits).
handover_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.handover_target
Boolean.
handover_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell.cell_redirect_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.cell_redirect_target
Boolean.
cell_redirect_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell.eps_fallback_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.eps_fallback_target
Boolean.
eps_fallback_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.emergency_fallback_targetconfig_get.nr_cells.ncell_list.emergency_fallback_target
Boolean.
emergency_fallback_target
parameter value for this neighbor cell. Only applicable to E-UTRA cells.
nr_dc_scg_cell_listconfig_get.nr_cells.nr_dc_scg_cell_list
Optional array of objects listing the configured NR primary secondary cells (NR-DC). Each object of the array contains the following information:
cell_idconfig_get.nr_cells.nr_dc_scg_cell_list.cell_id
Integer. Cell identifier.
plmn_listconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list
Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
plmn_idsconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.plmn_ids
Array of strings. List of PLMNs for this TAC.
reservedconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.reserved
Boolean. Reserved flag.
tacconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.tac
Integer. Tracking Area Code.
ranacconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.ranac
Optional integer. RAN Area Code.
nssaiconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.nssai
Array of objects. Each object contains the following information:
sstconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.nssai.sst
Integer (range 1-255). Slice Service Type.
sdconfig_get.nr_cells.plmn_list.nssai.sd
Optional integer (range 0-0xFFFFFE). Slice Differentiator.
rx_channelsconfig_get.rx_channels
Array of objects. Each object contains the following members:
gainconfig_get.rx_channels.gain
Float. RF reception gain, in dB.
freqconfig_get.rx_channels.freq
Float. RF reception frequency, in MHz.
tx_channelsconfig_get.tx_channels
Array of objects. Each object contains the following members:
gainconfig_get.tx_channels.gain
Float. RF transmission gain, in dB.
freqconfig_get.tx_channels.freq
Float. RF transmission frequency, in MHz.
portconfig_get.tx_channels.port
Integer. RF port index.
rf_portsconfig_get.rf_ports
Array of objects. Each object represents the channel simulator parameters per RF port if channel simulator is enabled.
channel_dlconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl
Object. Each object contains the following members:
noise_levelconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.noise_level
Array of float. Noise level table, in dB.
freq_shiftconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.freq_shift
Float. Global frequency shift in Hz.
pathsconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths
Array of objects. Each object contains the parameters of a path:
typeconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.type
Enumeration: constant, rayleigh, rayleigh_gauss. Type of path array.
constant
for constant path,rayleigh
for Rayleigh fading with the Jakes model,rayleigh_gauss
for Rayleigh fading with the Gaussian model.delayconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.delay
Float. Path delay in ns.
gainconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.gain
Float. Path gain in dB.
freq_shiftconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_shift
Float. Frequency shift in Hz (only for constant paths).
freq_dopplerconfig_get.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_doppler
Float. Doppler frequency in Hz (only for paths with Rayleigh fading).
ul_freq_shiftconfig_get.rf_ports.ul_freq_shift
Float. Uplink frequency shift in Hz.
sample_rateconfig_get.rf_ports.sample_rate
Float. Sample rate in Hz.
config_set
Change current config.
Each member is optional.
Message definition:logsconfig_set.logs
Optional object. Represent logs configuration. Same structure as config_get (See config_get logs member).
All elements are optional.
Layer name can be set toall
to set same configuration for all layers.
If set and logs are locked, response will havelogs
property set tolocked
.cellsconfig_set.cells
Optional object used to configure cells individually. Each configured cell must be a new object inside the
cells
object, using its cell id as key and containing the following fields:Example:
"cells": { "1": { ... }, "2": { ... } }
tech-academy tutorial : Remote API for Cell Specific Configurations.
pusch_mcsconfig_set.cells.pusch_mcs
Integer or array of 10 integers (range: -1 to 28). Force the PUSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is provided, it provides the PUSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.
pusch_fixed_rb_allocconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_rb_alloc
Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 10 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Force fixed PUSCH RB allocation in all or a selected set of subframes. If an array is provided, a value true at the index value i of the array indicates that a fixed PUSCH RB allocation is used in subframe number i.
The parameters
pusch_fixed_rb_start
andpusch_fixed_l_crb
are used for the fixed allocation.pusch_fixed_l_crb
must be of the form2^n1*3^n2*5^n3
. PUSCH are allocated only if they don’t overlap with PUCCH or PRACH, so care must be taken when defining the range. In some cases, PUSCH retranmissions may use other RBs.pusch_fixed_rb_startconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_rb_start
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. First RB for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the first RB for each subframe (see
pusch_fixed_rb_alloc
).For a cell configured for category M1 UEs,
pusch_fixed_rb_start
andpusch_fixed_l_crb
give the allocation inside a narrow band (hencepusch_fixed_rb_start
+pusch_fixed_l_crb
<= 6).pusch_fixed_l_crbconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_l_crb
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 10 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PUSCH allocation. If an array is provided, it gives the number of consecutive RBs for each subframe (see
pusch_fixed_rb_alloc
).pusch_fixed_rb_forcedconfig_set.cells.pusch_fixed_rb_forced
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB schedules the PUSCH with fixed RB allocation even if it collides with PUCCH/PRACH or another PUSCH.
pusch_multi_clusterconfig_set.cells.pusch_multi_cluster
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, enable multi-cluster PUSCH resource allocation for the UEs supporting it (release 10). Note: this is a UE test feature, so the multi cluster allocation is not optimized by the scheduler.
pusch_max_mcsconfig_set.cells.pusch_max_mcs
Optional. Range: 0 to 28 (default = 28). CPU load limitation: maximum MCS allocated by the eNodeB for PUSCH. Smaller MCS give a smaller bitrate and a smaller CPU load.
pusch_max_itsconfig_set.cells.pusch_max_its
Optional. Range 1 to 20 (default = 6). CPU load limitation: set the maximum number of iterations of the turbo decoder. A higher value gives a lower frame error rate but a higher CPU load.
force_full_bsrconfig_set.cells.force_full_bsr
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers the UE always indicates a full buffer size. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PUSCH transmission.
force_dl_scheduleconfig_set.cells.force_dl_schedule
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the eNodeB considers there is always DL data waiting for transmission. Hence the UE is scheduled as often as possible for PDSCH transmission.
pdsch_mcsconfig_set.cells.pdsch_mcs
Integer or array of integers (range: -1 to 28). The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature). If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS for each subframe. Use -1 not to force the MCS in a given subframe.
pdsch_mcs_from_cqiconfig_set.cells.pdsch_mcs_from_cqi
Integer or array of 16 integers (range: -1 to 28). Force the PDSCH MCS (test feature).
If an array is set, it provides the PDSCH MCS according to the CQI reported by UE. Use -1 not to force the MCS for a given CQI.pdsch_fixed_rb_allocconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc
Optional boolean or array of booleans. The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Force fixed PDSCH RB allocation using the parameters
pdsch_fixed_rb_start
andpdsch_fixed_l_crb
. If an array is provided, it selects the fixed PDSCH allocation for each subframe.For a cell configured for category M1 UEs, fixed PDSCH RB allocation is only possible in subframes where the PDSCH MCS is fixed (see
pdsch_mcs
).pdsch_fixed_rb_startconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fixed_rb_start
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. First RB for fixed PDSCH allocation (see
pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc
). If an array is provided, it provides the first RB for each subframe.For a cell configured for category M1 UEs,
pdsch_fixed_rb_start
andpdsch_fixed_l_crb
give the allocation inside a narrow band (hencepdsch_fixed_rb_start
+pdsch_fixed_l_crb
<= 6).pdsch_fixed_l_crbconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fixed_l_crb
Optional integer or array of integers. The length of the array must divide 20 for LTE cells and 20*2^\mu for NR cells. Number of consecutive RBs for fixed PDSCH allocation (see
pdsch_fixed_rb_alloc
). If an array is provided, it provides the consecutive RBs for each subframe.rach_ignore_countconfig_set.cells.rach_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive RACH attempts are ignored by the eNB or gNB.
mac_crnti_ce_ignore_countconfig_set.cells.mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count
Optional integer. Indicates how many consecutive MAC C-RNTI control elements are ignored by the eNB or gNB.
dummy_ue_contention_resolution_idconfig_set.cells.dummy_ue_contention_resolution_id
Optional boolean. If set to true, a wrong MAC UE Contention Resolution Identity control element will be sent in the Msg4, rather than the one matching the UE Msg3 content.
ho_force_full_configconfig_set.cells.ho_force_full_config
Boolean. If true, any handover towards this cell will use full configuration.
dl_bwpconfig_set.cells.dl_bwp
Array of objects (NR cells only). Each object contains configuration parameters for one DL BWP:
bwp_idconfig_set.cells.dl_bwp.bwp_id
Optional integer (range 0 to 4, default = 0). BWP ID.
pdschconfig_set.cells.dl_bwp.pdsch
Optional object. PDSCH configuration parameters. The following parameters can be specified:
n_layer
,dmrs_mapping_type_a
,dmrs_mapping_type_b
,fixed_rb_alloc
,rb_start
,l_crb
,mcs
,fer
,n_scid
with the same definition as in the PDSCH NR cell configuration. In the DMRS configuration objects, the following parameters can be specified:dmrs_len
,n_dmrs_cdm_groups
anddmrs_ports
.
ul_bwpconfig_set.cells.ul_bwp
Array of objects (NR cells only). Each object contains configuration parameters for one UL BWP:
bwp_idconfig_set.cells.ul_bwp.bwp_id
Optional integer (range 0 to 4, default = 0). BWP ID.
puschconfig_set.cells.ul_bwp.pusch
Optional object. PUSCH configuration parameters. The following parameters can be specified:
n_layer
,tpmi
,ncb_sri_bitmap
,dmrs_mapping_type_a
,dmrs_mapping_type_b
,fixed_rb_alloc
,rb_start
,l_crb
,mcs
,fer
,n_scid
,dci_beta_offset_indicator
with the same definition as in the PUSCH NR cell configuration. In the DMRS configuration objects, the following parameters can be specified:dmrs_len
,n_dmrs_cdm_groups
anddmrs_ports
.
rrc_procedure_filterconfig_set.cells.rrc_procedure_filter
Optional object. Allows to define the eNB/ng-eNB/gNB behavior for a list of RRC procedures.
Each property name represents a RRC procedure. The ones currently supported arerrc_connection_request
,rrc_connection_reestablishment_request
andscg_failure_information_nr
for LTE cells,rrc_connection_request
andrrc_connection_reestablishment_request
for NB-IoT cells,rrc_setup_request
andrrc_reestablishment_request
for NR cells.
Each property value is an enum:treat
(UE message is processed),ignore
(UE message is ignored) orreject
(UE message is rejected).
By default all procedures are treated.
Example:
"cells": { "1": { rrc_procedure_filter: { rrc_connection_request: "treat", rrc_connection_reestablishment_request: "reject" } } }
rrc_cnx_reject_waitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_waitTime
Optional integer (range: 1 to 16). RRC connection reject wait time in seconds. Only applicable to LTE cells.
rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_extWaitTime
Optional integer (range: 0 to 1800 for LTE cells, 1 to 1800 for NB-IoT cells). RRC connection reject extended wait time in seconds. Not applicable to NR cells.
rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisationconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation
Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq-r11 field is added to the RRC Connection Reject message. Only applicable to LTE cells.
The object must contain the following fields:typeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.type
Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "e-utra").
timerconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_reject_deprioritisation.timer
Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if
type
is not none.
rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime
Optional integer (range: 0 to 1800). RRC connection release extended wait time in seconds. Not applicable to NR cells.
rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gcconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gc
Optional integer (default = 0). RRC connection release wait time in seconds when connected to 5GC. Only applicable to LTE cells.
rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdataconfig_set.cells.rrc_cnx_release_extWaitTime_CPdata
Optional integer (range: 0 to 1800). RRC connection release extended wait time for Control Plane CIoT EPS optimisation in seconds. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.
rrc_reject_waitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_reject_waitTime
Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC reject wait time in seconds. Only applicable to NR cells.
rrc_release_waitTimeconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_waitTime
Optional integer (range 1 to 16). RRC release wait time in seconds. Only applicable to NR cells.
rrc_release_deprioritisationconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_deprioritisation
Optional object. If present, the deprioritisationReq field is added to the RRC Release message. Only applicable to NR cells.
The object must contain the following fields:typeconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_deprioritisation.type
Enumeration ("none", "frequency" or "nr").
timerconfig_set.cells.rrc_release_deprioritisation.timer
Optional enumeration (5, 10, 15 or 30). Timer in minutes. Required if
type
is not none.
gbr_congestedconfig_set.cells.gbr_congested
Optional boolean. Option that simulates a congestion once at least one GBR bearer is active in the cell. Any new GBR request will be rejected or will trigger a preemption depending on the ERAB or QoS flow ARP parameters.
ignore_gbr_congestionconfig_set.cells.ignore_gbr_congestion
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, no GBR congestion check is performed.
ue_cap_rat_typeconfig_set.cells.ue_cap_rat_type
Optional array of strings.
In LTE, list the RAT types (eutra
,utra
,geran-cs
,geran-ps
,cdma2000-1XRTT
,nr
,eutra-nr
) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message,eutra
is always included whatever the array content.
In NR, list the RAT types (nr
,eutra-nr
,eutra
,utra-fdd
) for the RRC UE capability enquiry message. In the first UE capability enquiry message,nr
is always included whatever the array content.requested_eutra_freq_bandsconfig_set.cells.requested_eutra_freq_bands
Optional array of 0 to 16 integers. Defines the list of EUTRA bands the eNB or gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedFrequencyBands-r11 information element). Use an array without any integer to remove a previously configured
requested_eutra_freq_bands
array.requested_eutra_max_ccs_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl
Optional integer (range = 2 to 32, or 0). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA DL CCs the eNB or gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsDL-r13 information element). Set to 0 to remove the field from the message.
requested_eutra_max_ccs_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_eutra_max_ccs_ul
Optional integer (range = 2 to 32, or 0). Sets the maximum number of EUTRA UL CCs the eNB or gNB will request in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestedMaxCCsUL-r13 information element). Set to 0 to remove the field from the message.
request_reduced_formatconfig_set.cells.request_reduced_format
Optional boolean. If set, the eNB or gNB will request the UE to provide EUTRA CA combinations using supportedBandCombinationReduced-r13 instead of supportedBandCombination-r10 in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedFormat-r13 information element).
request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_combconfig_set.cells.request_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb
Optional boolean. If set, the eNB or gNB will request an EUTRA reduced intra-band non-contiguous CA band combination in the UE Capability Enquiry message (via the requestReducedIntNonContComb-r13 information element).
requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdcconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc
Optional array of objects of 0 to 1280 objects. If the array is present with at least one element, the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content will be based on the content provided. Otherwise, the eNB will build the requestedFreqBandsNR-MRDC-r15 IE content based on the LTE and NR cells configured.
Each object contains the following parameters:ratconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.rat
Enumeration (eutra or nr). RAT type for this FreqBandInformation item.
band_eutraconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_eutra
Optional integer (range 1 to 256). E-UTRA frequency band indicator. Must be present if
rat
is set to "eutra".ca_bandwidth_class_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_dl
Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA DL CA bandwidth class. Only used if
rat
is set to "eutra".ca_bandwidth_class_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.ca_bandwidth_class_ul
Optional enumeration (a, b, c, d, e, f). E-UTRA UL CA bandwidth class. Only used if
rat
is set to "eutra".band_nrconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.band_nr
Optional integer (range 1 to 1024). NR frequency band indicator. Must be present if
rat
is set to "nr".max_bandwidth_requested_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_dl
Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated DL bandwidth. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".max_bandwidth_requested_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_bandwidth_requested_ul
Optional enumeration (50, 100, 150, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 550, 600, 650, 700, 750, 800). Maximum aggregated UL bandwidth. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".max_carriers_requested_dlconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_dl
Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of DL carriers. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".max_carriers_requested_ulconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc.max_carriers_requested_ul
Optional integer (range 1 to 32). Maximum number of UL carriers. Only used if
rat
is set to "nr".
requested_freq_bands_nrconfig_set.cells.requested_freq_bands_nr
Optional array of objects of the same type than
requested_freq_bands_nr_mrdc
.
Force the frequencyBandListFilter element of the UE-CapabilityRequestFilterNR when requesting UE capabilities in SA mode.
By default, the frequencyBandListFilter contains the bands of all the NR cells defined innr_cell_list
and EUTRA cells defined incell_list
.mr_dc_request_nr_dcconfig_set.cells.mr_dc_request_nr_dc
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, the includeNR-DC bit is set to true in the UE capability enquiry message so as to retrieve NR-DC band combinations. Note that it is automatically set if there is at least once cell configured for NR-DC.
rrc_ul_segmentation_supportconfig_set.cells.rrc_ul_segmentation_support
Optional boolean (default = true). If set to true, the eNB or gNB indicates that RRC UL segmentation is allowed in the RRC UE capability enquiry message.
single_ue_cap_enquiryconfig_set.cells.single_ue_cap_enquiry
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, and if the UE and eNB or gNB supports R16 uplink RRC segmentation feature, EUTRA, NR and MRDC capabilities are requested in a single message.
srs_switching_time_requestconfig_set.cells.srs_switching_time_request
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB or gNb sets the srs-SwitchingTimeRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.
uplink_tx_switch_requestconfig_set.cells.uplink_tx_switch_request
Optional boolean (default = false). If set to true, the eNB or gNB sets the uplinkTxSwitchRequest flag when requesting NR or EUTRA-NR UE capabilities.
inactivity_timerconfig_set.cells.inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. It only impacts LTE (not Bandwidth-Reduced) or NR UEs. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.
br_ueconfig_set.cells.br_ue
Optional object only applicable to cells supporting Bandwidth-Reduced UEs. It can contain the following objects:
br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idxconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_forced_mpdcch_nb_idx
Optional integer. Forces the narrow band index used for MPDCCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.
br_forced_pdsch_nb_idxconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_forced_pdsch_nb_idx
Optional integer. Forces the narrow band index used for PDSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.
br_forced_pusch_nb_idxconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_forced_pusch_nb_idx
Optional integer. Forces the narrow band index used for PUSCH. The value -1 means that the eNB selects the narrow band automatically.
br_coverage_levelsconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_coverage_levels
Optional array of objects. There must be the same number of coverage levels as PRACH configurations in the SIB2. Since only CE mode A is currently supported, at most 2 coverage levels can be specified. It can contain the following objects:
inactivity_timerconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity. Note that it is only used for the UE PCell.
br_forced_sr_offsetconfig_set.cells.br_ue.br_coverage_levels.br_forced_sr_offset
Optional integer: range -1 to
br_sr_period
-1. Forces the scheduling request subframe offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the eNB allocates the value automatically.
coverage_levelsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels
Optional array of objects. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells. There must be the same number of coverage levels as NPRACH configurations in the SIB2. It can contain the following objects:
npdcch_paging_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdcch_paging_n_rep
Optional nteger. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDCCH. It must be <= SIB2.npdcch-NumRepetitionPaging-r13.
npdsch_paging_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_i_tbs
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 12. I_TBS for the paging NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10.
npdsch_paging_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_paging_n_rep
Optional integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of repetitions for the paging NPDSCH.
npdcch_uss_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdcch_uss_n_rep
Optional Integer. Actual number of repetitions for the USS NPDCCH. The special value 0 means to use a single CCE (instead of 2) with a single transmission.
npdsch_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_tbs
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 13. I_TBS for NPDSCH. For in-band cells, the maximum value is 10. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12.
npdsch_i_sfconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_sf
Optional Integer. Range: -1 to 7. I_SF value for NPDSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.
npdsch_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_n_rep
Optional integer. Range: 1 to 2048. Number of NPDSCH repetitions.
npdsch_i_delay_minconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npdsch_i_delay_min
Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 7. Minimum value for the DCI N1 scheduling delay field.
npusch_single_tone_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_single_tone_i_tbs
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 10. I_TBS for single-tone NPUSCH.
npusch_multi_tone_i_tbsconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_multi_tone_i_tbs
Optional integer. Range: 0 to 13. I_TBS for multi-tone NPUSCH. For category NB1 UEs, the value is limited to 12.
npusch_i_ruconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_i_ru
Optional Integer. Range: -1 to 7. I_RU value for NPUSCH. -1 means that the eNodeB scheduler automatically chooses it.
npusch_n_repconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_n_rep
Optional integer. Range: 1 to 128. Number of NPUSCH repetitions.
npusch_i_delay_minconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.npusch_i_delay_min
Optional Integer. Range: 0 to 3. Minimum value for the DCI N0 scheduling delay field.
inactivity_timerconfig_set.cells.coverage_levels.inactivity_timer
Optional integer. Send RRC connection release after this time (in ms) of network inactivity.
preemptive_ul_grantconfig_set.cells.preemptive_ul_grant
Optional boolean, only applicable to NB-IoT cells. When set to true, the eNB can send a DCIN0 grant before the UE explicitly request an allocation via the random access procedure.
forced_riconfig_set.cells.forced_ri
Optional integer, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range 0 to 8. If >= 1, use it as Rank Indicator (RI) returned by the UE.
forced_cqiconfig_set.cells.forced_cqi
Optional integer, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range -1 to 15. If >= 0, use it as Channel Quality Indicator (CQI) returned by the UE.
forced_pmiconfig_set.cells.forced_pmi
Optional integer, only applicable to LTE cells. Range -1 to 15. If >= 0, use it as Precoding Matrix Indicator (PMI) returned by the UE.
forced_meas_gap_offsetconfig_set.cells.forced_meas_gap_offset
Optional integer. Forces the gap offset sent to the UE in the LTE MeasGapConfig or NR GapConfig ASN.1 object. -1 means that the eNB/gNB allocates the value automatically. Only applicable to LTE and NR cells.
forced_sr_offsetconfig_set.cells.forced_sr_offset
Optional integer: range -1 to
sr_period
-1, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Forces the scheduling request offset sent to the UE. -1 means that the value is allocated automatically.pusch_ferconfig_set.cells.pusch_fer
Optional float, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PUSCH Frame Error Rate.
pdsch_ferconfig_set.cells.pdsch_fer
Optional float, only applicable to LTE and NR cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated PDSCH Frame Error Rate.
npusch_ferconfig_set.cells.npusch_fer
Optional float, only applicable to NB-IoT cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPUSCH Frame Error Rate.
npdsch_ferconfig_set.cells.npdsch_fer
Optional float, only applicable to NB-IoT cells. Range 0 to 1. Set the simulated NPDSCH Frame Error Rate.
eps_fallback_preferred_methodconfig_set.cells.eps_fallback_preferred_method
Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = handover). Only applicable to NR cells. Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_methodconfig_set.cells.eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_method
Optional enumeration: none, handover, redirection (default = none). Only applicable to LTE cells. Set the preferred method for the EPS fallback fast return procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
Note that the fast return can only be performed if the EPS fallback procedure was performed with a handover and if the NR SA source cell is in the LTE neighbor cell list.emergency_fallback_preferred_methodconfig_set.cells.emergency_fallback_preferred_method
Optional enumeration: handover, redirection (default = redirection). Only applicable to NR cells. Set the preferred method for the emergency fallback procedure. If the handover procedure fails a redirection is performed.
srb3_supportconfig_set.cells.srb3_support
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE supports SRB3, the gNodeB will activate it.
scg_failure_information_behaviorconfig_set.cells.scg_failure_information_behavior
Optional enum (auto, release, reestablish, default = auto). Defines the behavior when the MCG primary cell receives a RRC SCG failure information message for this SCG primary cell.
If set toauto
, the SCG is released if the cause is set to T310 expiry and a measurement reporting configuration is defined to trigger the SCG addition. Otherwise the SCG is reestablished.
If set torelease
, SCG is always released.
If set toreestablish
, a RRC message is always sent to reestablish SCG.cell_barredconfig_set.cells.cell_barred
Optional boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Indicates if the cell should be barred or not. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast. Only applicable to NR cells. For LTE or NB-IoT cells, see
sib_set
remote API.
rf_portsconfig_set.rf_ports
-
Optional array of objects used to configure the RF ports. Each object contains the following fields:
channel_dlconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl
-
Optional object to dynamically change the configuration of the downlink channel simulator. It contains the following fields:
noise_levelconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.noise_level
Optional array of float or float: set the noise level in dB for each port.
freq_shiftconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.freq_shift
Optional float. Set the global frequency shift in Hz.
freq_dopplerconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.freq_doppler
Optional float. Set the Doppler frequency in Hz of all the paths with Rayleigh fading.
pathsconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths
Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following fields:
delayconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.delay
Optional float. Set the path delay in ns.
gainconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.gain
Optional float. Set the path gain in dB.
freq_shiftconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_shift
Optional float. Set the frequency shift in Hz of constant paths.
freq_dopplerconfig_set.rf_ports.channel_dl.paths.freq_doppler
Optional float. Set the Doppler frequency in Hz of paths with Rayleigh fading.
ul_freq_shiftconfig_set.rf_ports.ul_freq_shift
Optional float. Set the uplink frequency shift in Hz.
log_get
Get logs.
Message definition:minlog_get.min
Optional number (default = 1). Minimum amount of logs to retrieve.
Response won’t be sent until this limit is reached (Unless timeout occurs).maxlog_get.max
Optional number (default = 4096). Maximum logs sent in a response.
timeoutlog_get.timeout
Optional number (default = 1). If at least 1 log is available and no more logs have been generated for this time, response will be sent.
allow_emptylog_get.allow_empty
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, response will be sent after timeout, event if no logs are available.
rntilog_get.rnti
Optional number. If set, send only logs matching rnti.
ue_idlog_get.ue_id
Optional number. If set, send only logs with matching ue_id.
layerslog_get.layers
Optional Object. Each member name represents a log layer and values must be string representing maximum level. See log_options.
If layers is not set, all layers level will be set to debug, else it will be set to none.
Note also the logs is also limited by general log level. See log_options.
shortlog_get.short
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, only first line of logs will be dumped.
headerslog_get.headers
Optional boolean. If set, send log file headers.
start_timestamplog_get.start_timestamp
Optional number. Is set, filter logs older than this value in milliseconds.
end_timestamplog_get.end_timestamp
Optional number. Is set, filter logs more recent than this value in milliseconds.
max_sizelog_get.max_size
Optional number (default = 1048576, i.e. 1MB). Maximum size in bytes of the generated JSON message. If the response exceeds this size, the sending of logs will be forced independently from other parameters.
Response definition:
logslog_get.logs
Array. List of logs. Each item is a an object with following members:
datalog_get.logs.data
Array. Each item is a string representing a line of log.
timestamplog_get.logs.timestamp
Number. Milliseconds since January 1st 1970.
layerlog_get.logs.layer
String. Log layer.
levellog_get.logs.level
String. Log level: error, warn, info or debug.
dirlog_get.logs.dir
Optional string. Log direction: UL, DL, FROM or TO.
ue_idlog_get.logs.ue_id
Optional number. UE_ID.
celllog_get.logs.cell
Optional number (only for PHY layer logs). Cell ID.
rntilog_get.logs.rnti
Optional number (only for PHY layer logs). RNTI.
framelog_get.logs.frame
Optional number (only for PHY layer logs). Frame number (Subframe is decimal part).
channellog_get.logs.channel
Optional string (only for PHY layer logs). Channel name.
srclog_get.logs.src
String. Server name.
idxlog_get.logs.idx
Integer. Log index.
headerslog_get.logs.headers
Optional array. Array of strings.
discontinuitylog_get.discontinuity
Optional number. If set, this means some logs have been discarded due to log buffer overflow.
Note that only one request can be sent by client.
If a request is sent before previous one has returned, previous one will be sent without matchine min/max/timeout conditions.log_set
Add log.
Message definition:loglog_set.log
Optional string. Log message to add. If set, layer and level are mandatory.
layerlog_set.layer
String. Layer name. Only mandatory if log is set.
levellog_set.level
String. Log level: error, warn, info or debug. Only mandatory if log is set.
dirlog_set.dir
Optional string. Log direction: UL, DL, FROM or TO.
ue_idlog_set.ue_id
Optional number. UE_ID.
flushlog_set.flush
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, flushes fog file.
rotatelog_set.rotate
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, forces log file rotation.
cutlog_set.cut
Optional boolean (default = false). If set, forces log file reset.
log_reset
Resets logs buffer.
quit
Terminates lteenb.
help
Provides list of available messages in messages array of strings and events to register in events array of strings.
stats
Report statistics for LTEENB.
The statistics sampling time is defined by delay between two calls within the same connection.
To get relevant statistics, you may let the WebSocket connected and call this API regularly.
The sampling time for the first request is defined byinitial_delay
parameter.Message definition:
samplesstats.samples
Optional boolean (default = false). Provide information similar to the ’t spl’ monitor command.
rfstats.rf
Optional boolean (default = false). Provide information similar to the ’t cpu’ monitor command.
initial_delaystats.initial_delay
Optional number (default = 0.4). Only relevant for first call within a WebSocket connection.
Defines the sampling time in seconds of the first call.
If set to 0, the first call won’t report most of statistics.
Response definition:
cpustats.cpu
Object. Each member name defines a type and its value cpu load in % of one core.
instance_idstats.instance_id
Number. Constant over process lifetime. Changes on process restart.
countersstats.counters
Object. List of counters, with following sub members:
messagesstats.counters.messages
Object. Each member name is the message name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help msg in LTEENB monitor.errorsstats.counters.errors
Object. Each member name is the error name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help error in LTEENB monitor.
cellsstats.cells
Object. Each member name is the cell ID and each value is an object representing statistics as follow:
dl_bitratestats.cells.dl_bitrate
Number. Downlink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts acknowledged transmissions).
ul_bitratestats.cells.ul_bitrate
Number. Uplink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts successful transmissions).
mbms_bitratestats.cells.mbms_bitrate
Number. Broadcast downlink bitrate in bits per seconds.
dl_txstats.cells.dl_tx
Integer. Number of downlink transmitted transport blocks (without retransmissions).
ul_txstats.cells.ul_tx
Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks (without CRC error).
dl_errstats.cells.dl_err
Integer. Number of downlink non transmitted transport blocks (after retransmissions).
ul_errstats.cells.ul_err
Integer. Number of non received uplink transport blocks (after retransmissions).
dl_retxstats.cells.dl_retx
Integer. Number of downlink retransmitted transport blocks.
ul_retxstats.cells.ul_retx
Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks with CRC errors.
dl_sched_users_minstats.cells.dl_sched_users_min
Number. Minimum downlink scheduled users per TTI.
dl_sched_users_avgstats.cells.dl_sched_users_avg
Number. Average downlink scheduled users per TTI.
dl_sched_users_maxstats.cells.dl_sched_users_max
Number. Maximum downlink scheduled users per TTI.
ul_sched_users_minstats.cells.ul_sched_users_min
Number. Minimum uplink scheduled users per TTI.
ul_sched_users_avgstats.cells.ul_sched_users_avg
Number. Average uplink scheduled users per TTI.
ul_sched_users_maxstats.cells.ul_sched_users_max
Number. Maximum uplink scheduled users per TTI.
dl_use_minstats.cells.dl_use_min
Number between 0 and 1. Minimum downlink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.
dl_use_avgstats.cells.dl_use_avg
Number between 0 and 1. Average downlink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.
dl_use_maxstats.cells.dl_use_max
Number between 0 and 1. Maximum downlink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.
ul_use_minstats.cells.ul_use_min
Number between 0 and 1. Minimum uplink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.
ul_use_avgstats.cells.ul_use_avg
Number between 0 and 1. Average uplink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.
ul_use_maxstats.cells.ul_use_max
Number between 0 and 1. Maximum uplink usage ratio, based on number of allocated resource blocks.
ctrl_use_minstats.cells.ctrl_use_min
Number between 0 and 1. Minimum control usage ratio, based on number of used CCE.
ctrl_use_avgstats.cells.ctrl_use_avg
Number between 0 and 1. Average control usage ratio, based on number of used CCE.
ctrl_use_maxstats.cells.ctrl_use_max
Number between 0 and 1. Maximum control usage ratio, based on number of used CCE.
ue_count_minstats.cells.ue_count_min
Integer. Minimum number of UE contexts.
ue_count_maxstats.cells.ue_count_max
Integer. Maximum number of UE contexts.
ue_count_avgstats.cells.ue_count_avg
Integer. Average number of UE contexts.
ue_active_count_minstats.cells.ue_active_count_min
Integer. Minimum number of active UE contexts. Active RRC state is when all UE resources are still allocated.
ue_active_count_maxstats.cells.ue_active_count_max
Integer. Maximum number of active UE contexts.
ue_active_count_avgstats.cells.ue_active_count_avg
Integer. Average number of active UE contexts.
ue_inactive_count_minstats.cells.ue_inactive_count_min
Integer. Minimum number of inactive UE contexts. Inactive RRC state is when all UE resources are freed but the UE data is stil kept.
ue_inactive_count_maxstats.cells.ue_inactive_count_max
Integer. Maximum number of inactive UE contexts.
ue_inactive_count_avgstats.cells.ue_inactive_count_avg
Integer. Average number of inactive UE contexts.
erab_count_minstats.cells.erab_count_min
Integer. Minimum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.
erab_count_maxstats.cells.erab_count_max
Integer. Maximum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.
erab_count_avgstats.cells.erab_count_avg
Integer. Average number of established radio bearer. Applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.
drb_count_maxstats.cells.drb_count_max
Integer. Minimum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to NR cells.
drb_count_maxstats.cells.drb_count_max
Integer. Maximum number of established radio bearer. Applicable to NR cells.
drb_count_maxstats.cells.drb_count_max
Integer. Average number of established radio bearer. Applicable to NR cells.
dl_gbr_use_minstats.cells.dl_gbr_use_min
Optional number. Minimum downlink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.
dl_gbr_use_avgstats.cells.dl_gbr_use_avg
Optional number. Average downlink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.
dl_gbr_use_maxstats.cells.dl_gbr_use_max
Optional number. Maximum downlink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.
ul_gbr_use_minstats.cells.ul_gbr_use_min
Optional number. Minimum uplink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.
ul_gbr_use_avgstats.cells.ul_gbr_use_avg
Optional number. Average uplink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.
ul_gbr_use_maxstats.cells.ul_gbr_use_max
Optional number. Maximum uplink GBR usage ratio. Not present for NB-IoT cells.
countersstats.cells.counters
Object. List of counters, with following sub members:
messagesstats.cells.counters.messages
Object. Each member name is the message name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help msg in LTEENB monitor.errorsstats.cells.counters.errors
Object. Each member name is the error name and its value is its occurence.
To get list of message, type cevent help error in LTEENB monitor.
gtp_tx_bitratestats.gtp_tx_bitrate
Optional number. This field will be filled when multiple calls on the same socket are done and represents the GTP payload bitrate (bits/seconds) sent to core network and is equivalent to IP traffic.
The bitrate is computed using the delay between two calls.gtp_rx_bitratestats.gtp_rx_bitrate
Optional number. This field will be filled when multiple calls on the same socket are done and represents the GTP payload bitrate (bits/seconds) received from core network and is equivalent to IP traffic. It does not include MBMS traffic.
The bitrate is computed using the delay between two calls.rf_portsstats.rf_ports
Object. Each member name is the RF port ID and each value is an object representing the TX-RX latency statistics (average, max and min values).
samplesstats.samples
Object. Set if
samples
has been set to true in request.
This object has the following properties:txstats.samples.tx
Array of objects. Each object represents samples statistics of the antenna port.
rmsstats.samples.tx.rms
Number. RMS of the signal in dBFS
maxstats.samples.tx.max
Number. Maximum sample value in dBFS
satstats.samples.tx.sat
Number. Number of saturation events
countstats.samples.tx.count
Number of IQ samples analyzed
rms_dbmstats.samples.tx.rms_dbm
Number. RMS of the signal in dBm
rxstats.samples.rx
Array of objects. Each object represents samples statistics of the antenna port.
rmsstats.samples.rx.rms
Number. RMS of the signal in dBFS
maxstats.samples.rx.max
Number. Maximum sample value in dBFS
satstats.samples.rx.sat
Number. Number of saturation events
countstats.samples.rx.count
Number of IQ samples analyzed
rms_dbstats.samples.rx.rms_db
Number. RMS of the signal in dBm.
durationstats.duration
Number. Time elapsed in seconds since the last call to the
stats
API. Equals toinitial_delay
on first call.
register
Register client to message generated by server. Message definition:
registerregister.register
String or array of string. List of message to register to.
Can beue_measurement_report
,srs
,pusch
,npusch
.unregisterregister.unregister
String or array of string. List of message to unregister.
Can beue_measurement_report
,srs
,pusch
,npusch
.
10.6 LTE messages
ue_get
Get ue list.
Message definition:ue_idue_get.ue_id
Optional integer. If set, will filter on UE_ID.
statsue_get.stats
Optional boolean (default is false). If true, will display stats for each cell
Response definition:
ue_listue_get.ue_list
Array of object, representing current connected UEs.
Each element has following definition:timeue_get.ue_list.time
Time in seconds since eNB starting.
enb_ue_idue_get.ue_list.enb_ue_id
Optional integer. eNB UE id. Present for LTE or NB-IoT UEs.
ran_ue_idue_get.ue_list.ran_ue_id
Optional integer. RAN UE id. Present for NR UEs.
mme_ue_idue_get.ue_list.mme_ue_id
Optional integer. MME UE id. It is present when the UE-associated logical S1-connection is setup.
amf_ue_idue_get.ue_list.amf_ue_id
Optional integer. AMF UE id. It is present when the UE-associated logical NG-connection is setup.
linked_enb_ue_idue_get.ue_list.linked_enb_ue_id
Optional integer. eNB UE id associated with the current NR UE for NSA.
linked_ran_ue_idue_get.ue_list.linked_ran_ue_id
Optional integer. RAN UE id associated with the current LTE UE for NSA.
catmue_get.ue_list.catm
Optional boolean. True for Cat-M1 UEs, absent otherwise.
redcapue_get.ue_list.redcap
Optional boolean. True for RedCap UEs, absent otherwise.
rntiue_get.ue_list.rnti
Integer. RNTI.
cellsue_get.ue_list.cells
Array of object. Each object represent a cell.
First entry is primary cell.
Only cell_id is displayed for each cell unless stats is set to true.cell_idue_get.ue_list.cells.cell_id
Number. Cell ID.
cqiue_get.ue_list.cells.cqi
Number. Last reported cqi.
riue_get.ue_list.cells.ri
Number. Last reported rank indicator.
ul_rankue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_rank
Optional number. Last uplink rank computed by the gNB in NR cells.
dl_bitrateue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_bitrate
Number. Downlink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts acknowledged transmissions).
ul_bitrateue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_bitrate
Number. Uplink bitrate in bits per seconds at PHY layer level (Counts successful transmissions).
dl_txue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_tx
Integer. Number of downlink transmitted transport blocks (without retransmissions).
ul_txue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_tx
Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks (without CRC error).
dl_errue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_err
Integer. Number of downlink non transmitted transport blocks (after retransmissions).
ul_errue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_err
Integer. Number of non received uplink transport blocks (after retransmissions).
dl_retxue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_retx
Integer. Number of downlink retransmitted transport blocks.
ul_retxue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_retx
Integer. Number of received uplink transport blocks with CRC errors.
dl_mcsue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_mcs
Number. Average downlink MCS.
ul_mcsue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_mcs
Number. Average uplink MCS.
ul_n_layerue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_n_layer
Number. Average number of uplink layers.
ue_dl_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.ue_dl_bwp_id
Optional number. Current active UE DL BWP Id in RRC signalling (NR cells only).
dl_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.dl_bwp_id
Optional number. Current active UE DL BWP Id in cell configuration object (NR cells only).
ue_ul_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.ue_ul_bwp_id
Optional number. Current active UE UL BWP Id in RRC signalling (NR cells only).
ul_bwp_idue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_bwp_id
Optional number. Current active UE UL BWP Id in cell configuration object (NR cells only).
turbo_decoder_minue_get.ue_list.cells.turbo_decoder_min
Optional number. Minimum turbo/ldpc decoder pass.
turbo_decoder_avgue_get.ue_list.cells.turbo_decoder_avg
Optional number. Average turbo/ldpc decoder pass.
turbo_decoder_maxue_get.ue_list.cells.turbo_decoder_max
Optional number. Maximum turbo/ldpc decoder pass.
pucch1_snrue_get.ue_list.cells.pucch1_snr
Optional number. PUCCH snr.
pusch_snrue_get.ue_list.cells.pusch_snr
Optional number. Last received PUSCH snr.
epreue_get.ue_list.cells.epre
Optional number. Last received EPRE in dBm.
ul_phrue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_phr
Optional number. Last received power headroom report. To retrieve the value in dB, refer to 3GPP TS 36.133 table 9.1.8.4.
ul_path_lossue_get.ue_list.cells.ul_path_loss
Optional number. Last computed UL path loss in dB, estimated from PHR.
p_ueue_get.ue_list.cells.p_ue
Optional number. UE transmission power in dB, estimated from PHR and Pmax set in the cell and reported by UE.
initial_taue_get.ue_list.cells.initial_ta
Optional number. Last timing advance measured with PRACH, expressed in unit of TS.
erabsue_get.ue_list.erabs
Array of object. Set for LTE and NB-IoT UEs. Each object represent a radio bearer with the following properties:
erab_idue_get.ue_list.erabs.erab_id
Number. Radio bearer ID.
qciue_get.ue_list.erabs.qci
Number. Radio beader QCI.
dl_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.erabs.dl_total_bytes
Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.
ul_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.erabs.ul_total_bytes
Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.
qos_flowsue_get.ue_list.qos_flows
Array of object. Set for NR UEs. Each object represent a QoS flow with the following properties:
pdu_session_idue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.pdu_session_id
Integer. PDU session ID.
sstue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.sst
Integer. Slice Service Type.
dl_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.dl_total_bytes
Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.
ul_total_bytesue_get.ue_list.qos_flows.ul_total_bytes
Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.
erab_get
Get EPS radio bearer list.
Response definition:timestamperab_get.timestamp
Integer. Timestamp in milliseconds.
erab_listerab_get.erab_list
Array of object, representing radio bearers.
Each element has following definition:enb_ue_iderab_get.erab_list.enb_ue_id
Integer. eNB UE id.
erab_iderab_get.erab_list.erab_id
Integer. Radio bearer ID.
qcierab_get.erab_list.qci
Integer. Bearer QCI.
dl_mbrerab_get.erab_list.dl_mbr
Optional integer. Downlink maximum bitrate (only if erab is GBR).
dl_gbrerab_get.erab_list.dl_gbr
Optional integer. Downlink guaranteed bitrate (only if erab is GBR).
dl_gbr_reerab_get.erab_list.dl_gbr_re
Optional integer. Downlink GBR per RE per second (only if erab is GBR).
ul_mbrerab_get.erab_list.ul_mbr
Optional integer. Uplink maximum bitrate (only if erab is GBR).
ul_gbrerab_get.erab_list.ul_gbr
Optional integer. Uplink guaranteed bitrate (only if erab is GBR).
ul_gbr_reerab_get.erab_list.ul_gbr_re
Optional integer. Uplink GBR per RE per second (only if erab is GBR).
dl_total_byteserab_get.erab_list.dl_total_bytes
Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.
ul_total_byteserab_get.erab_list.ul_total_bytes
Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.
qos_flow_get
Get 5GS radio bearer list.
Response definition:timestampqos_flow_get.timestamp
Integer. Timestamp in milliseconds.
qos_flow_listqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list
Array of object, representing radio bearers.
Each element has following definition:ran_ue_idqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.ran_ue_id
Integer. RAN UE id.
pdu_session_idqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.pdu_session_id
Integer. PDU session ID.
sstqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.sst
Integer. Slice Service Type.
sdqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.sd
Optional integer. Slice Differentiator.
qfi_listqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list
Array of objects. List of QoS Flows associated with this bearer.
Each object contains the following entries:qfiqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.qfi
Integer. QoS Flow ID.
5qiqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.5qi
Integer. 5QI.
dl_mbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.dl_mbr
Optional integer. Downlink maximum bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).
dl_gbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.dl_gbr
Optional integer. Downlink guaranteed bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).
ul_mbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.ul_mbr
Optional integer. Uplink maximum bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).
ul_gbrqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.qfi_list.ul_gbr
Optional integer. Uplink guaranteed bitrate (only if QoS Flow is GBR).
dl_total_bytesqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.dl_total_bytes
Integer. Total downlink PDCP SDU byte count.
ul_total_bytesqos_flow_get.qos_flow_list.ul_total_bytes
Integer. Total uplink PDCP SDU byte count.
cell_gain
Set cell DL RF signal gain. See cell_gain.
Message definition:cell_idcell_gain.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID.
gaincell_gain.gain
Float. Gain in dB. Must be between -200 and 0 (included).
rf
Set radio frontend channels gain.
Message definition:tx_gainrf.tx_gain
Optional number or array of numbers. Set TX gain.
Same definition as the tx_gain property.tx_channel_indexrf.tx_channel_index
Optional number. If set, apply gain to specified channel only.
rx_gainrf.rx_gain
Optional number or array of numbers. Set RX gain.
Same definition as the rx_gain property.rx_channel_indexrf.rx_channel_index
Optional number. If set, apply gain to specified channel only.
Response definition:
tx_gainrf.tx_gain
Array. List of TX gain per channel.
rx_gainrf.rx_gain
Array. List of RX gain per channel.
rf_inforf.rf_info
Optional string. RF driver information (depends on radio frontend).
trx_iq_dump
Dump baseband IQ samples (time domain) to files.
The IQ samples are stored as little endian 32 bit floating point numbers.
Real and imaginary part are interleaved: the real part (I) is written first, the imaginary one (Q) next:
I(0)[0 ... 31]
Q(0)[32 ... 63]
I(1)[64 ... 95]
Q(1)[96 ... 127]
...
I(n)[n*64 ... n*64+31]
Q(n)[n*64+32 ... n*64+63]
Message definition
durationtrx_iq_dump.duration
Optional value (default = 1s). Sets dump duration in milliseconds.
rf_porttrx_iq_dump.rf_port
Optional integer or array of integer. If set, dump only the related RF port channels.
rx_filenametrx_iq_dump.rx_filename
Optional string. If set defines the file where the received IQ samples will be dumped.
May contain %d to differentiate antenna streams (printf style).
If not set, no RX data will be dumped.tx_filenametrx_iq_dump.tx_filename
Optional string. If set defines the file where the transmitted IQ samples will be dumped.
May contain %d to differentiate antenna streams (printf style).
If not set, no TX data will be dumped.rx_channelstrx_iq_dump.rx_channels
Optional array of integer. Selects channel to dump. Each integer represents the global index of the channel.
tx_channelstrx_iq_dump.tx_channels
Optional array of integer. Selects channel to dump. Each integer represents the global index of the channel.
rx_headertrx_iq_dump.rx_header
Optional boolean (Default = false). Set the dump mode.
If not set, only the IQ samples are written to the files. If set, add a header for each TRX read or write operation. It is followed by the corresponding IQ samples.
Header:
timestamptrx_iq_dump.rx_header.timestamp
64 bit TRX timestamp, in samples.
counttrx_iq_dump.rx_header.count
32 bit integer: number of following IQ samples before next header.
tx_headertrx_iq_dump.tx_header
Optional boolean (Default = false). Same as rx_header for TX.
cell_ul_disable
Enable/disable UL on cell?
Message definition:cell_idcell_ul_disable.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID.
disabledcell_ul_disable.disabled
Boolean. Set state
handover
Triggers a handover.
Message definition:ran_ue_idhandover.ran_ue_id
Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.
pcihandover.pci
Integer. Physical Cell ID.
dl_earfcnhandover.dl_earfcn
Optional integer. If set look for cell with this EARFCN, else use LTE UE current EARFCN.
ssb_nr_arfcnhandover.ssb_nr_arfcn
Optional integer. If set look for cell with this SSB NR-ARFCN, else use NR UE current SSB NR-ARFCN.
typehandover.type
Optional string. Can be
auto
(default),intra
,s1
,x2
,xn
,ng
.
For an EPS to 5GS handover, the type parameter must be present and set tos1
. For a 5GS to EPS handover, the type parameter must be present and set tong
.
rrc_cnx_release
Forces a RRC Connection release.
Message definition:ran_ue_idrrc_cnx_release.ran_ue_id
Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.
redirectrrc_cnx_release.redirect
Optional integer. If set, defines RRC redirection index (See rrc_redirect).
redirected_carrier_inforrc_cnx_release.redirected_carrier_info
Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo, RedirectedCarrierInfo-v9e0 or RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 redirection information.
redirected_carrier_info_nb_v1430rrc_cnx_release.redirected_carrier_info_nb_v1430
Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-v1430 redirection information. Only applicable if
redirected_carrier_info
contains a RedirectedCarrierInfo-NB-r13 redirection information.idle_mode_mobility_controlrrc_cnx_release.idle_mode_mobility_control
Optional IdleModeMobilityControlInfo.
cell_reselection_prioritiesrrc_cnx_release.cell_reselection_priorities
Optional ASN.1 property. ASN.1 content of a CellReselectionPriorities information.
suspendrrc_cnx_release.suspend
Optional boolean (default = false). If true, and if the UE is suitable for RRC inactive mode, RRC connection will be suspended instead of released (See rrc_inactive).
rrc_ue_info_req
Sends a UE Information Request message.
Message definition:enb_ue_idrrc_ue_info_req.enb_ue_id
Integer. eNB UE id.
req_maskrrc_ue_info_req.req_mask
Integer. Bitmap of the information to request (bits: 0:RACH, 1:RLF, 2:LogMeas, 3:ConnEst, 4:MobHist).
rrc_ue_cap_enquiry
Sends a UE Capability Enquiry message.
Message definition:ran_ue_idrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.ran_ue_id
Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.
payloadrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.payload
Optional boolean. Adds the UL DCCH payload dump in hexadecimal to the response.
textrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.text
Optional boolean. Adds the UL DCCH payload decoding in text to the response.
Response definition:
ran_ue_idrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.ran_ue_id
Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.
payloadrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.payload
Optional string. UL DCCH payload dump in hexadecimal.
textrrc_ue_cap_enquiry.text
Optional string. UL DCCH payload decoding in text.
rrc_cnx_reconf
Sends a RRC Connection reconfiguration.
Message definition:enb_ue_idrrc_cnx_reconf.enb_ue_id
Integer. eNB UE id
eutra_secondary_cell_listrrc_cnx_reconf.eutra_secondary_cell_list
Optional array of objects. Objects are the same type than the one included in the
scell_list
of a LTE cell, see scell_list. The array shall contain a subset of the objects defined in thescell_list
of the UE’s PCell. Therrc_configuration
,individual_offset
anda6_candidates
fields are unused in this case. An empty list releases all the secondary cells.nr_secondary_cell_listrrc_cnx_reconf.nr_secondary_cell_list
Optional array of objects. Objects are the same type than the one included in the
scell_list
of a NR cell, see scell_list_nr. The array shall contain a subset of the objects defined in thescell_list
of the UE’s PCell (in SA) or PSCell (in MR-DC). Therrc_configuration
,individual_offset
anda6_candidates
fields are unused in this case. An empty list releases all the secondary cells.
A single API call cannot contain botheutra_secondary_cell_list
andnr_secondary_cell_list
parameters.reconf_pucch_srsrrc_cnx_reconf.reconf_pucch_srs
Optional boolean, LTE only. If set to true, forces a reconfiguration of the PUCCH (CSI, SR) and SRS parameters for all the LTE serving cells. A single API call cannot contain both
reconf_pucch_srs
andeutra_secondary_cell_list
.dl_bwp_idrrc_cnx_reconf.dl_bwp_id
ul_bwp_idrrc_cnx_reconf.ul_bwp_id
Optional integers (default = -1), NR only. If provided, initiates a RRC BWP switch for the SA PCell or EN-DC PSCell. -1 indicates to keep the current BWP. These properties cannot be combined with the
eutra_secondary_cell_list
ornr_secondary_cell_list
properties.
BWP switch in SA mode on the PCell requires thatallow_rrc_bwp_switch
is set to true and that BWP constraints are respected.bwp_scell_idrrc_cnx_reconf.bwp_scell_id
Optional integer (default = -1), NR only. Can be used along with
dl/ul_bwp_id
to specify the cell id of the SCell on which the BWP switch is performed. When absent or set to -1, BWP switch is performed on PCell.cell_grouprrc_cnx_reconf.cell_group
Optional enumeration (master or secondary). Defines for which cell group the RRC reconfiguration is.
rlc_drop_rate
Defines a percentage of uplink RLC PDUs dropped.
Message definition:ran_ue_idrlc_drop_rate.ran_ue_id
Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.
rb_idrlc_drop_rate.rb_id
Integer. Bearer identity.
srbrlc_drop_rate.srb
Boolean. Indicates if the bearer is for signalling or data.
percentagerlc_drop_rate.percentage
Integer (range 0 to 100). Drop percentage.
pdcch_order_prach
Sends a PDCCH order for PRACH to the UE. Supported for all UE types except BR UEs.
Message definition:enb_ue_idpdcch_order_prach.enb_ue_id
Integer. S1AP eNB UE id or NGAP RAN UE id.
dci_bwp_switch
Initiate a BWP switch thru DCI 0_1 or 1_1.
Message definition:enb_ue_iddci_bwp_switch.enb_ue_id
Integer. eNB UE id (SA or NSA mode)
dl_bwp_iddci_bwp_switch.dl_bwp_id
ul_bwp_iddci_bwp_switch.ul_bwp_id
-
Optional integers. Either
dl_bwp_id
orul_bwp_id
must be set. Ifdl_bwp_id
is provided, a DL BWP switch is initiated thru DCI 1_1. Iful_bwp_id
is provided, a UL BWP switch is initiated thru DCI 0_1. DL BWP switch thru DCI 1_1 is experimental and requires the configuration ofbwp_switch_k0
. In TDD, both DL and UL BWPs are switched at the same time so it is recommended to switch BWPs thru DCI 0_1. scell_iddci_bwp_switch.scell_id
Optional integer. Cell id of the SCell on which BWP switch should be triggered. If absent or set to -1, the BWP switch is performed on PCell.
x2
Get X2 peers state.
Response definition:peersx2.peers
Array of object. One for each peer.
Each element has the following definition:statex2.peers.state
String. Can be
connecting
,connected
orsetup_done
.addrx2.peers.addr
String. Address of peer
cellsx2.peers.cells
Array of object. One for each cell. Each element has the following definition:
cell_idx2.peers.cells.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID.
tacx2.peers.cells.tac
Integer. TAC.
dl_earfcnx2.peers.cells.dl_earfcn
Integer. Downlink cell EARFCN.
pcix2.peers.cells.pci
Integer. Physical Cell ID
x2connect
Forces connection to a X2 peer.
Message definitionaddrx2connect.addr
String. X2 peer address.
x2disconnect
Forces disconnection from a X2 peer.
Message definitionaddrx2disconnect.addr
String. X2 peer address.
s1
Get MME link state.
Response definition:s1_lists1.s1_list
Array of object. One for each MME connection defined as follow:
states1.s1_list.state
Link state: disconnected, connecting, connected, inactive or setup_done.
addresss1.s1_list.address
MME address.
names1.s1_list.name
Optional MME name.
PLMNs1.s1_list.PLMN
If connection complete, PLMN.
s1connect
Forces connection to a MME.
Message definitionaddresss1connect.address
Optional string. If not set, will try to connect to all registered MME, else will try with the specified address.
s1disconnect
Forces disconnection from a MME.
Message definitionaddresss1disconnect.address
Optional string. If not set, will to disconnect from all registered MME, else will try with the specified address.
s1add
Adds a new MME to the list of S1AP connections.
Message definition
The message must contain the same parameters as one of the object defined in mme_list array. See mme_list.s1delete
Removes a MME address from the list of S1AP connections.
Message definitionaddrs1delete.addr
String. MME address to be removed from the list.
xn
Get Xn peers state.
Response definition:peersxn.peers
Array of object. One for each peer.
Each element has the following definition:ng_enbxn.peers.ng_enb
Optional boolean. If the Xn connection is for a ng-eNB, the boolean is present and set to true.
statexn.peers.state
String. Can be
connecting
,connected
orsetup_done
.addrxn.peers.addr
String. Address of peer
cellsxn.peers.cells
Array of object. One for each cell. Each element has the following definition:
cell_idxn.peers.cells.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID.
tacxn.peers.cells.tac
Integer. TAC.
ssb_nr_arfcnxn.peers.cells.ssb_nr_arfcn
Integer. SSB NR ARFCN.
pcixn.peers.cells.pci
Integer. Physical Cell ID
xnconnect
Forces connection to a Xn peer.
Message definitionaddrxnconnect.addr
String. Xn peer address.
xndisconnect
Forces disconnection from a Xn peer.
Message definitionaddrxndisconnect.addr
String. Xn peer address.
ng
Get AMF link state.
Response definition:ng_listng.ng_list
Array of object. One for each AMF connection defined as follow:
ng_enbng.ng_list.ng_enb
Optional boolean. If the NG connection is for a ng-eNB, the boolean is present and set to true.
stateng.ng_list.state
Link state: disconnected, connecting, connected, inactive or setup_done.
addressng.ng_list.address
AMF address.
nameng.ng_list.name
AMF name.
PLMNng.ng_list.PLMN
If connection complete, PLMN.
ngconnect
Forces connection to an AMF.
Message definitionaddressngconnect.address
Optional string. If not set, will try to connect to all registered AMF, else will try with the specified address.
ngdisconnect
Forces disconnection from an AMF.
Message definitionaddressngdisconnect.address
Optional string. If not set, will to disconnect from all registered AMF, else will try with the specified address.
ngadd
Adds a new AMF to the list of NGAP connections.
Message definition
The message must contain the same parameters as one of the object defined in amf_list array. See amf_list.ngdelete
Removes a AMF address from the list of NGAP connections.
Message definitionaddrngdelete.addr
String. AMF address to be removed from the list.
m2
Get M2AP link state.
Response definition:statem2.state
Link state: disconnected, waiting, connecting, connected.
addressm2.address
MBMSGW address.
m2connect
Forces connection to a MBMSGW.
Message definitionaddrm2connect.addr
Optional string. If not set, the eNB will try to connect to the previously configured address.
m2disconnect
Releases connection to a MBMSGW.
sib_set
Modify SIB content and advertise BCCH system information modification in paging messages.
Message definitioncellssib_set.cells
Object used to configure cells individually. Each cell configured must be a new object inside
cells
object, named with the cell_id value and containing the following fields:sib1sib_set.cells.sib1
Optional object used to modify SIB 1. It can contain the following fields:
cell_barredsib_set.cells.sib1.cell_barred
Optional boolean or string (true, false or "auto"). Indicates if the cell should be barred or not. If set to "auto", the cell is barred when there is no connection with a core network for any of the PLMNs broadcast. Only applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells. For NR cells, see
config_set
remote API.p_maxsib_set.cells.sib1.p_max
Optional integer. New p-Max value (if p-Max is already broadcast).
timers_and_constantssib_set.cells.sib1.timers_and_constants
Optional object. See timers_and_constants. Only applicable to NR cells.
uac_barring_infosib_set.cells.sib1.uac_barring_info
Optional object. See uac_barring_info. Only applicable to NR cells.
info_set_list, for_common_list
andper_plmn_list
are optional. When not present, the corresponding element is not modified. When present, the whole element is replaced. It is up to the user to make sure that the configuration is valid at any time.
Setting theinfo_set_list
to en empty array[ ]
will release the whole UAC barring info configuration.ss_pbch_block_powersib_set.cells.sib1.ss_pbch_block_power
Optional integer (range -60 to 50). Only applicable to NR cells with
manual_ref_signal_power
set to true.ims_emergency_supportsib_set.cells.sib1.ims_emergency_support
Optional boolean. IMS emergency support. Only applicable to LTE and NR cells.
ecall_over_ims_supportsib_set.cells.sib1.ecall_over_ims_support
Optional boolean. eCall over IMS support. Only applicable to LTE and NR cells.
sib2sib_set.cells.sib2
Optional object used to modify SIB 2. It can contain the following fields:
barring_infosib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info
Optional object allowing to configure the access class barring related fields. If one the field below is not present, the corresponding field is removed from SIB2. Only applicable to LTE cells.
ac_BarringForEmergencysib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForEmergency
Optional boolean.
ac_BarringForMO_Signallingsib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling
Optional object. It contains the following fields:
ac_BarringFactorsib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling.ac_BarringFactor
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95. Access barring factor in percentage.
ac_BarringTimesib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling.ac_BarringTime
Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. Access barring time in seconds.
ac_BarringForSpecialACsib_set.cells.sib2.barring_info.ac_BarringForMO_Signalling.ac_BarringForSpecialAC
String. Bit string for AC 11-15.
ac_BarringForMO_Datasib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringForMO_Data
Optional object. It contains the same fields as
ac_BarringForMO_Signalling
. Only applicable to LTE cells.ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Voice_r9sib_set.cells.sib2.ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Voice_r9
Optional object. It contains the same fields as
ac_BarringForMO_Signalling
. Only applicable to LTE cells.ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Video_r9sib_set.cells.sib2.ssac_BarringForMMTEL_Video_r9
Optional object. It contains the same fields as
ac_BarringForMO_Signalling
. Only applicable to LTE cells.ac_BarringForCSFB_r10sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringForCSFB_r10
Optional object. It contains the same fields as
ac_BarringForMO_Signalling
. Only applicable to LTE cells.ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVoice_r12sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVoice_r12
Optional boolean. Only applicable to LTE cells.
ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVideo_r12sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringSkipForMMTELVideo_r12
Optional boolean. Only applicable to LTE cells.
ac_BarringSkipForSMS_r12sib_set.cells.sib2.ac_BarringSkipForSMS_r12
Optional boolean. Only applicable to LTE cells.
reference_signal_powersib_set.cells.sib2.reference_signal_power
Optional integer (range -60 to 50). Only applicable to LTE cells with
manual_ref_signal_power
set to true.cp_Reestablishment_r14sib_set.cells.sib2.cp_Reestablishment_r14
Optional boolean. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.
nrs_power_r13sib_set.cells.sib2.nrs_power_r13
Optional integer (range -60 to 50). Only applicable to NB-IoT cells with
manual_ref_signal_power
set to true.typesib_set.cells.sib2.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter. Only applicable to NR cells.payloadsib_set.cells.sib2.payload
Optional string or object. NR SIB2 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter. Only applicable to NR cells.
sib3sib_set.cells.sib3
Optional object used to modify SIB 3.
typesib_set.cells.sib3.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter.payloadsib_set.cells.sib3.payload
Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType3, SystemInformationBlockType3-NB-r13 or NR SIB3 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter.
tech-academy tutorial : Changing the payload(whole contents) of a SIB3.
sib4sib_set.cells.sib4
Optional object used to modify SIB 4.
typesib_set.cells.sib4.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter.payloadsib_set.cells.sib4.payload
Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType4, SystemInformationBlockType4-NB-r13 or NR SIB4 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter.
sib5sib_set.cells.sib5
Optional object used to modify SIB 5.
typesib_set.cells.sib5.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter.payloadsib_set.cells.sib5.payload
Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType5, SystemInformationBlockType5-NB-r13 or NR SIB5 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter.
sib6sib_set.cells.sib6
Optional object used to modify SIB 6.
typesib_set.cells.sib6.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter.payloadsib_set.cells.sib6.payload
Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType6 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter. Only applicable to LTE cells.
sib7sib_set.cells.sib7
Optional object used to modify SIB 7.
typesib_set.cells.sib7.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter.payloadsib_set.cells.sib7.payload
Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType7 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter. Only applicable to LTE cells.
sib14sib_set.cells.sib14
Optional object used to modify SIB 14. For NB-IoT cells, dynamic SIB scheduling is not supported so SIB14-NB must be present in the initial configuration, even if empty.
It can contain the following fields:enabledsib_set.cells.sib14.enabled
Boolean. If set to true, SIB14 is scheduled.
si_periodicitysib_set.cells.sib14.si_periodicity
Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512 for LTE cells. Not supported for NB-IoT cells. Sets the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of SIB 14. Required for LTE cells if
enabled
is set to true.configsib_set.cells.sib14.config
Optional object or array of object.
Ifconfig
is an object, SIB14 contains a common AB configuration.
Ifconfig
is an array, SIB14 contains a per PLMN AB configuration and you must define as many objects as the number of PLMNs defined in SIB1.
Each object contains the following fields (see 3GPP TS 36.331 for details):categorysib_set.cells.sib14.config.category
Enumeration: "a", "b", or "c".
barring_bitmapsib_set.cells.sib14.config.barring_bitmap
String. Bit string of 10 bits.
barring_for_exception_datasib_set.cells.sib14.config.barring_for_exception_data
Optional boolean. Only used for NB-IoT cells.
barring_for_special_acsib_set.cells.sib14.config.barring_for_special_ac
Optional string. Bit string of 5 bits, mandatory for NB-IoT cells.
uac_configsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config
Optional object or array of object. Only applicable to NB-IoT cells.
Ifuac_config
is an object, SIB14 contains an UAC common configuration.
Ifuac_config
is an array, SIB14 contains an UAC per PLMN configuration and you must define as many objects as the number of 5GC PLMNs defined in SIB1.
Each object contains the following fields (see 3GPP TS 36.331 for details):barring_per_cat_listsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list
Optional array of objects. Each object contains the following fields:
access_categorysib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list.access_category
Integer (range 1 to 63). uac-accessCategory-r16 value.
barring_factorsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list.barring_factor
Enumeration: 0, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95. uac-BarringFactor-r16 value.
barring_timesib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_per_cat_list.barring_time
Enumeration: 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. uac-BarringTime-r16 value.
barring_for_access_idsib_set.cells.sib14.uac_config.barring_for_access_id
String. Bit string of 7 bits. uac-BarringForAccessIdentity-r16 value.
sib24sib_set.cells.sib24
Optional object used to modify SIB 24.
typesib_set.cells.sib24.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter.payloadsib_set.cells.sib24.payload
Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType24-r15 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter. Only applicable to LTE cells.
sib25sib_set.cells.sib25
Optional object used to modify SIB 25. It can contain the following fields:
si_periodicitysib_set.cells.sib25.si_periodicity
Optional enumeration: 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512. Sets the periodicity (in frames) of the transmission of SIB 25.
uac_barring_infosib_set.cells.sib25.uac_barring_info
Optional object. See uac_barring_info.
info_set_list, for_common_list
andper_plmn_list
are optional. When not present, the corresponding element is not modified. When present, the whole element is replaced. It is up to the user to make sure that the configuration is valid at any time.
Setting theinfo_set_list
to en empty array[ ]
will release the whole UAC barring info configuration.
sib27sib_set.cells.sib27
Optional object used to modify SIB 27.
typesib_set.cells.sib27.type
Optional enumeration (gser, hex or jer). Defines the format of the
payload
parameter.payloadsib_set.cells.sib27.payload
Optional string or object. EUTRA SystemInformationBlockType27-r16 or SystemInformationBlockType27-NB-r16 ASN.1 description either in GSER format (string), hexadecimal representation of the unaligned PER encoding (string) or JER format (object) according to the
type
parameter. Only applicable to LTE or NB-IoT cells.
page_ue
Sends a paging message for a UE in RRC idle state on a list of cells.
Message definitiontypepage_ue.type
Enumeration ("normal", "cat0", "ce", "nb-iot" or "nr"). Defines the type of UE to be paged.
cn_domainpage_ue.cn_domain
Optional enumeration ("cs" or "ps"). Not required for NB-IoT or NR UEs.
imsipage_ue.imsi
Optional string. IMSI of the UE to be paged. Not required for NR UEs.
s-tmsi
Optional object. S-TMSI to be used for the paging identity. If the object is not present, the UE is paged by its IMSI. Not required for UEs registered to 5GC.
The object must contain the following fields:mmecpage_ue.imsi.mmec
Integer.
m-tmsi
Integer.
5g-s-tmsi
Optional objet. 5G-S-TMSI to be used for the paging identity. Not required for UEs registered to EPC.
The object must contain the following fields:amf_set_idpage_ue.imsi.amf_set_id
Integer. 10 bits length.
amf_pointerpage_ue.imsi.amf_pointer
Integer. 6 bits length.
5g-tmsi
Integer. 32 bits length.
edrxpage_ue.edrx
Optional object. eDRX configuration for the UE.
The object must contain the following fields:edrx_cyclepage_ue.edrx.edrx_cycle
Enumeration. eDRX cycle in hyper frames.
For an EUTRA UE, the allowed values are hfhalf, hf1, hf2, hf4, hf6, hf8, hf10, hf12, hf14, hf16, hf32, hf64 and hf128.
For a NB-IoT UE, the allowed values are hf2, hf4, hf6, hf8, hf10, hf12, hf14, hf16, hf32, hf64, hf128, hf512 and hf1024.
For a NR UE, the allowed values are hfquarter, hfhalf, hf1, hf2, hf4, hf8, hf16, hf32, hf64, hf128, hf256, hf512 and hf1024.paging_time_windowpage_ue.edrx.paging_time_window
Optional integer. Paging time window.
For an EUTRA UE the allowed range is 1 to 16 (in units of 1.28 seconds).
For a NB-IoT UE the allowed range is 1 to 16 (in units of 2.56 seconds).
For a NR UE the allowed range is 1 to 32 (in units of 1.28 seconds).
cell_idpage_ue.cell_id
Array of integers. The array contains the cell_id of the cells on which the paging message must be transmitted.
noise_level
Sets the noise level (relative to the CRS level) when the channel simulator is enabled.
Message definitionnoise_levelnoise_level.noise_level
Float. Defines the noise level value to be set.
channelnoise_level.channel
Optional integer. Defines the TX channel number on which the the new noise level value is applied. If not present, the new noise level value is applied on all TX channels.
ncell_list_add
Add a new neighbour cell to the
ncell_list
object.
Message definitioncell_idncell_list_add.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID.
ncellncell_list_add.ncell
Object. Contains the same parameters as those defined for
ncell_list
object of the LTE or NR cell. See LTE ncell_list. See NR ncell_list.
ncell_list_del
Remove a neighbour cell from the
ncell_list
object.
Message definitioncell_idncell_list_del.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID.
n_id_cellncell_list_del.n_id_cell
Integer (range 0 to 503 for LTE, 0 to 1007 for NR). Physical cell identity.
dl_arfcnncell_list_del.dl_arfcn
Optional integer (range 0 to 262143 for LTE, 0 to 3279165 for NR). DL EARFCN or SSB NR-ARFCN. If not present, it is assumed to be the same as the current cell.
scells_act_deact
Activate or deactivate configured secondary cells for a given UE, through MAC Control Element. Returns the status of the SCells for the UE.
Message definitionenb_ue_idscells_act_deact.enb_ue_id
Integer. eNB UE id.
activatescells_act_deact.activate
Optional array of integers containing the cell id of the SCell to activate. No effect if a cell is not part of the configured SCells for the UE.
deactivatescells_act_deact.deactivate
Optional array of integers containing the cell id of the SCell to deactivate.
Response definition
scellsscells_act_deact.scells
Array of integer containing the list of the cell ids of the configured SCells
activatedscells_act_deact.activated
Array of integer containing the list of the cell ids of the activated SCells, after execution of the command.
mr_dc_scg_release
Trigger a release of the SCG for an EN-DC or NR-DC UE. The is only allowed if the UE PCell contains a
meas_config_desc
object defining a SCG addition based on a NR B1 (en_dc_setup
) or A4 (nr_dc_setup
) measurement report.
Message definitionran_ue_idmr_dc_scg_release.ran_ue_id
Integer. eNB or RAN UE id.
nr_pscell_change
Trigger a NR PSCell change procedure for an EN-DC or NR-DC UE.
Message definitionran_ue_idnr_pscell_change.ran_ue_id
Integer. MCG UE eNB UE id.
cell_idnr_pscell_change.cell_id
Integer. NR target cell id.
mr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change
Change the DL ratio for a MR-DC split data radio bearer.
Message definitionran_ue_idmr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change.ran_ue_id
Integer. MCG UE RAN UE id.
drb_idmr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change.drb_id
Integer. DRB id.
secondary_path_dl_ratiomr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change.secondary_path_dl_ratio
Integer. A value between 0 and 1 tries to force the data ratio between both bearers, -1 disables it. Note that the ratio cannot be sustained if the
force_dl_schedule
option is activated in one of the cells use for the traffic, or if multiple bearers with different priorities are used, or if the traffic pushed is higher than the maximum physical bitrate.
Example: if 10Mbps is sent and ratio is set to 0.75, primary path will schedule 2.5Mbps and secondary 7.5Mbps.
ntn_satellite_update
Update the satellite information for a NTN cell (NR or NB-IoT).
Similarly to thentn
object (See Non Terrestrial Network) satellite information is described either withsv_filename
,tle_filename
or explicitepehemeris
configuration.
Message definitioncell_idntn_satellite_update.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID.
sv_filenamentn_satellite_update.sv_filename
Optional string. Update the State Vectors file. The file format is expected to be the same than the original file.
tle_filenamentn_satellite_update.tle_filename
Optional string. Update the satellite ephemeris from a TLE file.
ephemerisntn_satellite_update.ephemeris
Optional object, containing the same parameters than its counterpart described in the
ntn
object.
10.7 LTE events
Following events are sent by eNB/ng-eNB/gNB if they have been registered on WebSocket.
ue_measurement_report
Generated each time a LTE or NR RRC Measurement Report message is received.
Message definition:ran_ue_idue_measurement_report.ran_ue_id
Integer. eNB UE S1AP ID or RAN UE NGAP ID.
cn_ue_idue_measurement_report.cn_ue_id
Optional integer. MME UE S1AP ID or AMF UE NGAP ID.
cell_idue_measurement_report.cell_id
Integer. Identity of the cell that received the Measurement report message.
c_rntiue_measurement_report.c_rnti
Integer. UE C-RNTI.
meas_configue_measurement_report.meas_config
Optional string. Decoding of the UE current measurement configuration (if available). It corresponds to the MeasConfig ASN.1 field in GSER format.
meas_resultsue_measurement_report.meas_results
String. Decoding of the UE measurement results. It corresponds to the MeasResults ASN.1 field in GSER format.
srs, pusch, npusch
Generated each time such a channel is decoded by the physical layer. This message is in binary format and includes a JSON structure and signal data as followed:
First 4 bytes are an 32 bit integer representing the length in bytes of the serialized JSON, followed by the serialized JSON itslef.
Next 4 bytes are the length of the signal data in bytes followed by the data itself.
Note that the message can include several signal data. In this case, the pattern length/signal is repeated.JSON data has the following definition:
labelue_measurement_report.label
String. Can be
rs
orre
dataue_measurement_report.data
Array of string. Information related to the signal being decoded.
Checklog_get
API.
Signal data bytes are defined this way:
- Bytes 0...3: integer representing data length in bytes of the subsequent information.
- Bytes 4...7: integer representing data element size where:
- 0: 32 bits floats
- 1: 16 bits integer.
- Bytes 8..11: number of elements in data
- Remaining bytes are for data.
Note that <data length> = <# of elements> * <element size in bytes> + 8
For more information about signal data, please check
signal.js
code insideltewww
software package.
10.8 Examples
- Config
- Client sends
{ "message": "config_get", "message_id": "foo" }
- Server replies
{ "message_id": "foo", "message": "config_get", "name": "UE", "logs": { "phy": { "level": "error", "max_size": 0 }, ... "rrc": { "level": "debug", "max_size": 1 } } }
- Client sends
- Error
- Client sends
{ "message": "bar", "message_id": "foo" }
- Server replies
{ "message_id": "foo", "message": "bar", "error": "Unknown message: bar" }
- Client sends
10.9 DL synchronization
For more details about this feature, please read DL synchronization.
10.9.1 Events
Events may be sent during DL synchronization
lifetime.
All events message
value is dl_sync
and their meaning will be identified
by their event
parameter value as defined below:
lost
Synchronization to remote cell has been lost.
timeout
No remote cell have been found.
restart
A new cell search has been asked.
info
Periodically sent to provide following remote cell information:
ss_snrinfo.ss_snr
Object. Statistics for received remote cell synchronization signal. Includes
min
,max
,avg
andsd
(Standard deviation) numbers in dB.driftinfo.drift
Number. Time drift between cell and remote cell in ppm.
low_snrinfo.low_snr
How many consecutive times low snr threshold has been reached.
If this counter reaches configuredsnr_seq
, signal will be considered as lost.
sync
Sent when cell search is being successful and cell is now synchronized with remote cell. The event have the following members:
pcisync.pci
Integer. Physical Cell ID of the remote cell.
ssb_indexsync.ssb_index
Integer (NR only). Index of the SSB the cell is listening to on remote cell.
10.9.2 Messages
dl_sync
Message definition:
actiondl_sync.action
Optional string (default = start). Defines action to perform.
If set tostart
, forces a remote cell search.
If set toinfo
, replies with current state informations.
cell_iddl_sync.cell_id
Integer. Cell ID on which to retart
DL synchronization
procedure.timeoutdl_sync.timeout
Optional number (default = last used value). Timeout in seconds for
DL synchronization
procedure.
11 Command line monitor reference
The following commands are available:
help
Display the help. Use
help command
to have a more detailed help about a command.t [ue|g|cpu|spl] [period]
Activate various traces on the console. The display is stopped when typing return. The default trace is
ue
. An optional display period (in seconds) is accepted.Available traces:
ue [ue=<id>] [cell=<id>]
UE MAC and PRACH traces. If
n
is provided, only display the UE IDn
.g
Show global eNodeB statistics.
cpu [rf_ports=p0[,p1...]]
Display the CPU usage from the TRX (transceiver) API and the TX-RX latency statistics.
Ifpn
is set, only display statistics for rf portpn
.spl [rf_ports=p0[,p1...]] [dbm]
Display various statistics about the sent and received complex samples (at the TRX API level). For the TX side, the RMS and maximum sample value are displayed. The number of saturation events (
abs(sample) > 1
) are displayed too. For the RX side the RMS and maximum sample value are displayed. The unit is dB FS (dB Full Scale) or absolute dbm if set. 0 dB FS is reached with a square signal of amplitude 1.
Ifpn
is set, only display statistics for rf portpn
.
log [log_options]
Display the current log state. If log_options are given, change the log options. The syntax is the same as the
log_options
configuration property.cell [main|phy]
List the available cells with informations.
cell_gain cell_id gain
Set the DL gain of the cell cell_id. The gain is in dB and must be <= 0. The gain of the other cells is not modified.
cell_ul_disable cell_id flag
Disable the uplink of the cell cell_id if flag = 1.
noise_level level [channel]
Change the noise level. If
channel
is not provided, the same noise level is set for all the TX channels. This command only applies if the channel simulator is configured. See RF port specific channel simulator.ue
List connected UEs.
handover RAN_UE_ID pci [arfcn]
Initiate a handover of UE RAN_UE_ID to the cell of physical identifier pci at EARFCN / SSB NR-ARFCN arfcn. If arfcn is not given, it is assumed to be the same as the source cell. The target cell must be defined in the source cell neighbour list.
Note that this command line cannot be used for inter system handover. Instead you should use the handover remote API.pcap [-w filename] [-l data_len] [-b] [-d ms] [-p]
Record packet data in the pcap format used by Wireshark. It works only with LTE cells.
By default data are written until apcap_stop
request is made.
To record for a fixed period of time the -d can be used to specify the number of milliseconds to capture data.
The remaining command line options mimic the control found in the config file:- the -w option can be use to specify an output file name (default is /tmp/enb.pcap)
- the -l option specifies the maximum length for packet data written (default is 65535)
- the -b option enables capture of broadcast packets on the BCCH channel
- the -p option can be set to capture into a pipe instead of a file
pcap_stop
Stop recording pcap packet data.
rf_info
Get RF driver informations
tx_gain gain channel
Set the TX gain in dB of the radio driver. If no channel is specified, all cells are affected. Same definition as the tx_gain property.
rx_gain gain channel
Set the RX gain in dB of the radio driver. If no channel is specified, all cells are affected. Same definition as the rx_gain property.
s1
Dump the S1 connection state. It is useful to see if the eNodeB is connected to the MME.
s1connect [mme_addr]
Force a S1 (re)connection to the MME. The MME IP address and optional port can be given as an optional parameter.
s1disconnect
Force a S1 disconnect from the MME.
ng
Dump the NG connection state. It is useful to see if the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB is connected to the AMF.
ngconnect [amf_addr]
Force a NG (re)connection to the AMF. The AMF IP address and optional port can be given as an optional parameter.
ngdisconnect
Force a NG disconnect from the AMF.
x2
Display the state of the X2 connections and the associated cell parameters.
x2connect peer_addr
Force a X2 connection to eNodeB peer_addr.
x2disconnect peer_addr
Force a X2 disconnection from the eNodeB peer_addr.
xn
Display the state of the Xn connections and the associated cell parameters.
xnconnect peer_addr
Force a Xn connection to gNodeB/ng-eNodeB peer_addr.
xndisconnect peer_addr
Force a Xn disconnection from the gNodeB/ng-eNodeB peer_addr.
m2
Display the state of the M2 connection.
m2connect [server_addr]
Force a M2 connection to MBMSGW server_addr. If server_addr is not present, it uses the previous address.
m2disconnect
Force a M2 disconnection from the MBMSGW.
hwcaps
Show the CPU capabilities. Useful to see if AES acceleration is supported.
mbms
Show the MBMS status. It is useful to see packet losses, the instantaneous bitrate of each session and the maximum bitrate allowed for each PMCH.
erab [-a]
Show the allocated EPS radio bearers (only GBR bearers by default, all the bearers with the
-a
option).qos_flow [-a]
Show the allocated 5GS QoS flows (only GBR bearers by default, all the bearers with the
-a
option).rrc_ue_info_req UE_ID req_mask
Send a RRC UE Information Request to UE UE_ID. ’req_mask’ is a bitmask: 0:RACH, 1:RLF, 2:LogMeas, 3:ConnEst, 4:MobHist
rrc_cnx_release UE_ID [redirect_type]
Forces a RRC connection release. See rrc_cnx_release in remote API.
rlc_drop_rate UE_ID rb_id rate [is_srb]
Define a rate percentage of uplink RLC PDUs dropped.
pdcch_order_prach UE_ID
Forces the sending of a PDCCH order for PRACH to the UE. Supported for all UE types except BR UEs.
12 Log file format
12.1 PHY layer
When a PHY message is dumped (debug level), the format is:
time layer dir ue_id cell rnti frame.subframe channel:short_content long_content
time
Time using the selected format.
layer
Layer (
[PHY]
here).dir
UL (uplink) or DL (downlink).
ue_id
eNodeB UE identifier (hexadecimal, unique among all cells).
cell
Low 8 bits of the cell identifier (hexadecimal).
rnti
Associated RNTI (hexadecimal) or
-
if none.frame.subframe
Frame number (0-1023) and either subframe number (0-9) for LTE and NB-IoT cells or slot number for NR cells.
channel
PHY channel name (e.g. PUSCH, PUCCH, PRACH, SRS, PSS, PBCH, PCFICH, PDSCH, PHICH, PDCCH, EPDCCH, ...).
short_content
Single line content.
long_content
Hexadecimal dump of the message if
phy.max_size > 0
.
12.2 RLC, PDCP and NAS layers
When a message is dumped, the format is:
time layer - ue_id message
When a PDU is dumped (debug level), the format is:
time layer dir ue_id short_content long_content
time
Time using the selected format
layer
Layer (
[RLC]
,[PDCP]
, or[NAS]
here).dir
UL (uplink) or DL (downlink).
ue_id
eNodeB UE identifier (hexadecimal, unique among all cells).
short_content
Single line content.
- RLC, PDCP: preceded by the SRB or DRB identifier.
long_content
- NAS: full content of the NAS message if
layer.max_size > 0
.
- NAS: full content of the NAS message if
12.3 MAC and RRC layers
When a message is dumped, the format is:
time layer - ue_id message
When a PDU is dumped (debug level), the format is:
time layer dir ue_id short_content long_content
time
Time using the selected format
layer
Layer (
[MAC]
or[RRC]
here).dir
UL (uplink) or DL (downlink).
ue_id
eNodeB UE identifier (hexadecimal, unique among all cells).
cell_id
Primary cell identifier. See cell_id
short_content
Single line content.
long_content
- MAC: hexadecimal dump of the message if
layer.max_size > 0
. - RRC: full ASN.1 content of the RRC message if
layer.max_size > 0
.
- MAC: hexadecimal dump of the message if
long_content
- MAC, RLC, PDCP: hexadecimal dump of the message if
layer.max_size > 0
. - RRC: full ASN.1 content of the RRC message if
layer.max_size > 0
.
- MAC, RLC, PDCP: hexadecimal dump of the message if
12.4 S1AP, NGAP, X2AP, XnAP, M2AP and GTP-U layers
When a message is dumped, the format is:
time layer - message
When a PDU is dumped (debug level), the format is:
time layer dir ip_address short_content long_content
time
Time using the selected format.
layer
Layer (e.g.
[S1AP]
).dir
Direction:
TO
orFROM
.ip_address
Source or destination IP address, depending on the
dir
field.short_content
Single line content.
long_content
- S1AP, NGAP, X2AP, XnAP, M2AP: full ASN.1 content of the message if
layer.max_size > 0
. - GTPU: hexadecimal dump of the message if
layer.max_size > 0
.
- S1AP, NGAP, X2AP, XnAP, M2AP: full ASN.1 content of the message if
13 Change history
13.1 Version 2024-04-26
- OpenSSL library is upgraded to 1.1.1w
- added NR band 54 definition
- allowed to configure up to 5 BWP per NR UE type (normal or RedCap)
-
ue_dl_bwp_id
andue_ul_bwp_id
parameters are added inue_get
remote API - added the
precoding_matrix
parameter in theprs
object of LTE cells - added
edrx
parameter topage_ue
remote API - added
sul_prach_index_list
andsul_prach_only
parameters to the elements ofprach_feature_preamble_list
for NR cells - added
ho_force_full_config
parameter to LTE and NR cells, andconfig_set
remote API - added
n_harq_process
to thepusch
object for NR NTN cells - added
scell_id
to thedci_bwp_switch
remote API for NR cells - added
bwp_scell_id
to therrc_cnx_reconf
remote API for NR cells - added
large_freq_shift
object to thentn
configuration for NR cells - added
backup_mme_addr
andpriority
parameters tomme_list
object - added
backup_amf_addr
andpriority
parameters toamf_list
object - changed the semantic of
n_ta_common
parameter ofntn
configuration for NR and NB-IoT cells - added
direct_forwarding_available
parameter in thencell_list
object of LTE and NR cells -
rsrp_threshold
parameter in thesdt
object is now optional - added
logical_channel_sr_delay_timer
parameter in thesdt
object - added
t318
parameter inntn
object of NB-IoT cells
13.2 Version 2024-03-15
- updated NR RRC ASN.1 to release 17.6.0
- added LTE bands 106, 253 and 254 definition
- added NR bands 31, 72, 105, 109 and 254 definition
- allowed concurrent ETWS and CMAS notifications
-
cell_group
parameter is added torrc_cnx_reconf
remote API -
additional_spectrum_emission
parameter is added for NR cells -
redirected_carrier_info
,redirected_carrier_info_nb_v1430
,idle_mode_mobility_control
andcell_reselection_priorities
are added torrc_cnx_release
remote API -
first_pdcch_mo_of_po
parameter is added in thepaging
config of NR cells - added jer format to
sib_set
remote API -
rlc_drop_rate
remote API is added -
5qi_qos
parameter is added to DRB configuration in LTE, NB-IOT and NR cells -
uplink_tx_switch
parameter is added in NR cells -
two_steps_prach
parameter is added to the elements ofprach_feature_preambles_list
for NR cells -
forced_pmi
parameter is added in LTE cells -
dl_bwp_id
,ul_bwp_id
,catm
andredcap
fields are added to the response of theue_get
API command -
multi_csi
added to thepucch
object in NR cells - use
trx_get_numa_nodes2
TRX API instead oftrx_get_numa_nodes
- MME and AMF names added to
s1
andng
remote APIs and monitor commands - added R17 values to
tdra_repetition_number
parameter ofpusch
object in NR cells
13.3 Version 2023-12-15
- X2AP ASN.1 is updated to v17.6.0
- added EPS user plane integrity protection
- added NGAP AMF status indication support
- added extended measurement identities and measurement objects support
- added support of TRX multi-thread API
- LTE PUCCH/PUSCH default p0-Nominal power is aligned with NR in the delivered configuration files
- allowed more CoReSet and PDCCH search spaces in NR cells. Added explicit parameters to select the search spaces. The
force_dci_0_0
andforce_dci_1_0
parameters were moved from theuss
to thepdcch
object -
sdt
object is added to therrc_inactive
object for NR cells -
sdt
value is added to theprach_feature_preambles_list
array andsdt
parameter to thefeature_priorities
object for NR cells -
sdt_allowed
parameter is added to the NR DRB configuration objects -
forced_sr_offset
parameter is added to the configuration of LTE and NR cells -
br_forced_sr_offset
parameter is added to thebr_coverage_levels
array of LTE cells -
power_256qam
andpower_1024qam
parameters are added to thepdsch
object in NR cells -
loop_count
andloop_delay
parameters are added to remote API messages -
sim_events_loop_count
andsim_events_loop_delay
parameters are added -
harq_process_disabled
parameter is added to thepdsch
object for NR NTN cells -
default_sma
anddefault_elevation_offset
parameters are added to thentn
object for NB-IoT and NR cells -
ue_dl_attenuation
andue_dl_gain_offset
parameters are added to thentn.channel_sim_control
object -
a6_candidates
parameter is added in thescell_list
object for LTE and NR cells -
a6_report_type
,a6_offset
,a6_hysteresis
anda6_time_to_trigger
parameters are added in thescell_config
object for LTE and NR cells -
scell_config
field is renamed toscell_config_a4_a2
inconfig_get
remote API -
scell_config_a6
field is added inconfig_get
remote API -
ntn
parameter is added tocustom_freq_band
object -
t_service
andneigbour_cells
parameters are added to thentn
object for NR cells -
cell_barred
,cell_barred_5gc
,cell_barred_redcap_1rx
,cell_barred_redcap_2rx
andcell_barred_ntn
parameters are added toconfig_get
remote API -
ims_emergency_support
andecall_over_ims_support
parameters are added tosib_set
remote API -
max_cc_preference
andmax_mimo_layer_preference
fromue_assistance_information
can now change the NR cell behaviour if the UE reports them -
altitude
parameter inaccess_point_position
,ground_position
andue_position
andntn_ground_position
parameters is now optional -
reference_location
parameter is added to thentn
andncell_list
objects for NR cells -
ul_snr_adapt_fer
,cqi_adapt_fer
anddl_snr_adapt_fer
parameters are now set to 0.1 by default -
ul_snr_adapt_fer_lowse
andcqi_adapt_fer_lowse
parameters are added for NR cells -
ue_dl_freq
,ue_ul_freq
andfeeder_doppler_shift
parameters are added to thentn.channel_sim_control
object -
feeder_doppler_compensation
,feeder_dl_freq
andfeeder_ul_freq
parameters are added to thentn
object for NR cells -
unsupported_qci_fallback
andunsupported_5qi_fallback
parameters are added -
allow_rrc_bwp_switch
parameter is added to the NR cell configuration -
rrc_based_bwp_switch
parameter is added to thebwp_dynamic_switch
configuration -
dl_bwp
andul_bwp
parameters are added to theconfig_set
remote API -
l_crb
parameter inpdsch
configuration object in NR cells now accepts value 0 -
nr_handover_d1
parameter is added tomeas_config_desc
configuration object for NR cells -
csg_indication
andcsg_id
parameters are added to LTE cells -
csg_id
andcsg_hybrid
parameters are added to thencell_list
object for LTE cells -
max_mimo_layers_r16
parameter is added to thepdsch
object for NR cells -
com_ssl_ca
parameter is added for SSL verification -
s_measure
parameter is added tomeas_config_desc
object for LTE and NR cells
13.4 Version 2023-09-08
- NGAP ASN.1 is updated to v17.5.0
- XnAP ASN.1 is updated to v17.5.0
- Ethernet PDU session and PDN connectivity support is added
- default LTE aperiodic CQI reporting mode is changed to rm30 in the sample configuration files delivered to improve compatibility with UEs
- ALL_CE_LEVELS define is added to the enb-nbiot-standalone.cfg to test several CE levels
- the number of USS candidates in NR cells is increased in the sample configuration files delivered
- UDCB4 frequency shifter support is added in FR2 sample configuration files
-
x2disconnect
andxndisconnect
remote APIs are added -
ack_nack_r13
object is added to thepucch_dedicated
configuration in LTE cells -
ap_cqi_trigger_list
object is added to the configuration of LTE cells -
subband_cqi_k
parameter is added to the configuration of LTE cells -
sib16_time_reference_info
parameter is added in LTE cells -
time_reference_info
parameter is added tosib16
object in NB-IoT cells -
reference_time_info
parameter is added tosib9
object in NR cells -
inclination
parameter inntn
object has now a more conventional range for NB-IoT or NR NTN configuration -
tx_power_offset
parameter is added to RF port configuration -
cpu_core_list
parameter is added to RF port configuration to control the list of cores used for multi threading -
bwp_switch_k0
parameter of thepdsch
object for NR cells has now a special value -1 -
srs_switching_time_request
anduplink_tx_switch_request
parameters are added to LTE and NR cells -
gtp_use_packet_bundling
parameter is added for GTP-U PDUs bundling support -
epoch
parameter of theephemeris
configuration for NTN now accepts a formatted date input as string - NUMA configuration automatically uses RF frontend driver information
-
n_harq_process
of thepdsch
object for NR cell now supports the value 32 - the
prach-Config-v1430
SIB2 LTE RRC parameter is supported -
forced_drx_start_offset
parameter is added to the DRX configuration for LTE and NR cells -
eutra_handover_intra
,eutra_handover_inter
,eutra_cell_redirect_intra
andeutra_cell_redirect_inter
parameters are added to LTE cells -
nr_handover_intra
,nr_handover_inter
,nr_cell_redirect_intra
andnr_cell_redirect_inter
parameters are added to NR cells - ASN.1 content can be JER encoded (external file or directly inside configuration file)
-
prach_feature_preambles_list
parameter is added to NR cells and UL BWPs -
feature_priorities
parameter is added to NR cells -
msg3_repetition_number
,msg3_repetition_mcs
andmsg3_repetition_rsrp_threshold
parameters are added to thepusch
object of NR cells - the
aperiodic_zp_csi_rs_resource_set
parameter is added to thecsi_rs
object in NR cells -
n1_pucch_an_rep_count
,an_rep_ul_snr_threshold
andan_rep_factor
parameters are added to LTE cells -
ntn_sv_file_update
remote API is deprecated -
ntn_satellite_update
remote API is added -
wus_config
configuration object is added for Cat-M1 cells -
use_gap_fr
parameter is added tomeas_gap_config
object in NR cells
13.5 Version 2023-06-10
- NGAP ASN.1 is updated to v17.4.0
- added split 7.2 TRX API
- added LTE band 73 definition
-
sib1_delivery_during_ho
default value is changed from true to false -
discardTimer
,sr_prohibit_timer
andt_Reassembly
in NR cells have new values -
sib_enable
parameter is added to NR cells - the
ssb_Index_RSRP
report quantity is supported with thecsi_ssb_resource_set
andcsi_ssb_resource_set_list
parameters -
eci_reference
parameter is added to NTN configuration -
default_ephemeris
parameter is added to NTN configuration -
sib19
parameter is added to NR cell -
ntn
configuration moved outside if the NB-IoT configuration and is now referenced by NB-IoT and NR -
cell_id
parameter range is linked to thegnb_id_bits
parameter for NR cells -
dl_bwp_access
andul_bwp_access
parameters are added to restrict BWP configuration based on UE type -
allow_1rx_ue
andallow_2rx_ue
parameters are added toredcap_ue
object -
pollPDU
,pollByte
andt_StatusProhibit
parameters are added tosrb_config
object in LTE and NR cells -
freq_hopping
,freq_hopping_offsets
andfreq_hopping_index
parameters are added to NR PUSCH parameters for frequency hopping support -
rrc_ul_segmentation_support
parameter is added to LTE and NR cells - phy related logging parameters are moved in the phy layer object of
config_set
/config_get
remote APIs -
cell_gain
is not taken into account to compute the reference signal power -
qam1024
value is added to themcs_table
parameter of thepdsch
object -
4
value is added to thecqi_table
parameter of thecsi_report_config
items and default parameter value has changed -
ssb_nr_arfcn
parameter is added to thedl_bwp
object for RedCap BWPs -
carrier_sense
object is added to LTE cell -
ul_high_rate_threshold
andul_low_rate_threshold
parameters forbwp_dynamic_switch
are also available in FDD -
emergency_fallback_target
andemergency_fallback_preferred_method
parameters are added to NR cells -
emergency_fallback_preferred_method
parameter is added toconfig_set
remote API -
emergency_fallback_target
parameter is added toconfig_get
remote API -
tx_config
parameter of thepusch
object in a NR cell can now take the valuenon_codebook
-
ncb_sri_bitmap
parameter is added to thepusch
object in a NR cell -
non_codebook
object is added to theresource_auto
configuration forsrs
in a NR cell -
q_qual_min
parameter is now optional in NR cells -
delta_qual_min
parameter is added in NR cells -
q_qual_min
andq_qual_min_offset
parameters are added to LTE cells -
com_logs_lock
parameter added to disable logs configuration change via remote API -
pdsch_harq_ack_disable
andrandom_data
parameters are added to loadtest_mode
in NR cells -
prach_detect_threshold
missing parameter description is added in LTE cells
13.6 Version 2023-03-17
-
com_addr
parameter now uses [::] address instead of 0.0.0.0 in the delivered configuration files to allow IPv6 connection - added config/gnb-sa-redcap.cfg gNB sample configuration file for RedCap UEs
- updated RRC ASN.1 to release 17.3.0
- updated NR RRC ASN.1 to release 17.3.0
- added UL number of layers to t monitor command
- added LTE bands 54, 255 and 256 definition
- added NR bands 100, 101, 102, 104, 255 and 256 definition
- added FR1-FR1 NR-DC support
- added QCI10 definition to config/drb.cfg, config/drb_nb.cfg and config/drb_nr.cfg files
- number of UL layers used is added to the
t
monitor command - NR cell configuration overhaul in a more organized presentation
-
wus_config
parameter is added to NB-IoT cells -
cag_info_list
parameter description is fixed -
ul_n_layer
andul_rank
parameters are added toue_get
remote API -
rms_dbm
parameter is added tostats
remote API -
sv_filename
andsv_filetype
parameters are added to thentn
object if NB-IoT cells -
ntn_sv_file_update
remote API added -
aggregation_factor
andrepetition_scheme
are added to thepdsch
object in NR cells -
aggregation_factor
,tdra_repetition_number
andavailable_slot_counting
are added to thepusch
object in NR cells. -
coreset_id
parameter is added to thecss
object of NR cells -
csi_rs_nzp
,csi_rs_zp
andcsi_rs_im
can now be arrays of objects in LTE cells. The fieldscrambling_id
is added tocsi_rs_nzp
-
prach
parameter is added to the objects of theul_bwp
array in NR cells -
initial_dl_bwp_id
andinitial_ul_bwp_id
are added to theredcap_ue
object in NR cells -
dl_bwp_list
andul_bwp_list
are added to thehalf_duplex
object in NR cells -
n_symb
is added to theresource_auto
object ofsrs
object in NR cells -
f_raster
parameter supports the value 15_30_100 -
delta_gscn
parameter supports the value 7 -
pdsch
object indl_bwp
items has all of its content optional and inherits from initial DL BWP -
pusch
object inul_bwp
items has all of its content optional and inherits from initial UL BWP -
sib3
,sib4
,sib5
,sib6
,sib7
,sib24
andsib27
parameters are added to sib_set remote API -
hsdn
andhigh_speed_config
parameters are added to NR cells -
allowed_during_eps_fallback
parameter is added to NRncell_list
object -
sib1_delivery_during_ho
parameter is added to NR cells -
ignore_gbr_congestion
parameter is added to LTE and NR cells -
alternate_retx_scheme
parameter is added to NR cells -
tdd_ack_nack_feedback_mode_r10
default value is changed -
sib1_repetition_period
parameter is added to NR cells -
type2_immediate
andtype2_dynamic
are added to theconfiguration_type
enumeration of theconfigured_grant
object in NR cells for Type2 Configured Grant -
rat_type
parameter values inntn
object are renamed. Older values are still supported for backward compatibility
13.7 Version 2022-12-16
- RRC ASN.1 is updated to v17.2.0
- S1AP ASN.1 is updated to v17.2.0
- NR RRC ASN.1 is updated to v17.2.0
- NGAP ASN.1 is updated to v17.2.0
- XnAP ASN.1 is updated to v17.2.0
- UE specific DRX cycle support is added in NR cells
- NGAP UE radio capability check procedure support is added
-
ul_freq_shift
is added to the RF port parameters -
boosted_prbs
can be a string to automatically set the list of boosted PRBs -
dynamic_k_offset
,use_state_vectors
,tle_filename
,ground_position
andchannel_sim_control
parameters are added to thentn
object of NB-IoT cells -
phy.ntn
log option is added -
sr_with_harq
andsr_grant_size
parameters are added to NB-IoT cells -
snpn
andcag_info_list
are added toplmn_list
in thenr_cell_list
object (NPN support) -
sib10
object is added -
dl_err
andul_err
added tostats
remote API to count non transmitted transport blocks -
configured_grant
is added to NR cells for UL Configured Grant -
edrx
parameter is added to NR cells -
automatic_requested_eutra_freq_bands
parameter is renamed toautomatic_eutra_cap_enquiry_params
.automatic_requested_eutra_freq_bands
is still supported for backward compatibility -
request_reduced_format
parameter is added to LTE cells -
requested_eutra_freq_bands
,requested_eutra_max_ccs_dl
,requested_eutra_max_ccs_ul
,request_reduced_format
andrequest_eutra_reduced_int_non_cont_comb
parameters are added to NR cells -
sib25
parameter added tosib_set
remote API -
ssb_offset
is documented for NR cells -
uac_config
parameter added tosib14
parameter -
enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_dynamic_enabled
,enhanced_skip_uplink_tx_configured_enabled
andskip_uplink_tx_snr_threshold
parameters are added to NR cells -
redcap_ue
parameter added for RedCap UE support -
dpc_pucch_p_max
,dpc_pucch_epre_max
,dpc_pusch_p_max
,dpc_pusch_epre_max
parameters added for LTE cells.dpc_p_max
anddpc_epre_max
parameters added for NR cells -
tac_plmn
andtac_5gc_plmn
parameters are added toncell_list
object - defined a t-Reordering value for QCI/5QI using a NR PDCP with RLC AM to workaround a bug in some UEs locally dropping SN values without discard timer
- updated FR2 configuration files
-
utc
parameter is added to remote API response messages - control usage statistics added to
stats
remote API
13.8 Version 2022-09-16
- RRC ASN.1 is updated to v17.1.0
- S1AP ASN.1 is updated to v17.1.0
- NR RRC ASN.1 is updated to v17.1.0
- NGAP ASN.1 is updated to v17.1.1
- added NUMA architecture support
-
distributed_vrb
,use_n_gap_2
anduse_dci_1c
parameters are added for LTE cells - cell id filter is added to
t ue
monitor command - new filters are added to
t
monitor command - the number of UL carriers is added to
t
monitor command -
precoding_matrix
is added tonzp_csi_rs_resource
-
resource_auto
is added for automatic and responsive NR SRS configuration - LTE band 103 definition is added
-
rai_enh_support
parameter is added to LTE and NB-IoTmac_config
object -
mr_dc_scg_release
remote API is added -
subframe_offset
parameter is added to LTE and NB-IoT cells -
mr_dc_request_nr_dc
parameter is added to LTE and NR cells -
single_ue_cap_enquiry
parameter is added to LTE and NR cells -
report_quantity
now supports CRI_RI_LI_PMI_CQI for NR CSI reporting configuration -
ho_cfra
parameter is added to LTE cells -
allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearer
parameter is changed from a boolean to an enum. Backward compatibility is ensured -
ue_assistance_information
parameter is added to NR cells -
rrc_release_cell_reselection_priorities
parameter is added to NR cells -
precoding_from_csi
parameter is added to NRpdcch
object -
two_harq_force
andtwo_harq_interleaved_dl_ul
parameters are added to NB-IoT cells -
br_scheduling_enhancement
,br_pdsch_ten_processes
andbr_harq_ack_bundling
are added tobr_ue
objects of LTE cells -
ntn
andsib31
parameters are added for NTN support in NB-IoT cells -
eutra_handover
parameter is added to LTE cells. It replacesa3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a3_hysteresis
,a3_time_to_trigger
anda3_force_meas_id_on_pcell_earfcn
that are still supported for backward compatibility -
nr_handover
parameter is added to NR cells. It replacesa3_report_type
,a3_offset
,a3_hysteresis
anda3_time_to_trigger
that are still supported for backward compatibility -
a4_threshold_rsrp
anda4_threshold_rsrq
parameters are added toeutra_cell_redirect
object in LTE cells -
a4_threshold_rsrp
,a4_threshold_rsrq
anda4_threshold_sinr
parameters are added tonr_cell_redirect
object in NR cells -
en_dc_setup
parameter is added to LTE cells. It replacesnr_b1_report_type
,nr_b1_rsrp
,nr_b1_rsrq
,nr_b1_sinr
,nr_b1_hysteresis
,nr_b1_time_to_trigger
andnr_b1_gaps_required
that are still supported for backward compatibility - renamed the
unrestricted_set_type_a
andunrestricted_set_type_b
NR PRACH parameters torestricted_set_type_a
andrestricted_set_type_b
- values 35 and 45 are added to
bandwidth
parameter in NR cells - added
mib
logging option -
freq_shift
andfreq_doppler
are added to theconfig_get
andconfig_set
remote APIs -
gtp_tx_bitrate
andgtp_rx_bitrate
are added to thestats
remote API -
cross_pol_medium
andcross_pol_high
MIMO correlation matrixes are added to channel simulator -
erabs
andqos_flows
objects are added toue_get
remote API
13.9 Version 2022-06-17
- OpenSSL library is upgraded to 1.1.1n
- added various speed improvements to the scheduler and GTP-U processing
- added a check to ensure that the cell configured fits in the band definition
-
m2ap_bind_addr
parameter description is added -
cell_barred
parameter is added toconfig_set
remote API for NR cells -
pusch_switch_snr_threshold
andpusch_switch_hysteresis
parameters are added -
mac_crnti_ce_ignore_count
parameter is added -
cell_rate_match_pattern
,rate_match_pattern
,rate_match_pattern_group1
,rate_match_pattern_group2
andrate_match_pattern_dci
parameters are added to specify PDSCH rate match patterns -
stats
remote API is changed to usedrb_count
instead oferab_count
for NR cells -
freq_shift
parameter is added to the channel simulator paths -
high_speed_train
parameter is added to the channel simulator -
delay_spread
channel simulator parameter is added for the newtdla
,tdlb
,tdlc
,tdld
andtdle
channel types -
rb_list
parameter is added in the CoReSet definitions -
start_timestamp
andend_timestamp
are added tolog_get
API -
phy.csi=1
log level is added for detailed NR CSI information from CSI reports -
resource_auto
is added for automatic and easy NR CSI configuration -
data_inactivity_timer
parameter is added to NR cellmac_config
object - missing
scells_activation
parameter description is added to NR cell -
t_PollRetransmit_v1610
andt_StatusProhibit_v1610
parameters are added to NR DRB configuration -
discardTimerExt_r16
parameter is added to NR DRB configuration -
dmrs_mapping_type_a
anddmrs_mapping_type_b
are added inpdsch
andpusch
objects in NR cell -
ptrs
object is added in PDSCH and PUSCH DMRS configuration -
allowed_with_ims_dedicated_bearer
is added to LTE cellnr_cell_redirect
andnr_handover
objects - S1AP ASN.1 is updated to v16.9.0
13.10 Version 2022-03-18
- NR-DC is supported (see
nr_dc_split
,nr_dc_setup
andnr_dc_scg_cell_list
parameters) -
scg_failure_information
filter is added torrc_procedure_filter
in NR cells -
ap_cqi_rm_opt
parameter is added to set the aperiodic CQI reporting mode when the transmission mode is greater or equal to 7 -
ho_cfra
parameter is renamed toreconf_sync_cfra
.ho_cfra
is still supported for backward compatibility -
pucch_group_hopping
andhopping_id
are now optional and configurable for each BWP -
group_hopping_disabled
is added in NR cellpusch
object -
ecgi
,ncgi
,connected_mobility
andncell_list
objects are added toconfig_get
remote API - there is no more restriction with TDD PCell for NR CA
-
load
is added to the NB-IoTtest_mode
-
rrc_ue_cap_enquiry
remote API can be used before the eNB has acquired the UE capabilities by its own, and adds theran_ue_id
parameter to the response - added the
blanked_scs
NR cell parameter - added the
max_mimo_layers_enabled
PDSCH NR cell parameter - the gNB configuration files found in config folder are changed to use a cell SCS of 15kHz in FDD to improve the compatibility with the commercial UEs
-
p_ue
parameter is added toue_get
remote API -
ran_ue_id
parameter is added torrc_ue_cap_enquiry
remote API response - added channel estimation signal log for NR PUSCH and SRS
- added
scg_failure_information_behavior
configuration parameter - added S1AP and NGAP reroute NAS request procedure
- improved NB-IoT scheduler
- added DL synchronization feature
13.11 Version 2021-12-17
-
npdcch_start_sf
in NB-IoT CP-EDT parameters replacesnpdcch_startSF_CSS_RA
and takes integer values -
nprach_format2
parameter is added to support NPRACH format 2 -
dl_gap
parameter can now take anexplicit
value -
reserved_dl_prbs
andreserved_ul_prbs
parameters are added to reserve resources in a NR cell - when
use_dci_0_1_and_1_1
parameter is set to false, no aperiodic SRS configuration is sent by default - LPPa support for OTDOA and ECID is added
- NRPPa support for ECID is added
-
access_point_position
is added to give the coordinates of a cell (used for LPPa or NRPPa) - NR CA can use up to 8 cells
-
two_steps_prach
object introduced for 2-steps RACH procedure support -
npdcch_order_nprach
parameter introduced for PDCCH order in NB-IoT -
pdcch_order_prach
object introduced for PDCCH order in NR -
pdcch_order_prach
parameter introduced for PDCCH order in LTE -
pdcch_order_prach
remote API and monitor command is added -
k_min
parameter introduced to allow smaller k1/k2 value in NR -
ho_cfra
parameter introduced to allow CFRA during SA handover -
license
monitor command is added -
rx_to_tx_latency
parameter in slot added to NR cell configuration -
rx_to_tx_latency
RF port parameter is deprecated and should be replaced byrx_to_tx_latency
parameter in NR cell configuration (note that this new parameter is in slot and not ms) -
long_drx_cycle
NB-IoT configuration parameter now supports values 5120 and 10240 -
nr_support
parameter is renamed toen_dc_support
.nr_support
is still supported for backward compatibility -
use_for_en_dc
parameter is renamed touse_for_mr_dc_scg
.use_for_en_dc
is still supported for backward compatibility -
nr_scell_list
parameter is renamed toen_dc_scg_cell_list
.nr_scell_list
is still supported for backward compatibility -
en_dc_release
parameter is renamed tomr_dc_release
.en_dc_release
is still supported for backward compatibility -
en_dc_split_dl_ratio_change
monitor command is renamed tomr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change
.mr_dc_split_dl_ratio_change
is still supported for backward compatibility -
p0_nominal_with_grant
value is changed from -76 to -84 in the delivered configuration files -
p_max
is no more forced to 10dB in the NR cells of the delivered configuration files -
sib23.asn
,sib23_br.asn
,sib23_br_ce.asn
andsib23_nosrs.asn
files were renamed tosib2_3.asn
,sib2_3_br.asn
,sib2_3_br_ce.asn
andsib2_3_nosrs.asn
to make it obvious they contain a SIB2 and SIB3, not a SIB23 - NR cells now use 4 PDCCH candidates for CSS instead of 1 previously in the delivered configuration files
- a new gnb-sa-tdd-low-latency.cfg configuration file is delivered
-
config_get
/config_set
remote APIs are updated to handle more logging options -
srs_carrier_switching
parameter is added -
max_mcs
parameter is added in NR cellpusch
object -
initial_ta
parameter is added toue_get
remote API -
payload
andtext
parameters are added torrc_ue_cap_enquiry
remote API -
handover_target
andcell_redirect_target
parameters are added to exclude a neighbor cell from the corresponding procedures -
eutra_cell_redirect
andnr_cell_redirect
parameters are added to trigger measurement based intra RAT cell redirection procedures -
mapping_type
,start_symb
andn_symb
parameters are now optional in thepusch
configuration for NR. -
partial_slots
parameters introduced in thepusch
configuration to allow PUSCH scheduling on partial slots. - aperiodic SRS is supported in NR
-
prs
object introduced for NR PRS support -
long_pucch_an_rsc_count
default value is changed from 8 to 4 -
ecall_over_ims_support
parameter is added - eNB automatically sends the requestedFrequencyBands-r11 field in the LTE RRC UE capability enquiry message for EUTRA RAT.
The previous behavior can be restored by setting the
automatic_requested_eutra_freq_bands
parameter to false. - S1AP ASN.1 is updated to v16.7.0
- X2AP ASN.1 is updated to v16.7.0
13.12 Version 2021-09-17
- the minimum GLIBC version is now 2.17
- ng-eNB functionality (LTE/LTE-M/NB-IoT UEs connected to a 5GC) is added. It requires a NR enabled license. See the config/enb.cfg or config/enb-2cell-ho.cfg files for a configuration example
-
cpu_core_list
parameter is added to control the list of cores used for multi threading - logs can be displayed with microseconds precision
- PRACH repetitions in LTE-M are added
-
k0
,k1
,k2
andmsg3_k2
are computed automatically if they are ommited from the configuration file. The corresponding parameters can still be set manually if required -
sul_prach
,sul
andserve_as_sul
parameters are added to support NR supplementary uplink -
f_raster
parameter supports the value 15 -
fifteen_bearers
parameter is added to deactivate the 15 DRBs support in the eNB -
freq_band_indicator_priority
parameter is added to support MFBI frequency band prioritization -
pusch_hopping_type
andpusch_hopping_index
parameters are added to control LTE PUSCH frequency hopping -
scg_failure_information_nr
filter is added torrc_procedure_filter
-
rrc_cnx_release_waitTime_5gc
parameter is added for the ng-eNB -
idle_mode_mobility_control
parameter is added to control the mobility information sent to the UE in the LTE RRC connection release message -
rrc_redirect_after_eps_fallback
parameter is added to manually set a redirection info after an EPS fallback procedure -
eps_fallback_fast_return_preferred_method
parameter is added to trigger a return to the source NR cell (if present in the LTE neighbor cell list) after an EPS fallback procedure when the last IMS dedicated bearer is released -
br_pdsch_flexible_start_prb
parameter is added to support R15 ce-PDSCH-FlexibleStartPRB-AllocConfig -
ims_dedicated_bearer
parameter is added to indicate which QCI/5QI is used for IMS. The config/drb.cfg and config/drb_nr.cfg files set it for QCI/5QI 1, 2, 65, 66 and 67 -
restrict_to_ng_enb
parameter is added to indicate if the NR PDCP configuration of a given QCI if for the ng-eNB only, or if it is applicable to the eNB also. The config/drb.cfg file set if for all QCI except 9 -
truncated_5g_s_tmsi
parameter is added for NB-IoT control plane CIoT 5GS reestablishment -
nprach_ta_min
parameter is added to control the NPRACH timing advance computation window - UEs can experimentally connect to a cell with test mode activated. Test mode pdsch, pusch or load can be used to simulate a loaded cell
- NR_LONG_PUCCH_FORMAT define is added in the gNB configuration files found in config folder to easily switch between NR PUCCH format 2, 3 and 4
- S1AP ASN.1 is updated to v16.6.0
- X2AP ASN.1 is updated to v16.6.0
- RRC ASN.1 is updated to v16.4.0
- NGAP ASN.1 is updated to v16.6.0
- NGAP ASN.1 is updated to v16.6.0
- XnAP ASN.1 is updated to v16.6.0
- NR RRA ASN.1 is updated to v16.4.1
14 License
lteenb
is copyright (C) 2012-2024 Amarisoft. Its redistribution
without authorization is prohibited.
lteenb
is available without any express or implied warranty. In
no event will Amarisoft be held liable for any damages arising from
the use of this software.
For more information on licensing, please refer to license terms.
Abbreviations
- APN
Access Point Name
- BWP
Bandwidth Part
- CA
Carrier Aggregation
- CIoT
Cellular Internet of Things
- CQI
Channel Quality Indication
- DL
Downlink
- DRB
Data Radio Bearer
- EARFCN
E-UTRA Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number
- EN-DC
E-UTRA NR Dual Connectivity
- ERAB
E-UTRA Radio Access Bearer
- EPRE
Energy Per Resource Element
- E-UTRA
Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access
- FDD
Frequency Division Duplexing
- HARQ
Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest
- HSS
Home Subscriber Server
- IMEI
International Mobile Equipment Identity
- IMSI
International Mobile Subscriber Identity
- LTE
Long Term Evolution
- MAC
Media Access Control
- MBSFN
Multicast-Broadcast Single-Frequency Network
- MBMS
Multimedia Broadcast Multicast Service
- MCC
Mobile Country Code
- MCG
Master Cell Group
- MIMO
Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
- MME
Mobility Management Entity
- MNC
Mobile Network Code
- MR-DC
Multi Radio Dual Connectivity
- NAS
Non Access Stratum
- NB-IoT
Narrow Band Internet of Things
- NR
New Radio
- NR-DC
NR Dual Connectivity
- NSA
Non Stand Alone
- NTN
Non Terrestrial Network
- PAPR
Peak to Average Power Ratio
- PCell
Primary serving cell
- PDCP
Packet Data Convergence Protocol
- PDN
Packet Data Network
- PLMN
Public Land Mobile Network
- PMI
Precoding Matrix Indicator
- PRS
Positioning Reference Signals
- QCI
QoS Class Identifier
- QoS
Quality of Service
- RAT
Radio Access Technology
- RB
Resource Block
- RedCap
Reduced Capability
- RI
Rank Indicator
- RLC
Radio Link Control
- RMS
Root Mean Square
- ROHC
Robust Header Compression
- RRC
Radio Resource Control
- SA
Stand Alone
- SCG
Secondary Cell Group
- SIB
System Information Block
- SISO
Single-Input Single-Output
- TDD
Time Division Duplexing
- TMSI
Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity
- UE
User Equipment
- UL
Uplink
- USIM
Universal Subscriber Identity Module